GE HealthCare Technologies Aktienkurs
Insights zu GE HealthCare Technologies
Insights
Mit KI besser investieren
aktien.guide Unlimited – alle Details der KI-Analysen
👉 Detailliertere Insights
👉 Exklusive Einblicke in Chancen & Risiken
👉 Klare Antworten auf deine Fragen
Mit KI besser investieren
aktien.guide Unlimited – alle Details der KI-Analysen
👉 Detailliertere Insights
👉 Exklusive Einblicke in Chancen & Risiken
👉 Klare Antworten auf deine Fragen
Mit KI besser investieren
aktien.guide Unlimited – alle Details der KI-Analysen
👉 Detailliertere Insights
👉 Exklusive Einblicke in Chancen & Risiken
👉 Klare Antworten auf deine Fragen
Mit KI besser investieren
aktien.guide Unlimited – alle Details der KI-Analysen
👉 Detailliertere Insights
👉 Exklusive Einblicke in Chancen & Risiken
👉 Klare Antworten auf deine Fragen
Jetzt kostenlos registrieren, um einen Alarm für die GE HealthCare Technologies Aktie zu aktivieren.
Aktiviere Alarme zum Aktienkurs, zur Dividendenrendite, zur Bewertung (z. B. KGV oder EV/Sales) oder zu Strategie-Scores und lehne Dich entspannt zurück.
aktien.guide Basis
Kennzahlen
📘 Marktkapitalisierung
📈 Was ist das?
Die Marktkapitalisierung zeigt, wie viel ein Unternehmen laut Börse aktuell wert ist.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
Sie hilft Unternehmen in Größenklassen (Large, Mid, Small Cap) einzuordnen und gibt Hinweise auf Marktmacht und Stabilität.
🧮 Berechnung
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Große Unternehmen gelten als stabiler, zahlen oft Dividenden, wachsen aber langsamer.
- Kleine Firmen können stärker wachsen, sind aber schwankungsanfälliger.
- Die Marktkapitalisierung ist ein guter Indikator für Unternehmensgröße, aber kein Maß für Unter- oder Überbewertung.
📘 Enterprise Value (Unternehmenswert)
📈 Was ist das?
Der Enterprise Value (EV) zeigt, was ein Unternehmen tatsächlich kostet, wenn man es komplett übernehmen würde – inklusive Schulden und abzüglich Cash.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
(= Marktkapitalisierung + Nettoverschuldung)
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
Der EV ist eine realistischere Bewertungsbasis als die Marktkapitalisierung, da er die Kapitalstruktur berücksichtigt. Er ist Grundlage für Kennzahlen wie EV/FCF oder EV/Sales.
🧮 Berechnung
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Der Enterprise Value zeigt, was ein Unternehmen tatsächlich wert ist – unabhängig davon, wie es finanziert ist.
- Er ist besonders wichtig für professionelle Investoren, da er eine objektivere Grundlage für Bewertungsvergleiche bietet als die Marktkapitalisierung allein.
- Ein Unternehmen mit hoher Verschuldung erscheint im EV teurer, eines mit viel Cash günstiger – auch wenn sie an der Börse gleich viel wert sind.
📘 Nettoverschuldung
📈 Was ist das?
Die Nettoverschuldung zeigt, wie viele Schulden nach Abzug des verfügbaren Cashs tatsächlich verbleiben.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
Sie zeigt, wie stark ein Unternehmen von Fremdkapital abhängig ist – und wie gut es in der Lage ist, seine Schulden kurzfristig zu bedienen.
🧮 Berechnung
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Eine niedrige oder negative Nettoverschuldung bedeutet hohe finanzielle Stabilität.
- Unternehmen mit viel Cash und geringer Verschuldung sind besser gerüstet für Krisen.
- Eine hohe Nettoverschuldung erhöht das Risiko – besonders bei steigenden Zinsen oder konjunkturellen Schwächen.
📘 Cash
📈 Was ist das?
Der Cashbestand zeigt, wie viele liquide Mittel einem Unternehmen sofort zur Verfügung stehen.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
Er gibt Auskunft über die finanzielle Flexibilität: Ein hoher Cashbestand ermöglicht Investitionen, Rückkäufe oder Krisenresistenz.
🧮 Berechnung
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Ein hoher Cashbestand zeigt finanzielle Stärke und Handlungsspielraum.
- Cash kann für Investitionen, Schuldentilgung oder Aktienrückkäufe genutzt werden.
- Allerdings: Zu viel ungenutztes Kapital kann auch auf mangelnde Investitionsideen hinweisen.
📘 Anzahl ausstehender Aktien
📈 Was ist das?
Die Anzahl ausstehender Aktien gibt an, wie viele Aktien eines Unternehmens aktuell im Umlauf sind und von Investoren gehalten werden.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
Sie ist die Grundlage für viele Kennzahlen wie Gewinn je Aktie (EPS), Marktkapitalisierung oder KGV.
🧮 Berechnung
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Je weniger Aktien im Umlauf sind, desto höher fällt z. B. der Gewinn je Aktie aus – wichtig für Bewertung und Dividendenrendite.
- Aktienrückkäufe verringern die Anzahl ausstehender Aktien – und steigern den Wert je Aktie.
- Kapitalerhöhungen haben den gegenteiligen Effekt: mehr Aktien → Verwässerung der bestehenden Anteile.
📘 Kurs-Gewinn-Verhältnis (KGV)
📈 Was ist das?
Das KGV zeigt, wie oft der Gewinn pro Aktie im aktuellen Aktienkurs enthalten ist – also wie „teuer“ eine Aktie im Verhältnis zum Gewinn ist.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
Das KGV gehört zu den bekanntesten Bewertungskennzahlen. Es hilft Anlegern einzuschätzen, ob eine Aktie im Vergleich zu ihrem Gewinn eher günstig oder teuer erscheint.
🧮 Berechnung
📊 KGV (TTM) = bezogen auf den Gewinn der letzten 12 Monate (Trailing Twelve Months):🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Ein niedriges KGV kann auf eine günstige Bewertung hindeuten – oder auf Probleme im Geschäftsmodell.
- Ein hohes KGV kann Wachstumserwartungen widerspiegeln – oder eine überbewertete Aktie.
📘 Kurs-Umsatz-Verhältnis (KUV)
📈 Was ist das?
Das KUV zeigt, wie viel Anleger für 1 € Umsatz eines Unternehmens zahlen – unabhängig vom Gewinn.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
Das KUV ist besonders bei wachstumsstarken oder noch nicht profitablen Unternehmen hilfreich. Es zeigt, wie hoch der Umsatz an der Börse bewertet wird.
🧮 Berechnung
Marktkapitalisierung = 29,51 Mrd. $ | Umsatz (TTM) = 20,98 Mrd. $
Marktkapitalisierung = 29,51 Mrd. $ | Umsatz erwartet = 22,22 Mrd. $
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Ein niedriges KUV kann auf Unterbewertung hindeuten – oder auf schwache Margen.
- Ein hohes KUV kann hohe Erwartungen widerspiegeln – oder übermäßigen Optimismus.
- Besonders sinnvoll bei Wachstumsunternehmen, bei denen der Gewinn oder Free Cashflow (noch) keine Aussagekraft hat.
📘 Unternehmenswert zu Umsatz (EV/Sales)
📈 Was ist das?
EV/Sales zeigt, wie viel Anleger für 1 € Umsatz eines Unternehmens zahlen, wenn man auch Schulden und Cash berücksichtigt – es ist eine kapitalstrukturbereinigte Version des KUV.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
Diese Kennzahl eignet sich besonders für den Vergleich von Unternehmen mit unterschiedlicher Verschuldung – sie zeigt, wie teuer ein Unternehmen tatsächlich im Verhältnis zum Umsatz ist.
🧮 Berechnung
Enterprise Value = 37,43 Mrd. $ | Umsatz (TTM) = 20,98 Mrd. $
Enterprise Value = 37,43 Mrd. $ | Umsatz erwartet = 22,22 Mrd. $
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- EV/Sales ist neutral gegenüber der Kapitalstruktur und eignet sich gut für Unternehmensvergleiche.
- Ein niedriges Verhältnis kann auf eine günstig bewertete Aktie hindeuten – ein hohes Verhältnis auf hohe Erwartungen oder Überbewertung.
- Besonders nützlich bei wachstumsstarken, noch nicht profitablen Firmen.
📘 Unternehmenswert zu Free Cashflow (EV/FCF)
📈 Was ist das?
EV/FCF zeigt, wie viele Jahre es dauern würde, bis ein Unternehmen seinen Unternehmenswert durch freien Cashflow „zurückverdient”.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
Diese Kennzahl hilft, Unternehmen auf Basis ihrer tatsächlichen Cash-Erträge zu bewerten – unabhängig von Bilanzierungsregeln oder buchhalterischem Gewinn.
🧮 Berechnung
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Ein niedriges EV/FCF deutet auf eine günstige Bewertung bei starker Cashgenerierung hin.
- Ein hohes EV/FCF kann entweder auf Optimismus oder auf temporär schwachen Cashflow hindeuten.
- Besonders hilfreich bei reifen, profitablen Unternehmen mit stabilen Cashflows.
📘 Kurs-Buchwert-Verhältnis (KBV)
📈 Was ist das?
Das KBV zeigt, wie hoch der Marktwert eines Unternehmens im Verhältnis zu seinem bilanziellen Eigenkapital ist.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
Das KBV ist besonders bei Substanzwerten (z. B. Banken, Industrie) relevant. Es hilft Anlegern zu erkennen, ob ein Unternehmen unter oder über seinem buchhalterischen Vermögen bewertet ist.
🧮 Berechnung
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Ein KBV unter 1 kann auf Unterbewertung oder schwache Rentabilität hindeuten.
- Ein KBV über 1 zeigt, dass der Markt dem Unternehmen Mehrwert über den Buchwert hinaus zuschreibt (z. B. Marken, Patente, Wachstum).
- Das KBV eignet sich besonders gut für Unternehmen mit stabilen, materiellen Vermögenswerten.
📘 Dividende je Aktie
📈 Was ist das?
Die Dividende je Aktie zeigt, wie viel Geld ein Unternehmen pro Aktie an seine Aktionäre ausschüttet – typischerweise jährlich oder quartalsweise.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
Sie ist die absolute Größe der Auszahlung je Aktie – wichtig für alle, die regelmäßige Erträge suchen oder Dividendenstrategien verfolgen.
🧮 Berechnung
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Eine stabile oder wachsende Dividende je Aktie ist oft ein Zeichen für ein solides Geschäftsmodell.
- Die Dividende je Aktie allein sagt aber nichts über die Rendite – dafür ist auch der Aktienkurs relevant (→ Dividendenrendite).
- Langfristig steigende Dividenden sind oft ein sehr gutes Merkmal (z. B. Dividenden-Aristokraten).
📘 Dividendenrendite
📈 Was ist das?
Die Dividendenrendite zeigt, wie hoch die Dividende eines Unternehmens im Verhältnis zum Aktienkurs ist.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
Sie hilft dabei, Dividendenaktien vergleichbar zu machen – unabhängig vom absoluten Auszahlungsbetrag.
🧮 Berechnung
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Eine stabile Dividendenrendite kann auf verlässliche Ausschüttungen hinweisen.
- Ein Vergleich der 1J- und 5J-Rendite hilft zu erkennen, ob das Dividendenwachstum mit dem Kurswachstum Schritt hält.
- Eine niedrige Rendite ist nicht zwingend negativ – sie kann auf starkes Kurswachstum hindeuten.
📘 Dividendenwachstum
📈 Was ist das?
Das Dividendenwachstum zeigt, wie stark ein Unternehmen seine Dividende je Aktie über die Zeit gesteigert hat.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
5J: durchschnittliche jährliche Wachstumsrate (CAGR)
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
Stetig steigende Dividenden gelten als Zeichen für finanzielle Stärke und Aktionärsorientierung – besonders interessant für langfristige Investoren.
🧮 Berechnung
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Ein stabiles Dividendenwachstum ist ein Zeichen nachhaltiger Ertragskraft.
- Ein hohes Dividendenwachstum kann ein erheblicher Hebel deiner Rendite sein:
- Wenn ein Unternehmen z. B. 1 € Dividende zahlt und diese über 5 Jahre jährlich um 15 % erhöht, bekommst du im 5. Jahr bereits 2 € je Aktie – doppelt so viel wie zu Beginn!
📘 Ausschüttungsquote (Payout)
📈 Was ist das?
Die Ausschüttungsquote zeigt, wie viel Prozent des Unternehmensgewinns (pro Aktie) als Dividende an die Aktionäre ausgeschüttet wird.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
Die Quote hilft einzuschätzen, ob eine Dividende auf Dauer tragfähig ist – besonders im Verhältnis zum erzielten Gewinn.
🧮 Berechnung
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Eine niedrige Ausschüttungsquote bedeutet: Das Unternehmen behält einen größeren Teil des Gewinns für Investitionen – typisch für Wachstumsunternehmen.
- Eine moderate Quote (z. B. 25–50 %) steht oft für ein gesundes Gleichgewicht zwischen Ausschüttung und Zukunftsinvestitionen.
- Hohe Ausschüttungsquoten können attraktiv wirken, sind aber riskanter, wenn die Gewinne schwanken oder sinken.
📘 Dividendensteigerungen in Folge (Erhöhungen)
📈 Was ist das?
Diese Kennzahl zeigt, wie viele Jahre in Folge ein Unternehmen seine Dividende pro Aktie erhöht hat – ohne Kürzung oder Aussetzung.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
Ein langer Track Record kontinuierlicher Erhöhungen spricht für Verlässlichkeit, solide Finanzen und aktionärsfreundliche Unternehmenspolitik.
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Ein langer Zeitraum mit Dividendensteigerungen stärkt das Vertrauen – besonders in Krisenzeiten.
- Solche Unternehmen gelten als verlässlich und planbar für Einkommensinvestoren.
- Je länger die Serie, desto stärker das Commitment gegenüber den Aktionären.
📘 Umsatz
📈 Was ist das?
Der Umsatz zeigt, wie viel ein Unternehmen insgesamt mit seinen Produkten und Dienstleistungen verdient – also den Bruttoerlös vor Abzug von Kosten.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
Der Umsatz ist eine der zentralen Kennzahlen zur Einschätzung der Unternehmensgröße, Marktstellung und Wachstumskraft.
🧮 Berechnung
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Ein wachsender Umsatz zeigt eine steigende Nachfrage und kann ein guter Frühindikator für Gewinnsteigerungen sein.
- Vergleiche von aktuellem und erwartetem Umsatz geben Hinweise auf das Marktumfeld und Analystenerwartungen.
- Wichtig: Starker Umsatz allein genügt nicht – auch Margen und Profitabilität zählen.
📘 EBITDA
📈 Was ist das?
EBITDA steht für „Earnings Before Interest, Taxes, Depreciation and Amortization“ – also Gewinn vor Zinsen, Steuern und Abschreibungen. Es zeigt das operative Ergebnis eines Unternehmens, bereinigt um bilanztechnische und finanzierungsbedingte Effekte.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
EBITDA ist eine verbreitete Kennzahl zur Beurteilung der operativen Leistungsfähigkeit – insbesondere bei kapitalintensiven Unternehmen oder im internationalen Vergleich.
🧮 Berechnung
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Ein hohes oder wachsendes EBITDA spricht für starke operative Erträge – unabhängig von Bilanzierung oder Steuerlast.
- EBITDA ist besonders nützlich, um Unternehmen branchenübergreifend zu vergleichen.
- Wichtig: EBITDA ist keine offizielle Gewinnkennzahl – Abschreibungen und Finanzierungskosten werden ausgeklammert.
📘 EBIT
📈 Was ist das?
EBIT steht für „Earnings Before Interest and Taxes“ – also Gewinn vor Zinsen und Steuern. Es zeigt das operative Ergebnis eines Unternehmens nach Abschreibungen, aber vor Finanzierungs- und Steueraufwand.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
EBIT ist eine zentrale Kennzahl zur Beurteilung der Profitabilität aus dem Kerngeschäft – unabhängig von Kapitalstruktur oder Steuersystem.
🧮 Berechnung
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Ein hohes EBIT deutet auf ein profitables Kerngeschäft hin – vor Zinslasten oder steuerlichen Effekten.
- Es erlaubt objektivere Vergleiche zwischen Unternehmen mit unterschiedlicher Finanzierung.
- Im Vergleich mit EBITDA zeigt EBIT bereits den Einfluss von Abschreibungen auf das operative Ergebnis.
📘 Nettogewinn
📈 Was ist das?
Der Nettogewinn ist der verbleibende Jahresüberschuss (oder -fehlbetrag) eines Unternehmens – nach Abzug aller Kosten, Steuern, Zinsen und Abschreibungen
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
Der Nettogewinn ist die zentrale Erfolgskennzahl – er zeigt, wie profitabel ein Unternehmen nach allen Kosten tatsächlich arbeitet.
🧮 Berechnung
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Ein steigender Nettogewinn zeigt, dass das Unternehmen effizient wirtschaftet – trotz aller Kosten.
- Die Entwicklung des Gewinns beeinflusst z. B. direkt das KGV und weitere Kennzahlen.
- Im Zeitverlauf lässt sich ablesen, wie stabil und profitabel ein Geschäftsmodell wirklich ist.
📘 Free Cashflow (FCF)
📈 Was ist das?
Der Free Cashflow gibt Aufschluss über die echte finanzielle Stärke eines Unternehmens – unabhängig von Bilanzierungsregeln. Er zeigt, wie viel Spielraum für Dividenden, Aktienrückkäufe oder Schuldenabbau besteht.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
FCF reflects a company’s real financial strength – regardless of accounting profits. It shows how much flexibility a company has for dividends, share buybacks, or debt reduction.
🧮 Berechnung
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Ein hoher Free Cashflow bedeutet, dass ein Unternehmen echte Finanzkraft besitzt – unabhängig vom bilanzierten Gewinn.
- Er ist oft die solideste Grundlage für nachhaltige Dividenden und Aktienrückkäufe.
- Sinkender FCF kann ein Warnsignal sein – auch wenn der Gewinn stabil aussieht.
📘 Umsatzwachstum
📈 Was ist das?
Das Umsatzwachstum zeigt, wie stark sich die Erlöse eines Unternehmens im Vergleich zum Vorjahr verändert haben – tatsächlich (TTM) und auf Prognosebasis (erwartet).
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
Erwartet = (Umsatz erwartet ÷ Umsatz Vorjahr − 1) × 100
Erwartetes Wachstum basiert auf Analystenschätzungen für das laufende Geschäftsjahr.
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
Ein wachsender Umsatz ist ein zentrales Signal für steigende Nachfrage, Geschäftsausweitung und Marktanteilsgewinne – besonders bei Wachstumsunternehmen.
🧮 Berechnung
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Wachstum ist der Motor langfristiger Wertsteigerung – besonders bei Technologie- und Wachstumsaktien.
- Wichtig ist nicht nur das aktuelle Wachstum, sondern auch dessen Nachhaltigkeit.
- Prognosen zeigen, ob Analysten weiteres Potenzial erwarten – oder eine Verlangsamung.
📘 EBITDA-Wachstum
📈 Was ist das?
Das EBITDA-Wachstum zeigt, wie stark das operative Ergebnis eines Unternehmens vor Zinsen, Steuern und Abschreibungen im Vergleich zum Vorjahr gestiegen oder gesunken ist.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
Erwartet = (erwartetes EBITDA ÷ EBITDA Vorjahr − 1) × 100
Erwartetes Wachstum basiert auf Analystenschätzungen für das laufende Geschäftsjahr.
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
Ein steigendes EBITDA ist ein Zeichen für verbesserte operative Ertragskraft – unabhängig von Finanzierungsstruktur oder Abschreibungen.
🧮 Berechnung
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Starkes EBITDA-Wachstum signalisiert operative Effizienz und Skalierung – besonders relevant in Wachstumsphasen.
- EBITDA-Wachstum ist ein Frühindikator für Margen- und Gewinnentwicklung – sollte aber stets im Zusammenhang mit Umsatz und EBIT betrachtet werden.
📘 EBIT Wachstum
📈 Was ist das?
Das EBIT-Wachstum zeigt, wie stark das operative Ergebnis eines Unternehmens (nach Abschreibungen, aber vor Zinsen und Steuern) im Vergleich zum Vorjahr gewachsen ist.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
Erwartet = (erwartetes EBIT ÷ EBIT Vorjahr − 1) × 100
Erwartetes Wachstum basiert auf Analystenschätzungen für das laufende Geschäftsjahr.
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
Das EBIT-Wachstum ist ein direkter Indikator für die wirtschaftliche Entwicklung des operativen Geschäfts – unter Berücksichtigung der Kapitalintensität (Abschreibungen).
🧮 Berechnung
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Steigendes EBIT signalisiert wachsende operative Rentabilität – auch unter Berücksichtigung von Abschreibungen.
- Das EBIT-Wachstum ist ein wichtiges Maß zur Beurteilung von Geschäftsmodellen mit hohen Investitionskosten.
- Im Zusammenspiel mit Umsatz- und EBITDA-Wachstum ergibt sich ein umfassendes Bild zur operativen Entwicklung.
📘 Nettogewinn-Wachstum
📈 Was ist das?
Das Nettogewinn-Wachstum zeigt, wie stark der Jahresüberschuss eines Unternehmens gegenüber dem Vorjahr gestiegen oder gesunken ist – sowohl tatsächlich (TTM) als auch auf Basis von Prognosen (erwartet).
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
Erwartet = (erwarteter Nettogewinn ÷ Nettogewinn Vorjahr − 1) × 100
Der erwartete Wert basiert auf Analystenschätzungen für das laufende Geschäftsjahr.
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
Der Gewinn ist die entscheidende Ergebnisgröße für ein Unternehmen. Ein wachsender Nettogewinn deutet auf steigende Effizienz, stabile Kostenkontrolle und nachhaltige Ertragskraft hin.
🧮 Berechnung
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Wachsender Nettogewinn stärkt die Bewertung, Dividendenfähigkeit und Kursfantasie.
- Stagnierender oder rückläufiger Gewinn trotz Umsatzwachstum kann auf Margendruck hinweisen.
📘 Free Cashflow-Wachstum
📈 Was ist das?
Das Free-Cashflow-Wachstum zeigt, wie sich der freie Mittelzufluss eines Unternehmens im Vergleich zum Vorjahr verändert hat – also der Betrag, der nach allen operativen Ausgaben und Investitionen übrig bleibt.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
Free Cashflow ist der echte, verfügbare Geldzufluss. Wachstum in diesem Bereich ist ein Zeichen für finanzielle Stärke und steigende Flexibilität bei Dividenden, Rückkäufen oder Investitionen.
🧮 Berechnung
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Sinkender Free Cashflow kann auf steigende Investitionen, höhere Kosten oder stagnierende operative Erträge hindeuten.
- Besonders bei Dividendenwerten ist das FCF-Wachstum wichtig – denn Dividenden werden letztlich aus dem verfügbaren Cash gezahlt.
- Ein negativer Trend sollte genauer analysiert werden – er ist nicht zwangsläufig schlecht, aber potenziell ein Warnsignal.
📘 Bruttomarge
📈 Was ist das?
Die Bruttomarge zeigt, wie viel vom Umsatz nach Abzug der direkten Herstellungskosten (Material, Produktion) als Bruttogewinn übrig bleibt – also der „Rohgewinn“ eines Unternehmens.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
Auch: Bruttomarge = Bruttogewinn ÷ Umsatz × 100
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
Die Bruttomarge gibt Aufschluss über die Profitabilität eines Produkts oder Geschäftsmodells vor Fixkosten, Steuern und Zinsen. Sie zeigt, wie effizient ein Unternehmen produzieren oder einkaufen kann.
🧮 Berechnung
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Eine hohe Bruttomarge deutet auf starke Preissetzungsmacht und effiziente Herstellung hin.
- Sinkende Bruttomargen können auf Kostensteigerungen oder Preisdruck hindeuten.
- Besonders im Vergleich zu Wettbewerbern liefert die Bruttomarge wertvolle Einblicke in die Geschäftsqualität.
📘 EBITDA-Marge
📈 Was ist das?
Die EBITDA-Marge zeigt, wie viel vom Umsatz als operativer Gewinn vor Zinsen, Steuern und Abschreibungen (EBITDA) übrig bleibt. Sie misst die operative Effizienz – ohne Verzerrungen durch Finanzierung oder Buchwerte.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
Die EBITDA-Marge hilft zu verstehen, wie viel operativer Gewinn ein Unternehmen aus jedem Euro Umsatz erzielt – unabhängig von Kapitalstruktur oder steuerlichem Umfeld.
🧮 Berechnung
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Eine hohe EBITDA-Marge zeigt starke operative Ertragskraft – unabhängig von Bilanzierungseffekten.
- Die Marge ermöglicht gute Vergleiche zwischen Unternehmen und Branchen.
- Ein stabiler oder wachsender Wert kann auf effiziente Kostenkontrolle und Skalierbarkeit hindeuten.
📘 EBIT-Marge
📈 Was ist das?
Die EBIT-Marge zeigt, wie viel Prozent des Umsatzes als operativer Gewinn nach Abschreibungen, aber vor Zinsen und Steuern übrig bleiben.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
Die EBIT-Marge misst die operative Ertragskraft eines Unternehmens unter Berücksichtigung der Kapitalintensität (z. B. Maschinen, Anlagen). Sie eignet sich gut zum Vergleich von Geschäftsmodellen mit unterschiedlich hohen Abschreibungen.
🧮 Berechnung
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Eine hohe EBIT-Marge zeigt, dass ein Unternehmen auch nach Abschreibungen effizient arbeitet.
- Sie ist besonders relevant in kapitalintensiven Branchen.
- Langfristig stabile oder steigende Margen sind ein Zeichen wirtschaftlicher Stärke und Preissetzungsmacht.
📘 Nettomarge
📈 Was ist das?
Die Nettomarge zeigt, wie viel vom Umsatz am Ende als „Reingewinn“ übrig bleibt – also nach Abzug aller Kosten, Zinsen, Steuern und Abschreibungen.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
Die Nettomarge gibt an, wie effizient ein Unternehmen über alle Stufen hinweg wirtschaftet. Sie zeigt, wie viel Gewinn tatsächlich je Euro Umsatz übrig bleibt.
🧮 Berechnung
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Eine hohe Nettomarge zeigt, dass ein Unternehmen nicht nur operativ stark ist, sondern auch seine Finanzierung und Steuerbelastung im Griff hat.
- Vergleiche mit Wettbewerbern geben Einblicke in die wirtschaftliche Qualität.
- Sinkende Nettomargen trotz Umsatzwachstum können ein Warnsignal sein – etwa für steigende Kosten oder sinkende Effizienz.
📘 Free Cashflow Marge
📈 Was ist das?
Die Free-Cashflow-Marge zeigt, wie viel vom Umsatz nach Abzug aller operativen Ausgaben und Investitionen tatsächlich als freier Mittelzufluss übrig bleibt.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
Diese Marge misst die echte Liquidität, die ein Unternehmen erwirtschaftet – unabhängig von Bilanzierungsregeln oder Abschreibungen. Sie ist besonders relevant für Dividenden, Rückkäufe und Investitionen.
🧮 Berechnung
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Eine hohe Free-Cashflow-Marge zeigt, dass ein Unternehmen nachhaltig liquide Mittel erwirtschaftet.
- Sie ist ein starkes Signal für finanzielle Stabilität und Ausschüttungspotenzial.
- Wichtig ist der langfristige Trend – sinkende Werte können auf steigende Investitionen oder rückläufige operative Effizienz hindeuten.
📘 Eigenkapitalquote
📈 Was ist das?
Die Eigenkapitalquote zeigt, wie hoch der Anteil des Eigenkapitals an der Bilanzsumme eines Unternehmens ist – also wie stark es sich aus eigenen Mitteln finanziert.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
Eine hohe Eigenkapitalquote steht für finanzielle Stabilität, Krisenfestigkeit und gute Bonität. Sie ist besonders relevant bei der Beurteilung der Verschuldung.
🧮 Berechnung
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Eine hohe Eigenkapitalquote signalisiert finanzielle Stabilität – besonders in Krisenzeiten.
- Ein niedriger Wert kann auf ein höheres Risiko oder eine aggressive Verschuldung hinweisen.
- Wichtig: Die Eigenkapitalquote sollte immer gemeinsam mit der Eigenkapitalrendite betrachtet werden. Nur so lässt sich beurteilen, ob ein Unternehmen nicht nur solide, sondern auch effizient wirtschaftet.
📘 Eigenkapitalrendite (ROE)
📈 Was ist das?
Die Eigenkapitalrendite zeigt, wie effizient ein Unternehmen mit dem Kapital seiner Aktionäre arbeitet – also wie viel Gewinn es pro Euro Eigenkapital erwirtschaftet.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
Die Eigenkapitalrendite ist eine zentrale Rentabilitätskennzahl. Sie hilft Anlegern zu erkennen, ob das Unternehmen eine attraktive Verzinsung auf das eingesetzte Eigenkapital erwirtschaftet.
🧮 Berechnung
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Eine hohe Eigenkapitalrendite spricht für ein starkes, effizientes Geschäftsmodell.
- Besonders interessant ist sie bei kapitalintensiven Firmen oder solchen mit hoher Eigenkapitalquote.
- Wichtig: Ein sehr hoher ROE kann auch auf hohe Schulden hinweisen – daher sollte sie immer im Kontext mit der Eigenkapitalquote betrachtet werden.
📘 Return on Capital Employed (ROCE)
📈 Was ist das?
ROCE misst die Gesamtrentabilität eines Unternehmens – also wie effizient es das eingesetzte Kapital (Eigen- und Fremdkapital) zur Gewinnerzielung nutzt.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
Das eingesetzte Kapital ist das gesamte betriebsnotwendige Kapital, unabhängig von der Finanzierungsquelle.
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
ROCE eignet sich besonders gut für den Vergleich unterschiedlich finanzierter Unternehmen. Es zeigt, wie effektiv ein Unternehmen Kapital investiert – unabhängig von der Kapitalstruktur.
🧮 Berechnung
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Ein hoher ROCE zeigt, dass ein Unternehmen sein Kapital effizient einsetzt – unabhängig davon, ob es durch Eigen- oder Fremdkapital finanziert ist.
- Je höher der ROCE im Vergleich zu ähnlichen Unternehmen, desto mehr Wert schafft das Unternehmen mit seinem investierten Kapital.
- Besonders wichtig ist der ROCE bei Firmen mit hohen Investitionen – z. B. in Industrie, Energie oder Infrastruktur.
📘 Return on Invested Capital (ROIC)
📈 Was ist das?
ROIC zeigt, wie effizient ein Unternehmen das Kapital investiert, das langfristig im operativen Geschäft gebunden ist – unabhängig davon, ob es aus Eigen- oder Fremdkapital stammt.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
- NOPAT = „Net Operating Profit After Taxes“
- Investiertes Kapital = operatives Vermögen abzüglich nicht-verzinster Schulden
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
ROIC ist eine der präzisesten Kennzahlen zur Bewertung der Kapitalrendite – besonders im Vergleich zur Eigenkapitalrendite, weil es Verzerrungen durch Schulden vermeidet. Er zeigt, ob ein Unternehmen Mehrwert für alle Kapitalgeber schafft.
🧮 Berechnung
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Ein hoher ROIC zeigt, wie gut ein Unternehmen mit dem tatsächlich investierten (betriebsnotwendigen) Kapital wirtschaftet.
- Im Unterschied zu ROCE wird nur Kapital betrachtet, das wirklich zur Finanzierung operativer Aktivitäten dient – und verzinst werden muss.
- Besonders hilfreich, um die Kapitalrendite von Unternehmen mit viel „überschüssigem“ Kapital oder zinsfreien Verbindlichkeiten realistisch zu vergleichen.
📘 Verschuldungsgrad (Leverage Ratio)
📈 Was ist das?
Der Verschuldungsgrad zeigt, wie stark ein Unternehmen durch verzinsliche Schulden (z. B. Kredite und Anleihen) im Verhältnis zum Eigenkapital finanziert ist.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
Die Kennzahl hilft, das finanzielle Risiko und die Abhängigkeit von Fremdkapital zu beurteilen. Ein hoher Verschuldungsgrad kann die Eigenkapitalrendite steigern – birgt aber auch erhöhte Risiken bei Zinsanstiegen oder Liquiditätsengpässen.
🧮 Berechnung
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Ein niedriger Verschuldungsgrad steht für finanzielle Stabilität und Unabhängigkeit.
- Ein hoher Wert kann auf erhöhte Risiken hinweisen – insbesondere bei schwankenden Zinsen oder konjunkturellen Schwächen.
- Wichtig: Immer im Kontext zur Branche und Kapitalintensität bewerten.
📘 Ergebnis je Aktie (EPS)
📈 Was ist das?
Das Ergebnis je Aktie (EPS) zeigt, wie viel Gewinn auf eine einzelne Aktie entfällt – und ist eine der wichtigsten Kennzahlen zur Bewertung von Unternehmen.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
Die verwässerte Aktienanzahl berücksichtigt auch potenzielle neue Aktien, etwa durch Optionen, Wandelanleihen oder andere Umtauschrechte.
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
EPS bildet die Basis für viele Bewertungskennzahlen wie KGV, PEG oder Payout Ratio. Es macht den Gewinn für Aktionäre vergleichbar – unabhängig von der Unternehmensgröße.
🧮 Berechnung
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- EPS hilft, die Profitabilität pro Aktie zu erfassen – und ist besonders wichtig im Zeitvergleich oder im Vergleich mit Analystenschätzungen.
- Steigendes EPS kann ein Zeichen für stabiles Wachstum oder Aktienrückkäufe sein.
- Wichtig: Verwende verwässertes EPS für realistische Bewertungen – besonders bei stark aktienbasierten Vergütungssystemen.
📘 Free Cashflow je Aktie (FCF je Aktie)
📈 Was ist das?
Der Free Cashflow je Aktie zeigt, wie viel freier Mittelzufluss einem Unternehmen pro Aktie zur Verfügung steht – nach Investitionen, aber vor Dividenden oder Schuldentilgung.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
Der FCF je Aktie zeigt, wie viel liquide Mittel pro Aktie tatsächlich im Unternehmen verbleiben – wichtig für Dividenden, Aktienrückkäufe oder Schuldentilgung. Im Gegensatz zum Gewinn ist er schwerer manipulierbar und daher besonders aussagekräftig.
🧮 Berechnung
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Ein hoher Free Cashflow je Aktie ist ein Zeichen für hohe finanzielle Flexibilität.
- Er zeigt, wie viel Kapital ein Unternehmen effektiv einsetzen oder ausschütten kann.
- Besonders relevant für dividendenstarke Unternehmen oder solche mit starker Kapitalrendite.
📘 Short Interest
📈 Was ist das?
Short Interest zeigt, wie viele Aktien eines Unternehmens aktuell leerverkauft wurden – also von Investoren geliehen und verkauft, in der Erwartung fallender Kurse.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
Der Wert zeigt den Anteil der Aktien, der aktuell auf fallende Kurse spekuliert wird.
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
Short Interest dient als Stimmungsindikator: Ein hoher Wert deutet auf Skepsis oder negative Erwartungen gegenüber dem Unternehmen hin – kann aber auch zu einem „Short Squeeze“ führen, wenn der Kurs plötzlich steigt.
🧮 Berechnung
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Ein niedriger Short Interest deutet auf Vertrauen in das Unternehmen hin.
- Ein hoher Wert kann ein Warnsignal sein – oder eine Chance, wenn sich die Stimmung dreht.
- Besonders spannend in volatilen Märkten oder vor wichtigen Quartalszahlen.
📘 Employees
📈 Was ist das?
Die Mitarbeiteranzahl zeigt, wie viele Personen ein Unternehmen weltweit beschäftigt – ein Indikator für Größe, Struktur und Geschäftsmodell.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
Sie hilft bei der Einschätzung von Skaleneffekten, Effizienz und Personalkosten. Zusammen mit Umsatz und Gewinn lassen sich Kennzahlen wie Produktivität je Mitarbeiter ableiten.
🧮 Berechnung
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Viele Mitarbeiter bedeuten große operative Komplexität – aber auch hohes Umsatzpotenzial.
- Produktivität je Mitarbeiter ist ein wichtiger Indikator für Effizienz.
- Besonders spannend bei stark wachsenden Tech- oder Industrieunternehmen.
📘 Umsatz je Mitarbeiter
📈 Was ist das?
Der Umsatz je Mitarbeiter zeigt, wie viel Erlös ein Unternehmen durchschnittlich pro Beschäftigtem erwirtschaftet – eine Kennzahl für Effizienz und Produktivität.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
Die Mitarbeiterzahl stammt in der Regel aus dem letzten verfügbaren Jahresbericht.
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
Diese Kennzahl hilft, Geschäftsmodelle zu vergleichen – insbesondere zwischen arbeitsintensiven und technologiegetriebenen Unternehmen. Ein hoher Wert deutet auf Automatisierung, Effizienz oder hohen Wertschöpfungsanteil hin.
🧮 Berechnung
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Ein hoher Umsatz je Mitarbeiter spricht für ein skalierbares und margenstarkes Geschäftsmodell.
- Ein niedriger Wert kann auf arbeitsintensive Prozesse oder geringere Wertschöpfung hinweisen.
- Besonders hilfreich beim Vergleich von Tech- vs. Industrieunternehmen.
GE HealthCare Technologies Aktie Analyse
Analystenmeinungen
27 Analysten haben eine GE HealthCare Technologies Prognose abgegeben:
Analystenmeinungen
27 Analysten haben eine GE HealthCare Technologies Prognose abgegeben:
Beta GE HealthCare Technologies Events
🇩🇪 Neu: Alle Transkripte jetzt auch auf Deutsch verfügbar!
Abonniere Premium, um Transkripte und KI-Zusammenfassungen auf Deutsch zu lesen.
Vergangene Events
|
JUN
3
Jefferies Global Healthcare Conference 2026
vor 22 Tagen
|
|
MAI
12
Bank of America Global Healthcare Conference 2026
vor etwa einem Monat
|
|
APR
29
Q1 2026 Earnings Call
vor etwa 2 Monaten
|
|
MÄR
10
Barclays 28th Annual Global Healthcare Conference
vor 4 Monaten
|
|
FEB
26
Citi’s 2026 Unplugged MedTech and Life Sciences Access Day
vor 4 Monaten
|
|
FEB
4
Q4 2025 Earnings Call
vor 5 Monaten
|
|
JAN
13
44th Annual J.P. Morgan Healthcare Conference
vor 5 Monaten
|
|
NOV
18
Jefferies London Healthcare Conference 2025
vor 7 Monaten
|
|
OKT
29
Q3 2025 Earnings Call
vor 8 Monaten
|
|
SEP
9
Morgan Stanley 23rd Annual Global Healthcare Conference
vor 10 Monaten
|
|
SEP
4
Wells Fargo 20th Annual Healthcare Conference 2025
vor 10 Monaten
|
|
JUL
30
Q2 2025 Earnings Call
vor 11 Monaten
|
|
JUN
10
Goldman Sachs 46th Annual Global Healthcare Conference 2025
vor etwa einem Jahr
|
aktien.guide Basis
GE HealthCare Technologies — Jefferies Global Healthcare Conference 2026
1. Question Answer
Okay. We're on the clock. Good morning. I'm Matt Taylor, the medical supplies and devices analyst here at Jefferies, and I'm pleased to be joined by the management team from GE HealthCare. We have Jay Saccaro here, the CFO; and Carolynne Borders, who runs the Investor Relations function and we'll have about half an hour for Q&A. Side note, this room is usually 100 degrees. So I don't know what they did, but I guess they must have fixed the air conditioner here or we're just lucky that we're early.
We'll take it.
Yes, I'm excited not to sweat through this whole -- we'll make you sweat, Jay. Now we have some questions that I prepared here. And maybe I just wanted to start, Jay, with some reflections on how the year has started. Talk a little bit about the assumptions and guidance, but I really want to walk through some of the changes that you made to the guide in Q1. Maybe can you talk about why you did that and the confidence that you'll be able to hit the reset guide?
Great. First of all, Matt, as always, thanks for hosting us here. We appreciate your interest. We appreciate you following the company for so long. And then thanks to those that have joined us in the room, we definitely appreciate your interest in our company. A mixed first quarter in the sense that a lot of good from a demand generation standpoint, a lot of good stuff occurring in the market today. But at the same time, we did have some challenges that we foresaw with respect to costs throughout the year. And this really relates to some inflationary impacts. So we did have to adjust guidance downwards. We take that very seriously. We don't like to adjust guidance. But sometimes it's required and the appropriate thing to do as was the case here.
First, on the demand side, we delivered orders growth of -- on a 2-year basis, 11%, which compounds at about 5.5%, 6%, which is a great order performance and exactly where we want to be. We delivered book-to-bill in the quarter of 1.07x. Now that includes a number of things that roll through at 1:1, namely our service business and our PDx business where revenue equals orders. So if you look at equipment only, we had a higher than 1.07x book-to-bill, which is a great performance. And the backlog sitting at $21.8 billion stands at a record. We also did our customer surveys in the quarter, and the backdrop in the U.S., in particular, continues to be very robust. So from a demand standpoint, the revenue in the quarter grew 2.9% as compared to 2% to 3% in the guide. Demand side and sales side started very strong.
And I would also say, here's what's interesting that most of that was related to existing products on the market and commercial execution versus new products and new innovation, which will benefit future quarters. So really a nice story based on the desire for upgrading with our existing portfolio of products. Now there are a few new ones that had launched that benefited the quarter, notably Vivid Pioneer, which is an outstanding product really simplifies things for cardiac ultrasound. We're so thrilled with how that product is doing the receptivity, how it makes the lives easier for sonographers, very excited about that. But generally speaking, this was all about existing products on the market. So really nice demand backdrop.
On the other side, we had a cost challenge. Obviously, we did not anticipate a conflict in the Middle East. That cost us on a full year basis, about $150 million in gross inflation between logistics costs and incremental costs related to things like rare earth elements. And then we had a memory chip challenge, which, as you all know, over the last several months, the cost of memory chips has just severely increased. And so we wanted to reflect an adjustment in our cost profile for that.
Now interestingly, of this $250 million in inflation, we're able to offset a very reasonable amount. So we offset about $0.06 of -- we offset through price roughly $0.17. We offset through incremental cost actions that we delivered in the short term. So we offset a fair amount, but we thought the prudent thing to do was to reflect these escalated costs in our guide.
Now as we think about the level of conservatism and this and that, we always try to have very achievable, conservative guidance. What we did in this case is we took commodity prices as we saw them at the time. We added a little bit of buffer to that. So we had some incremental contingency on the commodity price side. We also added some incremental operational contingency and we put that all together and the result was $0.15 of a reduction in overall guidance at the top and bottom end of the range. Again, I think it's the right thing to do. And I think for us, it sets us up in a way that will hopefully have a good performance through the rest of the year.
Okay. Maybe I'll just ask a couple of follow-ups on the points you brought up there. Let's start with cost that's where we ended. You mentioned putting in some buffer for the inflationary headwinds that you saw. Can you talk about how much buffer there is there? I guess one of the questions that I've gotten from investors is memory keeps going up. So do you have enough buffer to keep up with memory if it continues to rise in cost and how do you manage that?
So listen, I think we have adequate buffer based on what we've seen. If memory costs triple or fivetuple or something like that, of course, we would have to like look at this very carefully. But I think we've added adequate buffer. Importantly, we don't comment on performance in the quarter and we don't give updates on the quarter, but you can look at the price of oil. I mean that was -- the price of oil, logistics, freight and so on, which is correlated to that is at or below where it's below where it was when we put the forecast together. So listen, we feel okay about what we've put together from a guidance standpoint. I think we'll have adequate contingency at the end of the year, barring unforeseen shocks, which could have, of course, emerged. But as we sit here today, we haven't seen that.
One other specific question on this issue that I've gotten is, is there something about the chips that you use or the way that you contract that makes the rise of memory have more of an impact on your P&L than it does peers? Or is it more or less the same?
Listen, I think it will be similar impacts across the peer group. Now you have to look at near peers versus loose proxy peers because there are companies in "Medtech" that aren't exposed to chips like we are. But those that are, I think, are experiencing similar amounts, and you've seen that in a few of the earnings calls, folks have pointed that out. So it should be similar levels.
I think part of the dynamic here is that the capital equipment that we are delivering to the market, these are highly specialized devices. So we'll be more in line with a like a Healthineers or a Philips versus some other Medtech peers in terms of the amount of specialization that's required. And so that is another difference.
The only thing I would say is there's an important element to point out which is a temporal disconnect between cost and price. What I mean by that is the way our orders have historically been structured once an order is in the book, there is price risk that's borne by the supplier, and that's consistent across the industry. The good news for -- so the bad news for us is that it impacts us for a short period of time, and you see that in the guidance that we shared. The good news for us is that over time, we address price. And we'll get after this very quickly so that we can sort it out. the notion that we're only adding $0.06 in price this year versus our original planned expectations. That's not to say that there will not be a much more significant price impact next year as we reflect these input costs in our pricing strategy, it's more to say that much of the sales this year are already in the book versus next year and the year after, we'll be able to reflect new pricing.
And maybe let's go back to the other KPIs that you mentioned in Q1 that were positive. You had solid revenue growth, order book, book-to-bill in backlogs and without the benefit of a lot of new products that are coming. So we'd love for you to talk a little bit about how you think those KPIs could evolve through the year and specifically, do you think you could start to get some uplift as those new products launch?
So we definitely think that new products will benefit orders, equipment backlog, sales as we go forward. And really, the spirit behind moving the growth rate of the company structurally from where it has been to this mid-single digit, it's very much about new products. So what's happened this year is last year, we grew 3.5%. This year, we've guided 3% to 4%. But again, in both of those cases, not a huge impact from new products. As we start to bring in photon counting, as we start to launch total body PET, our next-gen SPECT solution as Flyrcado becomes a larger piece of the overall portfolio as we continue to innovate in MR with our Freelium offering. I encourage everybody in the room to check out on our website, the Investor Relations presentation from last quarter. Included in that is a page where we highlight all the new launches. That's what's going to take us up.
And so you'll start to see it in orders. It shows up first in orders, and then it will be the catalyst that allows us to accelerate the sales growth from this 3% to 4% land where we've been in the last couple of years to something more robust than that.
Maybe you mentioned photon counting first. I don't know if that was by mistake, but that's the product that I get the most questions about. It's a big new category.
Definitely not by mistake.
And so could you talk about your solution there, maybe how it's differentiated and when we would start to see orders coming in both from the EU and the U.S.
Yes. It's interesting. We're really excited about photon counting. But I want to make a point of emphasis, which is our Revolution CT platform is doing really well today. And that's not photon counting. It's AI-enabled, technology-enabled, really a great offering or selling -- and we're ordering a lot of that particular product, which I think is just fabulous.
Now what happens with Photon counting is a couple of things. We believe certainly relative to conventional CT, and we'll see how it compares to the competitive offerings, which we're excited to highlight. We believe relative to conventional CT, it provides better concurrent spectral and spatial resolution than offerings on the market. It's concurrent meaning you can enhance spectral resolution and spatial resolution with the same image at the same time. In addition, that will lead to better tissue characterization and it may actually change treatment choices as a result of the image that we're putting together versus conventional. So incredibly excited about what that will bring.
We highlighted this at our RSNA last year. And what I will tell you is there was real excitement from clinicians around what this product is going to do. The pipeline is backing that up. Our pipeline we reported on the first quarter, and we're not -- this was a select data element that we shared. I'm not sure that we'll share on an ongoing basis. We'll see. But we highlighted on the earnings call a pipeline of over $100 million which is very early stage and very swift progress for a new product. So let's see what this can do. I think it will be an important element. As we talk about 27%, 28% growth, I think Photon counting will be an important feature.
And I guess, maybe talk a little bit about the differentiation between your solution and your peers and how important is having some of these, I'll call them, gap fillers because you've been sort of catching up in certain areas. And it feels like with the slate of product launches that you'll have, you'll see kind of on par in every area, how does that enable you to compete for some of these strategic contracts that you've been buying for?
Yes. Interesting because if you think about it, we've been doing pretty well over the last several years despite a portfolio that had not been refreshed for the most part. And then we start to have launches and those launches like Vivid Pioneer. I was visiting with the sonographer, and she exhibited incredibly real excitement around what it's doing in terms of workflow simplification, speed to get through the process, making the sonographer's life easier with better image quality. Incredibly excited about the impact of Vivid Pioneer. If you go to an interventional suite and you talk to the ones that are now implementing Allia Moveo, they'll talk about how this product is making their lives that much easier. So we've been competing well with a disciplined commercial team, absent new products. Here we are with a set of gap closers, and I would contend in a number of areas, not only will the gap be closed, but we will advance beyond the current state. I really believe that. And we can -- all in due time, those discussions will take place. And it's probably more appropriate to have those discussions with doctors and physicians versus others.
But many of these products will leapfrog. And so once you have that with the commercial organization that we have world-class with the service organization that we have world-class, we believe that's what's going to be the catalyst that takes us to this mid-single-digit growth. So I'm very excited about many of the products in the pipeline. As I said, you can see it on our website today, but it really is about accelerating progress and closing those gaps, advancing versus the current state and then commercializing them effectively.
And maybe we could just round out the tariff -- the cost discussion with tariffs. So we didn't discuss that in the first question there, but could you remind us what you're assuming for the tariff guidance this year, how that could play through next year and just where the points of uncertainty still are.
Yes. Certainly, there are points of uncertainty. What we've done is we -- last year, we had around $250 million of net tariff impact. I think it was roughly $500 million gross and then we offset with many mitigation actions. This year, we said is a little bit less or a tailwind versus last year. And that's kind of the working assumption that we have. Now I know that there are tariffs set to expire in June. And to the extent that tariffs -- sorry, July time frame, to the extent that tariffs expire and are not replaced with something else, perhaps that could be an upside for us. But what we've included is we've assumed that those tariffs run through the rest of the year at those current levels. And if that's the case, then we would be neutral. What I think will happen is the 122 tariffs will go away. They will be replaced by something else, perhaps a 232 investigation. And I'm hopeful that it becomes neutral or a tailwind. What we tried to do is include an assumption that reflects some level of conservatism relative to what could happen. So it might be an upside for us. We don't know. It's a very volatile world, and we'll watch this really carefully.
I think the other moving part is USMCA. How have you thought about that? And how would that impact things that were gonna change?
Yes. Listen, we'll have to watch. We definitely avail ourselves of the USMCA exemption. It's an important part for us. And again, by carrying the tariffs through the rest of the year despite they might expire, we're hopeful that this provides an offset to what could happen. We'll watch it really carefully though. And now the important thing is once we know what the final state of affairs is. We have ways to mitigate. Obviously, price is one, especially if it's an industry-wide phenomena. But in addition to that, there are decisions that we can make use of free trade zones, use of different suppliers, switching supplier locations for certain products. So all of those things, we can dynamically react to and we've done a really good job going from $500 million to $250 million was no small fee, right? And so -- and then the point is our goal was to mitigate more and more of that as we move forward. It's just we don't know exactly what the right strategy is at this point. Once we know what the guardrails are, we can implement effective countermeasures.
And maybe I'll just ask you one more follow-up on the pipeline. You talked about Photon Counting CT, total body PET. There's a number of other ones that are on that slide that could be meaningful drivers. What are the ones on that slide that you don't feel like get enough attention from the Street where the organization is a lot more excited on what investors appear to be?
Yes. It's interesting because we talk about Photon counting, we talk about total body PET. We spent a lot of time on those. And I understand why because, listen, we're one of the, if not the leader in imaging today. And yet, there are markets that are foreclosed to us. We don't participate in photon counting. It's an increasingly -- it was a small sliver. It's increasing in size. We don't participate in total body PET today. These are two markets that will open up to us with the launch of these new products. So it is truly a blue ocean for us. And I -- so that's why we talk about those markets. But it's interesting because you go across the portfolio, and we are refreshing.
I talked extensively about Vivid Pioneer. I'm personally really excited about that. Allia Moveo. This is for interventional suites, and it's a surgical C-arm. What's happened here is as the interventional suite targets more and more minimally invasive procedures, the flexibility needed in the space, the ability to move around the space is increasingly important. Allia Moveo, and you can get the hint in the name, is a more mobile offering that we have. It's more constrained in terms of the space that it utilizes. So it allows us to address the emerging needs in this. Guess what? People are really interested in this product. They love it. They're thrilled with how it's going.
In addition, our MR upgrades. So we're going to be launching our MR with Freelium, which is an incredibly exciting offering that we'll have in place. And again, it enhances our MR, not only with new technical features, but also all of the hard work that we're doing on AI incorporated into the product comes in our next-gen MR offerings. We have a next-gen SPECT device that will move us further into theranostics. And then we haven't even talked about Flyrcado, which is a tremendously exciting product for us. And in addition to that, we're developing a -- today for MRIs, the contrast agent of choice is gadolinium. We're developing a manganese-based product, which we're incredibly excited about. This is a very large market. It's a growing market. And what this is, it's -- manganese is naturally occurring in the body versus gadolinium, which is not. So we think this will be a really interesting offering in the PDx business. That should be very exciting. Now again, it's not launching anytime soon. But the point is we have a number of things that are launching soon. And then we have things that are a little longer lead time. All of these things will contribute to this mid-single-digit growth story that we talk about.
Great. So maybe we could spend a minute on Flyrcado. It's kind of a trigger word for me. But we did a lot of work on that in the fall and identified what we think is a huge clinical opportunity but it's just been a little bit slower to evolve than we would have thought with the manufacturing coming online. You did make a lot of progress quarter-on-quarter. So I just would like to get some kind of updated understanding of how that could progress from here? And when do you think that will start to show in the numbers?
Yes. So first of all, we're increasingly confident in the $500 million plus by 2028. It's a really exciting product. Now it did take longer than we anticipated last year. And I don't know that I -- I've spent time with our customers a couple of weeks ago. We went to see a radiopharmacy in New York City. And so we saw that. And then we went -- we traveled with the dose to the cardiac imaging center at Langone at NYU. And I have to say, here's -- what I walked away with is it's a highly complicated product to make from a radiopharmacy standpoint. But radiopharmacies very quickly climbed the learning curve. So your first dose, maybe you're running at a 70% on-time delivery rate. But then as you optimize, you quickly get to 95% plus. Somebody like PharmaLogic, really good supplier, well above the 95%. Interestingly, but it's not something that on day 1, you can do. Then the second thing that happens is the doses travel in a small cooler or like -- looks like a cooler, but it's obviously a very safe container to the clinics where doses take place. They arrive at the clinics and it moves around the clinic in a different way than the clinics used to. So if you think about the barriers to adoption, it's not reimbursement, those pathways are now clear. But the barriers to adoption have been are my radiopharmacies supplying at the right rate. Because remember, we want people to be able to count on doses showing up. And then do our cardiac imaging centers understand how to work with the dose. And so those have been the two barriers. But guess what? The great news is the radiopharmacy network is moving to the right spot. We're not only onboarding new customers. We added 50% of the customer base since the beginning of the year, but the existing customers are getting comfort and migrating up in terms of dose utilization per site. So all of these things -- but again, you don't appreciate it until you see it. It takes time. And we're working with both the radiopharmacy and the customers to ensure that they have the optimal workflow so that they can effectively deliver the outcomes. It's clear clinicians love the image quality.
I saw it myself. It was stunning image quality that this Flyrcado delivers. But getting it -- getting from dose manufacture to high-quality image is a complex process with lots of movement, and we've now -- we're helping our customers get there. So we took the -- we did roughly a $25 million run rate in Q1. We've taken that up to a $50 million annual run rate in Q2. So really good progress on this front. One of the things we decided to do this year in the first year of launch is to provide a weekly dose number from an illustrative week once per quarter as we go through the year. And so we'll have another number that we share in July and then October and then maybe we'll move on to a different process as we go forward. But we wanted to -- given the importance of this, and I know you've done a lot of work on this particular product, we want to share some data. So we'll have another data point for you in July.
Great. I guess -- could you address -- you mentioned increased confidence in the $500 million-plus starting from about $50 million run rate in Q1. So I guess, could you talk about how linear you expect that progress to be? Is there sort of a tipping point that happens what are some guideposts that we should look forward to track your progress?
So the way to track -- we'll give you another data point in July. What we want to resist -- I mean, here's the thing. We have an incredibly rich pipeline. Photon counting, total body PET, Allia Moveo, Vivid Pioneer. Vivid Pioneer is a monster product for us. So we have this incredibly rich pipeline. What we don't want to do, as we looked at this year and we talked about this rich slate, we don't want to give guidance by product. We really don't want to do that or interpolate. And so we have this number that's hanging out there, the $500 million plus. We can tell you we feel really good about it. How we're going to get there on a quarterly basis, we're going to leave that up to the reader to determine, but we feel very good about where we're going. We'll give you data points this year on Flyrcado. And so we'll be able to judge the next quarter, how it's going, but we feel quite good about what we've been able to do. And more importantly, the work that we're doing with our customers so that they can have confidence to increase the rate of utilization. So that's really what's going on.
Got you. And then with the few minutes we have here left, I wanted to address two other topics. One is China. So maybe we could talk a little bit about what you're seeing in China. If you could talk to whether there could be any kind of turnaround there this year and whether it could be a growth market for you in the future.
So China has been a challenge for us over the last several years. We had a lower guidance very significantly because of a market change in 2024, and that -- the frustrations or the challenges in that market continued in 2025. What I would say is we've done a couple of things. First, we brought in a new leader, Will Song and some other leaders, including our finance leaders new, Jennifer is outstanding. I just spent time with that team the other night. And making very good progress improving the predictability of performance in the market, making also very good progress on win rates. We're seeing improved win rates in that market in certain areas. So good progress there. We've modeled China down this year versus last year. That's what we've shared with you.
Do I believe China returns to growth at some point? I do. And I think we'll, with the commercial execution, changing the approach in terms of how we go to market, increasing emphasis on certain areas like government affairs. We're really seeing good momentum in this market, and it will start to pay off over time. We're not changing the guidance this year, we expect it down. That's okay. but I am expecting this to normalize in the coming years. And it's not going to be a double-digit grower. I don't anticipate that at any point, but it should be a contributor at some point over the medium term.
Great. And maybe just to wrap up, I'd love to ask you about capital allocation. So since the spin, you paid down debt, you've done some deals, including the Intelerad acquisition recently. So I'd love to hear how A, that's going; and then B, how you think about balancing the opportunity of doing all these tuck-in M&As that you have in your pipeline versus buying back stock and where the shares are? So how are you thinking about it now?
Yes. So it's interesting because you look at the capital allocation approach, reinvest in the business, make sure we have the right R&D envelopes, capital spending so that we can deliver and exceed the plans that we've put together. That's priority #1. Once we've done that, we do pay a small dividend, but it really comes down to business development and share buyback. Business development, we want things that are accretive to growth, accretive to economics of the company strategically related to what we do. The deals that we've done for the most part are situations where we're the only one or two buyers for those assets. If you look at the Intelerad acquisition, if you look at what we've done with our ultrasound acquisitions over the years, these are situations where we're not competing with broad sets of groups because we can drive real incremental and differential value to the asset. That was absolutely the case with the Intelerad acquisition.
And then we like to buy shares. From our standpoint, we have an intrinsic value model of the shares. In the first quarter, we repurchased $100 million in the quarter, and we did so at a price of $70. What that means is we believe that the $70 price represents a discount to the intrinsic value. The shares have traded off since then. You saw a number of management and board members purchasing shares in the quarter. We don't report our own share buyback activity until after the quarter is over. So stay tuned and see what the story looks like on our Q2 earnings call.
Matt, thank you so much. We appreciate your interest in our company and the support. I mean also all the thorough work that you do.
Thanks, Jay. Thanks, Carolynne. Thanks, everybody.
Transkripte auf Deutsch freischalten
- Alle Event Transkripte auf Deutsch
- Sofortige Übersetzung
- KI-Zusammenfassungen für die wichtigsten Insights
GE HealthCare Technologies — Jefferies Global Healthcare Conference 2026
GE HealthCare Technologies — Jefferies Global Healthcare Conference 2026
Starke Nachfrage und volle Produkt-Pipeline, aber Guidance wurde wegen Inflation (Logistik, Chips, Geopolitik) konservativ gesenkt.
🎯 Kernbotschaft
- Kurzform: Q1 zeigte robuste Nachfrage (Orders, Book-to-Bill, Rekord-Backlog), gleichzeitig führte steigende Input-Inflation (u.a. Logistik, Memory-Chips, Middle-East-Konflikt) zu einem konservativen Adjustieren der Jahres-Guidance; Management setzt auf Produkt-Launches zur Wiederbeschleunigung.
⚡ Strategische Highlights
- Produktpipeline: Photon‑counting CT (gleichzeitige spektrale und räumliche Auflösung), total‑body PET, Vivid Pioneer (Cardiac‑Ultraschall), Allia Moveo (mobile C‑arm), MR‑Upgrades (Freelium) und ein Mangan‑Kontrastmittel sind zentrale Treiber.
- Flyrcado: Klinisch vielversprechend; Team sieht >$500M Umsatzpotenzial bis 2028, operative Hürden (Radiopharmacie‑Workflow, Distribution) werden sukzessive gelöst.
- Kapitalallokation: Priorität auf R&D und gezielte Zukäufe (z.B. Intelerad); zugleich Aktienrückkäufe (Q1: $100M bei $70) wenn Bewertung attraktiv.
🆕 Neue Informationen
- Guidance‑Update: Management hat Kostenpuffer eingebaut; Netto führte die Inflationslage zu einer Reduktion der Guidance um ungefähr $0.15 EPS (inkl. Annahmen zu Commodities und operativen Kontingenten).
- Inflation & Tarife: Gesamt‑Inflation ~ $250M (inkl. ~ $150M Middle‑East‑Effekt); Teile wurden durch Preiserhöhungen (~$0.17 EPS‑Effekt) und kurzfristige Kostmaßnahmen (~$0.06) kompensiert; Tarife wurden konservativ bis Jahresende angenommen.
- Flyrcado‑Kennzahlen: Q1 ~ $25M Run‑Rate, Q2 ~ $50M Annualized Run‑Rate; Management will vierteljährlich Illustrationsdaten (wöchliche Dosen) liefern.
❓ Fragen der Analysten
- Inflation & Chips: Wie belastbar ist der Puffer? Management: ausreichend basierend auf aktuellen Preisen, aber bei starken weiteren Sprüngen wäre Nachsteuerung nötig; Branche zeigt ähnliche Effekte.
- Tarife & USMCA: Annahme: Tarife laufen durch; mögliche Aufhebung/Ersetzung könnte positiv sein; Gegenmaßnahmen (Freihandelszonen, Lieferantenwechsel, Preis) sind vorgesehen.
- Kommerzialisierung & Timing: Wann schlagen neue Produkte in Orders/Revenue durch? Management: Orders zuerst sichtbar; Photon‑counting und Flyrcado als wichtigste kurzfristige Upside‑Treiber, genaue Produkt‑Quartalsguidance wird nicht gegeben.
- China & Wachstum: China weiterhin rückläufig 2025, neues lokal‑Führungsteam; Management erwartet mittelfristige Normalisierung, kein rasches Double‑Digit‑Rebound.
📌 Bottom Line
- Fazit für Aktionäre: Operatives Momentum in Nachfrage und Pipeline ist klar positiv und bietet strukturelles Upside, kurzfristig drücken Input‑Inflation, Memory‑Kosten und geopolitische Unsicherheiten die Margen/Guidance. Entscheidend sind die erfolgreiche Kommerzialisierung von Photon‑counting, Flyrcado‑Ramp und die Tarifentwicklung; Kapitalallokation bleibt diszipliniert (R&D, gezielte M&A, opportunistische Buybacks).
GE HealthCare Technologies — Bank of America Global Healthcare Conference 2026
1. Question Answer
Good morning everybody. I think we're still in the running. This is Travis Steed, the Bank of America MedTech analyst. And next up at our Vegas conference, we have GE HealthCare. We have Jay Saccaro, CFO; Philip Rackliffe, President and CEO of Advanced Imaging Solutions and Carolynne Border, Vice President of Investor Relations on stage. Thanks for joining us.
Thank you, Travis. Appreciate the invitation to the conference. It's nice to see those in the room. Thanks for the interest in our company.
Great. Maybe just to start out, coming off Q1, the guide reduction, maybe just higher level, kind of level set us kind of post Q1 Where things stand?
Obviously, a disappointing first quarter, right? We ended up having to lower guidance for the year, which is something we take very seriously. And for us, there were just some very dramatic inflationary costs that we're faced with that we had to reflect in the guidance going forward to put the appropriate level of risk into the guidance.
But having said that, we are very optimistic about many aspects of the business and the long-term potential that we at GE HealthCare have. It begins with in the first quarter, you'll note that we grew orders a little over 1%. That was against the 10% comp. So very good performance from an order standpoint. From a sales standpoint, we came in at the high end of our expected range. So from a commercial standpoint, things are operating well. You'll note in the investor materials that we shared on the earnings call, there was a slide that we included, which reflected the pipeline and when we anticipate things launching.
The pipeline has moved incredibly well with almost all of our products in line with expectations. So we release to set this up for great long-term potential. We didn't spend a lot of time on the call emphasizing our management system, Heartbeat, but we've made tremendous progress on that aspect as well. So as I look to the future, and I look at really the long-term potential of the business, we feel really quite good.
But as you point out, we did have to reduce guidance as a result of some of the challenges that we faced in the near term.
There was some stock buybacks from management and Board of Directors, if you want to address that? And what drove the change to buy stock?
So I can't speak for the others. I don't want to speak for personal investments of leaders. But what I will say is in the first quarter of this year, we repurchased shares at around $70. Now when we repurchase shares, we do so based on -- and we have an intrinsic value model, which is a discounted cash flow, and we compare that to the price of the shares. And so you can imagine, after the shares sold off very substantially, relative to our intrinsic value calculation, the shares represent even a more substantial buy than they previously did.
Why is that? Because the long-term fundamentals are intact. And this is just a short-term issue that we have to navigate and will reflect in price and so on. Once we've done that, the long-term value is very much intact. So I think that the other leaders on the team looked at the share price and perhaps did the same math and said, "Hey, these represent a great opportunity. And we don't report on buybacks during the quarter. We wait until the 10-Q. So I'll point you to that when that's filed.
But buybacks is still kind of an ongoing strategy for capital deployment?
Absolutely. It represents a great -- like I say, for us, from a capital deployment standpoint, first, we want to reinvest in the business to accelerate growth. second, and we have a lot of good programs. And all of that funding of R&D over the last several years has paid huge dividends in the pipeline that we have now, right? So reinvest in the business. number two, targeted smart M&A. In the first quarter, we closed Intelerad, which will represent a great deal for our company going forward.
I'm so excited about how that is strategically accretive, but also financially accretive. It hit all of the marks. And then once we do those 2 things, we also have opportunity for share buyback. And so in the first quarter, we did some buybacks stay tuned on the second quarter. As I say, I think the shares represent a real value at this point.
And so we'll continue that. And then, of course, we pay a dividend as well.
Okay. That's helpful. There was also a change to combine ABS to your Advanced Imaging Solutions business with AIS gets -- A gets into AIS. So just the rationale for that change and what made that change?
Sure, I'll take that. Travis. Thank you very much for the question. As we thought about first, how are customers buying, where is the market going to? Where are they evolving to? They are evolving to a more customer-focused care continuum that runs horizontal. So what we saw within our own company was an opportunity to actually go get that and meet the customer where they're at as we think about larger enterprise deals. And where that is at, is that a patient comes in and gets their very first scan, and that scan is detected and you have a lesion, then that's diagnosed.
Then it has to go into a step of pre-procedural planning and then you need to go to an intervention or a theranostic or a therapy. We have a unique opportunity at GE HealthCare to very much differentiate ourselves because we have such good products across the modalities. The opportunity now is to actually think horizontal into more solutions with data with AI in order to increase efficiency and workflow for health care systems and ultimately look to improve patient outcomes.
That's helpful. There is -- I also wanted to ask on PCS. There was like -- I think Pete alluded to on the call, strategic assessment in PCS. Just kind of curious what that referenced and what's going on in PCS.
Yes. PCS had a disappointing first quarter. Now it was largely expected. The way that their order sequences have sort of emerged. We have a lot of things being delivered in the second half of the year. So that was as expected. And we're launching a new product, a care station product for anesthesia. It should be very well received by the marketplace, but that too is a second half launch.
So the first quarter was largely in line with expectations. But I will say, an 8% decline with the margin that, that business printed is not an acceptable threshold of performance for our businesses going forward.
And so what Pete said is we're looking at strategic alternatives. Obviously, for us, there is an intense focus on the fix. So all activities are underway to kind of get that business going in the right direction. We should start to see that pay benefits in the second half of the year. And then just evaluating all of the different component pieces, what kind of role this plays at the company. All of those elements are things that we're looking at related to PCS.
Are there a lot of synergies in that business between the other businesses?
There are some, but it is not linked as, for example, Ultrasound and imaging, as you see by the announcement today. Well, interestingly, what the changes that we've made allow us to do is really shine a spotlight specifically on PCS. You can see it's separated from the other businesses. It's discrete. So we really can shine a spotlight and watch that business improve.
And assuming it's a lower-margin business?
Well we clearly -- it is a lower margin business. Now we have plans to improve the margin and that margin should improve over the course of the year, but relative to Imaging and Ultrasound in this new combined business and relative to, of course, PDx this would be the lower margin of the 3.
Okay. And I do want to kind of address the big topic, inflation. I think the thing that most investors are wondering is why they're big numbers in terms of total dollars. And so why is GE HealthCare seeing it and others aren't?
Yes. I think some more recent reports have indicated inflationary impacts on their financials. So we start to see that. Now looking at MedTech specifically, we have a different portfolio. right? Our products are highly engineered products that have components from all over the world, and they are very substantial pieces of equipment for the most part.
And so it's more exposed to things like rare earth elements. It's more exposed to freight costs as we ship them across the world. So taking a step back, in the first quarter, we had -- 2 things occur that really changed the profile of our inflation forecast. The first was the war in Iran. And essentially, what happened is you had oil costs go up substantially. Much of our freight costs, our fuel cost, jet fuel, all of that sort of substantially increased. That was about $100 million impact from freight and logistics costs. We also saw, as a result of this conflict a $50 million increase in other areas.
So things like, for example, Helium was one component. There was a key helium facility in Qatar that was destroyed as a result of the conflict that added some incremental costs. So that whole package of items was about $150 million, and it was very much related to this Middle East conflict. The second component, and you probably read about this weekend in the journal, is memory chip inflation. We've seen extraordinary increases in this cost category and it's impacted both our ABS and our Imaging lines pretty substantially.
And so we've seen a $100 million increase in a cost category that was much smaller than that last year. Now we're weathering the storm. We're navigating this in a couple of different ways. For 2026, we've put in place some cost measures to offset. We also have some pricing, but those benefits will even more substantially impact 2027.
I think another question that I get is you've had a lot of headwinds on margins with tariffs come through. You've had to offset some of that. Like is it just gotten to the point where it's just harder to offset some of these inflationary pressures. So you're just going to have to just take the margin hit right now because of all the tariffs?
Well, so we -- if you look back over the last 2 years, we've had 2 substantial impacts. One is tariffs, and that increased our cost structure around $250 million. And then the second is this inflation related to the items that I described moments ago, that's another $250 million. So here's the interesting point, right? Despite $250 million in tariffs last year, we still were able to grow EPS. And despite $250 million in gross inflation this year, we are going to grow EPS mid to high single digits this year.
And so I kind of take a step back and say, yes, we've absorbed extraordinary situations over the last 2 years. I do think the business has shown some level of resiliency despite that. And then as we move to next year, we will have more degrees of freedom in terms of pricing. Many of the cost initiatives that we're starting now will pay larger dividends, so I'm hopeful that we'll be able to offset a much more substantial portion of the gross inflation that we've experienced this year into next year.
Okay. So and I think a lot of people look at one of your competitors, their imaging business is 21% and low 20% margins and your imaging and ABS margins are kind of mid-teens. Like is that still an opportunity? I don't know if you -- I'm sure you look at peers and comps and margins. Just trying to think about, is that kind of the opportunity for this business still?
Yes. We still have a great opportunity from a margin standpoint to close that gap. And what it comes down to is a few things. First, this Heartbeat business system how we operate the business in a lean manner is 1 key element to a lot of different things, more successful sales execution, more successful new product launches, but also our margin program. The new products that we're launching, many of them, in fact, virtually all of them, I should say, come at a higher price with a lower cost than the predicate.
And so if you -- Phil can tell us all about Vivid Pioneer, which is a remarkable product for cardiac Ultrasound, it is doing extremely well. and it's coming in at higher prices and lower cost. So it really is a wonderful element to the P&L when we launch those products. That innovation super cycle is happening now. And so we're sitting here, the second half of this year will benefit to some extent from it.
But then as we move into next year, there will be much more substantial benefits from some of these new innovative products on the margin profile of the company. And then finally, just general cost discipline is an area we're intensely focused on. That will also play out as we move into next year.
On the memory side, specifically, there was a $100 million increase that you put in the guidance. I mean even since then, there's been some issues in terms of supply and strikes and some questions on where prices are going higher. Is there supply constraints. Just trying to think about what you factored in and ways you can kind of mitigate if those prices go higher or there's actually supply constraints in that -- in memory?
Sure. So with respect to memory, what we did was we took current prices, we assumed that they would exist for the rest of the year, then we added some buffer on top of that. And then we added some incremental contingencies, just general operational contingency. So we do have multiple layers to protect us against incremental costs. Incremental reduction should flow directly through. But incremental costs, we should be able to offset a portion of that before we run into a challenge.
And in terms of supply, do you have supply lockdown for a certain amount of time or...
We do. We do and we're actively working with our suppliers to access incremental supply. We haven't seen this as a challenge to date.
Okay. And then same -- same kind of questions on helium and some of the other rare materials.
Helium, is up millions of dollars, right? So it's not -- but it's in that $50 million category. We were not supplied, I believe, for the most part, from the Qatar facility that was destroyed, but it did disrupt the global marketplace. We haven't seen shortage situations. The price is up quite a bit, but it's a very small component in the overall cost of goods profile of the company, which is why we haven't called it out as a discrete driver.
And most of our helium that we secure is not coming from the Middle East.
Okay. And in terms of pricing actions, you've got CPI up today. Just curious if there's ways you can think about offsetting some of those through pricing? And also how to think about the backlog, is there flexibility on the backlog that you have on pricing?
Our ability to reprice the backlog is more limited. Our ability to price new orders is wide open. And here's the thing. Our costs at this moment in time have structurally changed versus prior. And so we are looking at -- we're reflecting that in all of the decisions that we make with respect to new business orders and we're reflecting new prices as a result. We have to. Now the good news is we sell great products, and those products are becoming more innovative. So the compelling nature of that value proposition, we believe is still there, but we do have to reflect the higher costs that we're faced with.
Okay. Maybe skipping back to the revenue side or the top line side. You put up 1% order growth on the comp, 10% comp, like a big tough comp there. Just kind of curious what drove that? And I assume we should see accelerating order growth over the course of the year?
Yes. So we should -- we expect to see higher growth in 1% through the rest of the year, certainly given the very, very challenging comp that we had last year. I was pleased that we grew over 1% in the first quarter. Now here's the interesting thing. Over the last year, much of the strong order book that we put together was more about commercial execution and winning in the market than it was about new products. That was the reality.
And even into the first quarter, the majority was existing products that we're selling. Now there are a few in our Ultrasound business, for example, I referenced one already. But there are a few where we've seen the new products start to bolster the order acceleration. But it's not really meaningful yet. That starts to pick up in the second half of the year, and it's even more pronounced as we go to next year. Over the midterm, we're expecting to grow sales mid-single digits. We guided -- we did 3.5% last year. We guided 3% to 4% this year. What that means is there will be a step up. And so we'll start to see that in the second half, but then also as we roll into next year.
Okay. And then maybe Phil bring you in a little bit, talk about some of the innovation of the portfolio and the 10 new products you're launching.
Yes. I think all the money that we put forth since spin and over $3 billion in investment, that is starting to pay off. And what you're seeing now is the most exciting new product innovations that we've ever seen in the future in this next decade than we've ever seen within GE HealthCare. And it's not just 1 product category, whether it's CT or MR, Ultrasound or image-guided therapies. It's well balanced. You have material new NPIs hitting across every product modality over the next 6 to 18 months.
So we're beginning to see this innovation cycle really pay off. It's very exciting. Plus you add to that, that we're meeting customers where they want to be met with the formation of AIS also gives us an opportunity to platform better and to think more better horizontally. See if this element of both, great product -- new products coming out in each of the modalities and then also horizontally how do we best operate to meet customers where their needs are.
And so those 2 things together we're in a very good position based on the investments that we put forth the previous 3 years and frankly, are continuing into the future.
And on Photon Counting CT, do you think about that as like a share-taking ability? Is it upgrading your existing installed base?
We see it as a blue ocean. I mean I think there is a new area that we are going to enter into, and we had the ability to see what has been out there already. Yes, we are not first to market, but we're able to see how others are differentiating themselves so that we can pick our spots with a differentiated offering and enable ourselves to win. So I don't think it's actually as much cannibalizing our own installed base as it is going out and getting new pastures.
What else kind of -- you talked about getting the sites ready to building the pipeline. Can you elaborate on kind of what all is involved in that for Photon Counting CT?
Can you repeat the question?
Yes. You've talked about getting sites ready and building the pipeline for Photon Counting CT, just kind of elaborate on that?
Yes. I mean so far, as of date I didn't check it this morning, but as of last week, we had a funnel of well in excess of $100 million already of a potential funnel. So as we just got approval, we're beginning to have the discussions with health care systems now across the course of Q3 and Q4, and we'll begin to see that convert into revenue as we get into the back half of '26, but also '27.
Okay. And you expect kind of revenue contribution from these key new products in the first half '27, right?
Correct, but it's much more beyond than just Photon Counting. There are other highly material products that's one product in one category. There are very material differentiated products across many modalities that are coming out.
And you're seeing that in the orders and backlog coming in?
For sure. I mean, we bring up Vivid Pioneer a lot, but that product has done exceedingly well, well better than what our internal estimates were. We look to continue that momentum across other modalities.
Travis, we talked on the earnings call about -- particularly for imaging, when you think about sales funnel to order is typically around 5 to 6 months and then order to revenue is typically another 5 to 6 months, if that's helpful as a frame of reference.
It is. And when you just think about the overall imaging market, kind of your share position, are you share taking, share losing kind of just a state of affairs on the market in itself and just anything that you'd call out that's changing from a market standpoint.
The market in general for imaging continues to be strong. Just to be reminded, right, the ability for a health care institution to understand the detection is a critical care pathway component of being able to treat that patient. And so we continue to see imaging market growth strong and it will continue into the future. As far as our ability to take more share vis-a-vis the competition, I think we're doing well, and we're continuing to expand.
Okay. Then on just the overall capital environment, there's obviously some question marks on ACA and utilization and what that means for hospital budgets and kind of mix on healthcare. I don't know if you're seeing customers and capital spending, thinking about things differently or not, but...
Yes. We do a survey every quarter. I know you do as well. And our survey has been -- continues to be very, very strong. Our top customers are still interested in investing. Hospitals are very profitable at this moment in time. Utilization rates are great. And so overall, we think it's a good backdrop from a capital standpoint to continue to launch these new products into.
Okay. And then China, just kind of state of affairs in China at this point?
Look, we've done a lot in China to revamp or enhance our operation. It started with bringing in a leader, Will Song, who's done an amazing job. And really what he's focused on is commercial go-to-market, also the government affairs, making sure we have the right targeting of different segments.
And the results have been actually pretty good. We're enhancing win rates in the market, which is great to see. We're also seeing a more constructive backdrop overall in the economy. So we expect -- we've budgeted China down that we're not changing that expectation at this point. But I will say we're starting to improve the predictability there, and we're also starting to be successful from a win rate standpoint, which is just great to see.
Now Phil was there, I think, 2 times in the last month. So Phil, do you want to add anything from your perspective on the ground?
I would not suggest to do that, Jay. But what I would say is that, in general, when I was there recently, the sediment has stabilized. And I think we've met with a lot of senior people, party secretaries. We have a large footprint there as it relates to thousands of people, many manufacturing plants, and we still think it is a very good growing and the biggest health care market that is coming. Now how we actually are going to address that is going to be a very -- where a very focused strategy will come in. We really honed in our clinical astuteness and being able to pick our spots on where we're going to play and not play, and then also working with JV partners along the way.
So that's some of the kind of the green shoots you're talking about was the win rate in China?
That's right.
Now maybe moving over to Flyrcado. You're seeing some progress there versus kind of January. I'm just understanding kind of what your -- some of the kinks you're working out and the workflow and how things are going with Flyrcado?
Flyrcado has been going great. We're thrilled with the progress that team has made over the last several months, really over the last 6 months, as we've gone into full launch mode of the product. From a rate standpoint, I think we were at around $25 million in annual run rate. It's bumped up to about $46 million run rate 1 quarter later. So really good performance over the course of the quarter. We're very focused on continuing to drive that on the way to $500 million plus in revenue by 2028.
Now interestingly, there are essentially 3 different elements in play to optimize the launch. You have to make sure that your customer economics are solid. They understand the reimbursement pathway. You have to make sure that you have the manufacturing workflow correct at the radiopharmacies.
And then finally, you have to make sure that in the facility, the facilities are optimized to open up adoption of Flyrcado. And what was heartening for me in the first quarter was not only did we see new customers, which you would expect to see, but also we saw very good and solid ramps at existing customers. And I had the opportunity last week to travel around New York City with a dose of Flyrcado. Basically, we started at PharmaLogic, which is one of our suppliers. We saw how that was made.
We watched it. It's a very complex process. A company like that is supporting us with very high production rates, successful on-time delivery rates. But mind you, when you launch this product for the first time, new batches are hard to make. And you have to learn how the product works and learn all the nuances of the specific product. And so PharmaLogic is doing a great job supplying us.
We then took the dose and then went to NYU to see it delivered in a cardiac imaging center. And what was interesting for me is there are so many little pitfalls in the process that could exist that could disrupt the successful adoption of Flyrcado. And it's up to us to help our customers work through those because each customer is unique in some way. But at the end of the day, there is a standard work opportunity for us.
And this goes back all the way to our discussion of Heartbeat helping our customers optimize their process so that they can open up the flywheel of adoption. That's exactly what we're doing with them. So as we think about the 3 barriers, reimbursement, supply chain and then also customer adoption, customer workflow. We feel great about what we've been able to do in the quarter. Let's see what happens in Q2.
And then I assume there's kind of the balance between utilization at sites and adding new sites and kind of 2 different ways to grow. But what do you think about the growth in Flyrcado. Is it more of a linear ramp to the $500 million? Or is there a point where you can give an unlock and kind of can go more asymtotic?
Let's see. I don't -- we've stopped short of giving Flyrcado guidance. We did commit this year to give a number each quarter representing an illustrative week for doses. So we'll do that again. But as far as the adoption rate, we're very focused on thoughtful adoption. What I mean is we're not adding a bunch of customers unless we know those customers will have a good experience. If we know that, we'll bring them on board. If we don't, we're going to be hesitant to add them to the roster of customers.
And so far, it's been playing out very well. We are adding customers at a good pace. And then at the same time, we're also ramping existing customers, which is exactly what we want because at the end of this, the 2026 Q1 number is not important in the context of what we're trying to do. What is important is that we have successful adoption and great customer experience using this novel new program.
Okay. That's helpful. And I forgot to ask one question on the margins, just kind of this year question. Gross margins, 13.5% in Q1, stepping up to 17%. Sorry, I said that wrong. But the second ramp, half ramp in gross margins. I just want to understand like the ramp there.
Yes. So second half margins will be higher than the first half margins for a few different reasons. First, normal seasonality. Q4 is typically our biggest quarter with the highest margin. Second, the benefit of the new products from a sales standpoint, we do start to see more benefit in the second half than the first half. That's another driver. Third, you heard -- you saw us with a $90-plus million tariff number in Q1. That goes down by the fourth quarter of the year. So it's another tailwind.
Now offsetting that, we have the inflation. But like I said, we have that sort of baked into the math that supports the second half acceleration.
Okay. And anything else that you want to end with before we close?
No, I think we hit it. We're incredibly excited about what we've put in place from an innovation standpoint, from a management system standpoint, our Heartbeat business system, and now it's about accelerating and navigating a very volatile world.
Okay. Great. Thanks a lot.
Transkripte auf Deutsch freischalten
- Alle Event Transkripte auf Deutsch
- Sofortige Übersetzung
- KI-Zusammenfassungen für die wichtigsten Insights
GE HealthCare Technologies — Bank of America Global Healthcare Conference 2026
GE HealthCare Technologies — Bank of America Global Healthcare Conference 2026
Q1 enttäuschte, aber Management setzt auf eine starke Produktpipeline, Kostenmaßnahmen, Reorganisation und gezielte Buybacks als Gegenmaßnahmen.
🎯 Kernbotschaft
- Kurz: Q1‑Ergebnis und reduzierte Jahresguidance waren negativ, die Führung betont jedoch intakte Langfrist‑Fundamentaldaten und Fortschritte im Managementsystem ("Heartbeat").
- Fokus: Wachstum soll aus einer Welle neuer Produkte, verbesserten Margen durch Kostdisziplin und selektiver Preisgestaltung sowie aus M&A/Share‑Buybacks kommen.
⚡ Strategische Highlights
- Organisation: Zusammenlegung der Advanced Business Systems (ABS) mit Advanced Imaging Solutions (AIS), um horizontalere, end‑to‑end‑Lösungen für klinische Workflows zu bieten.
- Produktoffensive: Rund 10 wichtige Neuprodukte (u.a. Photon‑Counting CT, Vivid Pioneer Ultraschall) über 6–18 Monate; neue Produkte sollen höhere Preise bei niedrigeren Stückkosten bringen.
- Kapitalallokation: Prioritäten: Reinvestition in R&D, gezielte kleinere M&A (Intelerad abgeschlossen), dann Buybacks und Dividende; Management tätigte Käufe bei schwachem Kurs.
🆕 Neue Informationen
- Inflationstreiber: Management nennt ~ $150M durch Freight/Logistik & Helium (Iran‑Konflikt) plus ~ $100M Memory‑Kosten → ~ $250M Belastung 2026; letztes Jahr ~ $250M Tariff‑Effekt.
- Timing: Maßnahmen und Preisanpassungen sollen Wirkung entfalten; größere Entlastung erwartet für 2027, zweite Jahreshälfte 2026 soll margenmässig besser werden.
- Portfolio‑Signale: Photon‑Counting CT Funnel > $100M, Flyrcado (Radiopharma) Ramp: ARR von ~$25M auf ~$46M in einem Quartal; Ziel >$500M bis 2028, aber noch keine formale Guidance.
❓ Fragen der Analysten
- Inflation: Wie weit kann man erhöhen/hedgen? Antwort: Teilweise Preiserhöhungen bei Neugeschäften, Kostenprogramme und Contingency‑Puffer; Supply‑Deals für Memory bestehen laut Management.
- PCS‑Geschäft: Warum strategische Prüfung? Antwort: PCS zeigte -8% und niedrigere Margen; Management prüft Fixes und strategische Alternativen, will Geschäft separat fokussieren.
- Produktadoption: Wann Umsatz? Antwort: Funnel‑zu‑Order ~5–6 Monate, Order‑zu‑Revenue ~5–6 Monate; wesentliche Erlöse aus neuen Produkten erwartbar H2 2026 und stärker 2027.
⚖️ Bottom Line
- Investorenthema: Kurzfristig erhöhte Kosten und Guidance‑Kürzung belasten den Kurs; mittelfristig bietet die breite NPI‑Welle, Reorganisation und laufende Kostenmaßnahmen echtes Upside. Risiken bleiben Memory/Helium und die Entwicklung bei PCS; relevant sind H2‑Marge, Flyrcado‑Ramp und konkrete Signale zur PCS‑Entscheidung.
GE HealthCare Technologies — Q1 2026 Earnings Call
1. Management Discussion
Good day, and thank you for standing by. Welcome to the GE HealthCare First Quarter 2026 Earnings Conference Call. [Operator Instructions] Please be advised that today's conference is being recorded.
Now it's my pleasure to hand the conference over to Carolynne Borders. Please proceed.
Thanks, operator. Good morning, and welcome to GE HealthCare's First Quarter 2026 Earnings Call. I'm joined by our President and CEO, Peter Arduini; and Vice President and CFO, Jay Saccaro.
Our conference call remarks will include both GAAP and non-GAAP financial results. Reconciliations between GAAP and non-GAAP measures can be found in today's press release and in the presentation slides available on our website.
During this call, we'll make forward-looking statements about our performance. These statements are based on how we see things today. As described in our SEC filings, actual results may differ materially due to risks and uncertainties.
With that, I'll turn the call over to Peter.
Thanks, Carolynne. Good morning, and thank you for joining us. Let me start with our performance in the first quarter of 2026. We were pleased with the top line growth that came in at the high end of our expectations driven by our pharmaceutical diagnostics, advanced visualization solutions and imaging businesses. We also had strong services growth in the quarter. This all reflects disciplined commercial execution and accelerated customer adoption of new products designed to help clinicians enhance diagnostic accuracy and guide more precision treatment decisions across disease states.
As we think about the capital equipment backdrop, we're seeing healthy customer demand globally with resilient procedure growth. Aligned to this, we saw solid performance in orders, book-to-bill and backlog. We delivered double-digit reported growth in EMEA and Rest of World, mid-single-digit growth in U.S. and China sales were in line with our expectations. However, we were disappointed by profit performance in the first quarter, which was impacted by a recall associated with a PDx supplier that has since been resolved. Later in the quarter, we began to see more significant increases in material costs, which we expect will continue for the remainder of the year.
We remain confident in our ability to procure supply to meet customer demand. But given the inflationary environment, we're taking a prudent view and reducing our profit and free cash flow guidance for 2026. Slide 4 shows the inflation impacts to our profit guidance and the offsetting measures we've identified to mitigate. For background, the magnitude of specific input costs changed significantly as we move through the first quarter, primarily related to two dynamics, an approximate $100 million increase in the price of memory chips, which are critical components utilized in many of our products as well as an increase in oil and freight costs of approximately $100 million. Other inflation impacts are expected to total approximately $50 million with metals, such as tungsten as an example.
Prior to any mitigation, the gross impact of these costs is approximately $250 million or $0.43 per share. We expect to offset more than half of the inflation impact in 2026 with price and cost actions. Taking a prudent view for the year, we are reducing our full year adjusted EPS guidance by $0.15 associated with the remaining inflation impact. Including this impact, we will still deliver mid- to high single-digit adjusted EPS growth.
Now I'd like to highlight strategic accomplishments that we're advancing our growth strategy. In the first quarter in Precision Care, we advanced our pipeline of innovation with key milestones in CT and MR, our two largest revenue-generating modalities. Regulatory clearances in both the U.S. and Japan market inflection point for Photonova Spectra, our differentiated Photon Counting CT platform. Customer feedback about the image quality has been extremely positive, including the ultra-high resolution and soft tissue clarity in all modes of scanning. We're actively working with customers on site readiness, and building a strong pipeline for future sales.
In MR, we received multiple FDA clearances for next-generation technologies, including a new 3T and reduced Helium platform and state-of-the-art AI-powered workflow solution. Aligned to typical imaging order conversion time lines, we expect revenue contribution from our key imaging NPIs to begin in the first half of 2027.
In PDx, we saw growth across contrast media and radiopharmaceuticals, along with growth in our molecular imaging equipment. This is driven by an aging population, increased chronic diseases and demand for precision care globally. We're pleased to see Flyrcado continuing to ramp with a nearly 80% increase in doses since late January. We delivered over 390 doses for the week ended April 17. We're onboarding new customers, including high-volume sites, and we've seen an acceleration in the average number of doses that customers are ordering each week. We remain focused on delivering high-quality customer experience, while there will always be some week-to-week variability, we're encouraged by our trajectory. And this reinforces our confidence in our medium-term target of $500 million or more in annual revenue by 2028.
growth is also accelerating, supported by the expanding use of disease-modifying Alzheimer's therapies that are driving increased demand for amyloid beta imaging. Looking to the future, one of the most significant research areas we've been focused on is developing our novel gadolinium free MRI contrast agents. If successful, this manganese-based agent would provide a differentiated alternative to Getelinium by addressing retention concerns and reducing reliance on rare developments. We see this as a significant opportunity to expand our role in the current $1.2 billion contrast MR market by overcoming key challenges for both patients and clinicians.
We recently reached a meaningful clinical milestone with the first patient dosed in our Phase II and Phase III study. This innovation is under FDA Fast Track designation granted to drugs that address serious conditions and unmet needs and can accelerate regulatory review. If successful, both the combination trial and Fast Track designation would speed up the time to market. This milestone underscores both the urgency and the promise of our approach and reinforces our conviction that our innovation can significantly advance the MRI contrast plans game.
In the area of growth acceleration, we delivered growth across PDx, ABS and imaging business with strong commercial execution. Our high-margin services business, the large driver of our recurring revenue also did well in the quarter. We also completed the acquisition of Intelerad in the first quarter. This advances our strategy to deliver a fully connected cloud-first enterprise imaging ecosystem that spans hospitals and outpatient settings. We're excited about the opportunity to grow our AI, cloud and software capabilities, leveraging our Intelerad platform.
As we focus on continued business optimization, price and cost programs are a top priority as well as executing on our new wave of innovation that will not only drive revenue but also margin growth. Today, we announced that we're combining imaging and ABS to create a new segment, advanced imaging solutions led by Phil Rocklin. This change now moves us from 4 distinct segments to 3: AIS, PDx, and PCS, which will allow us to more effectively capitalize on our new wave of innovation, sharpen our disease state focus and accelerate growth.
As health care becomes more precise, the need for advanced imaging to confidently diagnose and deliver therapy is increasingly important. There's also a growing demand for connected clinical workflows that drive real-time decisions and outcomes. Structural Heart and cardiology is a clear example. It's one of the fastest-growing areas in health care with a shift to less invasive image-guided therapies. At every stage of the patient journey, procedures depend on advanced imaging, spanning CT, ultrasound and real-time guidance in the cath lab. Having vertical ownership from investment decisions to integrated supply chain in the segment will better enable us to deliver differentiated technologies while streamlining our business and reducing costs, and we're excited about this next step on our growth path. And Phil has the right focus and expertise to drive this business forward.
We also announced a new global markets region led by Katrina Trump that we believe will strengthen how commercial teams build and scale expertise across markets and bring the full portfolio to customers globally to maximize growth in enterprise accounts.
Now I'll turn the call over to Jay to discuss financial results. Jay?
Thanks, Pete. Let's start with a high-level look at our financial performance for the first quarter on Slide 6. We delivered revenue of $5.1 billion, representing 2.9% organic growth year-over-year, coming in at the high end of our expectations. Healthy global demand drove double-digit reported revenue growth in EMEA and the Rest of World and mid-single-digit growth in the U.S. China revenue declined year-over-year, which was in line with our expectations and improved sequentially. On a reported basis, we had strong performance in product and service revenues at 7.3% and 7.5% growth, respectively. Our service business continues to be a key differentiator with growth driven by a healthy capture rate. Orders grew 1.1% following 10.3% growth in the year ago period.
We delivered a solid book-to-bill at 1.07x, and we exited the quarter with a record backlog of $21.8 billion, up $1.2 billion year-over-year. We were disappointed with the adjusted EBIT margin of 13.5% and adjusted EPS of $0.99. Of note, adjusted EPS included approximately $0.16 of tariff impact. Lastly, our free cash flow was $112 million in the quarter.
Looking more closely at margin performance on Slide 7. Adjusted EBIT margin was 13.5%, down approximately 150 basis points year-over-year. Recall that we expected to see the largest tariff impact for 2026 in the first quarter, given the timing of the 2025 policy changes.
Year-over-year margin performance was also impacted by declines in PCS and the PDx supplier issue. Commercial execution driving increased volume, strategic pricing and contract settlements were tailwinds to margin in the quarter.
Moving to segment performance, starting with Imaging on Slide 8. Organic revenue grew 3.8% year-over-year, with robust growth in the U.S. and EMEA, particularly in CT and X-ray. We're seeing strong customer demand for our CT product line, particularly with our Revolution vibe that is focused on the growing cardiac exam segment. EBIT performance benefited primarily from volume, but declined year-over-year due to tariff expenses. Excluding tariffs, margins would have been accretive year-over-year. Overall, we're well positioned to capture market demand with the introduction of differentiated new products, including Photonova Spectra.
Turning to Advanced Visualization Solutions, on Slide 9, we delivered organic revenue growth of 4.4% year-over-year, with continued strong performance in the U.S. and EMEA, driven by new product adoption across the portfolio. EBIT margin increased by 120 basis points year-over-year, driven by volume and contract settlements, partially offset by tariffs. As we look ahead, we expect continued demand driven by current and future new products across cardiovascular surgery and ultrasound.
Moving to Patient Care Solutions on Slide 10. Organic revenue declined 8.1% year-over-year, primarily attributed to select large monitoring installations more concentrated in the second half of the year. Total segment orders grew in the quarter, and we're expecting U.S. clearance for our new premium anesthesia product in the third quarter of this year. Segment EBIT margin declined 500 basis points year-over-year, primarily reflecting the decline in volume as well as tariff impacts. We're taking specific actions to improve PCS performance, focus on improving backlog conversion, increasing price and optimizing segment cost structure.
Moving to Pharmaceutical Diagnostics on Slide 11. We delivered another strong quarter of organic revenue growth at 9.7%, driven by global strength in contrast media, continued price execution, and robust growth in our radiopharmaceutical portfolio. EBIT margin declined year-over-year primarily due to the discrete supplier issue, planned investments in our radiopharmaceutical pipeline and the Nihon Medi-Physics acquisition. Radiopharmaceutical adoption, including Flyrcado, is progressing well as evidenced by the dose acceleration from late January.
Turning to our cash performance on Slide 12. We delivered free cash flow of $112 million, up $13 million year-over-year, supported by working capital improvements. We continue to execute on our capital allocation strategy, including the completion of the Intelerad acquisition, which we expect to strengthen our imaging portfolio and drive total company recurring revenue. In the first quarter, Intelerad's business performance was in line with the expectations we previously shared. We've repaid $500 million of debt in the first quarter. We also returned capital to shareholders through our dividend and the repurchase of approximately $100 million of our shares.
Now turning to our outlook on Slide 13. We're maintaining our top line guidance of 3% to 4% organic sales growth, in line with the healthy customer demand globally and a good start to the year. We continue to factor in a cautious outlook on China and expect limited impact to revenue from the conflict in the Middle East. To note, the Middle East represents approximately 3% of total company revenue.
Regarding foreign exchange impacts, while rates have been volatile, we currently anticipate an approximate 100 basis point benefit to revenues this year. Related to adjusted EBIT, as noted earlier, we expect approximately $250 million of gross inflation impact for the full year. We're taking price and cost actions that are expected to offset more than half of the impact, which will partially benefit this year with larger benefits in 2027.
Given these dynamics, we are prudently reducing our profit outlook for 2026. We now expect adjusted EBIT margin to be in the range of 15.4% to 15.7%, reflecting expansion of 10 to 40 basis points year-over-year. We continue to expect tariff impact in 2026 to be lower than '25. Note that we do not expect a material benefit following the tariff policy changes announced earlier this year.
We're also reducing our adjusted EPS guidance to a range of $4.80 to $5 per share, which represents approximately 5% to 9% growth year-over-year. In the wake of the current inflationary environment, we believe this is the right thing to do. With the change in profit outlook, we now expect free cash flow of approximately $1.6 billion in 2026. Intelerad acquisition is expected to have a minimal impact to adjusted EBIT margin and adjusted EPS in 2026.
For the second quarter, we expect year-over-year organic revenue growth to be in the range of 3% to 4% and adjusted EPS performance to decline in the low single digits year-over-year. Note that we will provide a recasted financials for the new AIS segment with our second quarter 2026 reporting.
With that, I'll turn the call back over to Pete. Pete?
Thanks, Jay. Turning to Slide 14. This chart demonstrates the clear progress we're making to deliver on our new wave of innovation. The majority of our latest NPIs have moved from regulatory clearance to early commercial orders, which is an important step towards enabling more meaningful revenue beginning in 2027. You may recall, all of these innovations are differentiated because of a unique design or AI capabilities and have higher margins than our predicate products. Several of these time lines are earlier than expected, and we feel good about the team's high CD ratio and how we're tracking to deliver on our pipeline.
In summary, we continue to view 2026 as a pivotal year with the strongest innovation cycle we've had in the past decade that we believe will accelerate revenue and margin growth. At the same time, we're working to manage through a dynamic macro environment with operational rigor. The fundamentals of the business remain strong. We're making meaningful progress advancing our precision care strategy and unlocking value for customers, patients and shareholders.
With that, we'll open up the call for Q&A.
Thank you, Peter. I'd like to ask participants to please limit yourself to one question and one followup. Operator, can you please open the line?
[Operator Instructions] Our first question is from the line of Vijay Kumar with Evercore ISI.
2. Question Answer
I guess my first one is on maybe when you look at the organic cadence. Back half does imply a step up. And when I look at your order growth and book-to-bill, it looks like your capital book-to-bill was well north of 1.1. Just talk about this back half revenue acceleration, just given you had some noise around PCS, would your orders are coming in well above what gets back half to be close to that mid-single range given we're starting the year at 3%?
Vijay, thanks for the question. You're right that book-to-bill came in at 1.07 all in, and so if you strip things out, I think the equipment obviously doing better. Look, as I said in my prepared remarks, the overall capital equipment market is healthy. That's super critical, and we're doing well. We're winning at a higher rate. The U.S. market, particularly has strong procedures growth. And I've mentioned on the call that EMEA and the Rest of World is actually doing quite well. It was actually up double digits, which is very good to see. So mid-single U.S. and Rest of World at double digit as well as China kind of aligning to where we are. I think that, coupled with the products that we have that I just went through on the last page, the structure piece, which actually, in some ways, will help us be even more focused. It gives us much more technical and clinical focus specifically on these new products, like how do you differentiate our photon counting versus the other guys. So we feel quite good about that. And we're well positioned with this to continue to accelerate both orders and sales here as we go through the year. Jay, I don't know if you want to add anything else to do that?
Sure. Vijay, remember 1% orders growth in the first quarter against the 10% comp, really, really good start to the year, an illustrative of a healthy capital environment. The backlog sits at a record level. So we think from a plan standpoint, the year has shaped up on the top line consistent with what we originally expected. The other thing I would add is the key NPIs, some of the ones that we've seen in our ABS business, like Vivid Pioneer are performing very well. And we're also seeing some benefit in our area of imaging, too. So really good start on those. Those will support acceleration in the second half.
And then the other thing is we are expecting some improvement in PCS in the second half attributable to some monitoring deals that are earmarked for delivery in the second half along with the new product. So really, that's the story as we look at the second half of the year.
Understood. And maybe, Jay, my second one on the inflation assumptions around EPS. Talk about the $250 million number that you quoted. What does it assume? Is it assuming current inflation trends? Does it have some cushion if things worsen? And how should we think about the cadence of that inflation impact rate? Obviously, you noted second quarter EPS would be down. Does it assume an outsized inflation impact and then it gets better in the back half?
Yes. So Vijay, just maybe taking a second on the overall guidance. No change to sales guidance, which we feel good about, as I mentioned earlier. The issue for us really relates to some dramatic changes to certain input costs that we saw during the first quarter of the year. And what it really comes down to is memory chips and then the geopolitical events impacting things like oil, freight and certain other commodity costs. What we have assumed for the rest of the year is that these commodity costs remain at elevated levels, the elevated levels they're at today, and we haven't included some level of cushion against that. And so we've included that as the working assumption in this guidance. We have offset measures in place. We talked about implementing price changes, but that's really primarily on new orders.
We've talked about evaluating modes of transportation to impact freight exposure, and we are taking some measured cost actions. But the things like price will have a more prominent impact on the second half of this year and into next year than they do in the second quarter because a lot of our -- the sales that are represented in the second quarter as an example, are in the backlog today. I think we've taken a prudent approach here. We obviously are disappointed that we had to lower guidance. We don't like that at all, but it's the right thing to do under the circumstances. And I think the actions that we're putting in place will benefit more in the second half of the year, but then into next year as well.
Our next question comes from the line of Joan Wuensch with Citi.
Can you hear me okay?
We can, Joan.
Wonderful. I'm just trying to sort of pull apart the first quarter a little bit more, particularly in the Miss and PCS. And I'm just curious if you can detail that a little bit better? And how do you think about this on a go-forward basis?
Sure. So -- so listen, as we think about the first quarter relative to our expectations, the impact was really about a supplier quality issue we encountered in our PDx business. It was roughly $0.05 of impact. It came about late in the first quarter. It led to a write-off of some product, but also a sales shortfall or not for this issue, we would have achieved the quarter. So obviously, not pleased with the performance in the first quarter, but it was really isolated to this PDx supplier issue. PCS decline, but that was generally speaking, in line with our expectations. Pete, maybe you talk about PCS performance.
Yes. I think, Joan, to your question, and I think Jay delineated. We had built in some cushion relative to what we expected PCS to do, and it was relatively to that area. And at that point, we weren't happy with how the results were. But just to reinforce the points we made on the call is, the two areas where a lot of the larger monitoring deals, which fundamentally that revenue carries a vast majority of the margin are more second half loaded. And so that puts more pressure on the first half from the margins on that.
The second area is the new anesthesia product. It's really our first new premium anesthesia product in many, many years. I think it's going to be a very good product. Some customers are obviously waiting to kind of see that come out. We feel pretty good that the clearances and stuff will be on track for Q3. And as I mentioned, a little bit later in that period. So those are both orders and sales drivers. The backlog piece on the monitoring are deals that we have with well-established customers and they'll get executed.
Having said that, look, I'm not pleased with the decline in this magnitude, and we're heavily focused on mitigation actions. Jay mentioned some of them for the business, but backlog conversion, pricing in this business, in particular, and we're looking at the overall structure.
With PCS being more of a stand-alone segment really in the future, we have the opportunity to do more of a strategic assessment of the portfolio in all the parts as pieces. But ultimately, we'll address the underperformance.
Our next question is from Travis Steed with Bank of America Securities.
First, I'd like to start out on Takato progress, almost double the run rate in April versus January. But so far from the $500 million target. So just curious how that trended over the last kind of 3 months and kind of where you see that business going forward?
Yes, Travis, thanks for the question. Look, step by step here, I would say. It was a great quarter for the radiopharmaceutical team in general, but particularly for the molecule to your point, we're pleased with the acceleration. The ramp has gone pretty much in line with what we have thought. I think if you think about some of our previous discussions, the weekly volumes have continued to increase throughout the quarter. Really, as we thought, I think, reflecting the customer demand that's out there and just the way we see new customers versus existing customers adding on.
We're also hearing more positive commentary from users, which is a really important part. This becomes kind of a network of users talking to other users. And so that buzz is out there. As we stated, the week ending April 17, we had 390 doses. We have about 31 now active CMOs. You may recall in the first quarter, we talked about the performance of those needed to improve. All of those are performing well, which sets us up for continued growth. And we're also expanding the customer base. I think that's -- the base has grown probably close to the same amount as the molecule growth during that same time period. So we're on track. Price is obviously holding as well.
Clinically, the integration of the workflows is progressing. We talked about that in the past. I think the workflow is relative to cardiology and stuff are on track. So again, all in all, I feel quite good about where it's at. We've got still a lot of work in front of us. But as we mentioned, this gives us confidence here of what we've talked about, about $0.5 billion sales molecule by 2028.
Great. And maybe a follow-up question on China. You mentioned a cautious outlook on China kind of baked into the guidance. Curious what you're seeing there? If you're seeing any green shoots or things changing on the margin? And what all is kind of baked in from a market standpoint and from a competition standpoint?
Yes. Look, China performance was in line with our expectations for Q1 and it improved sequentially, which is important because, obviously, in the previous quarters, it's been more challenged. We were intentional in setting a conscious outlook for '26 and still expect the China sales to be down year-over-year. But it's also important that we are seeing some level of green shoots here in the marketplace. I think, look, we aren't satisfied where the China performance is at this point in time. But as I mentioned, under Will's leadership and honestly, the market, we're starting to see some more promising commentary. And I'd say things like improving market predictability is super important. A few of our operational changes that the team has put in place have enabled us to be able to be more clear and accountable strengthening our commercial organization. We've done some things to optimize that with our distributor network, and we're seeing the benefit of that. Being more clinical, particularly in certain geographic areas has helped us out win at a higher rate and just be more nimble. So I think those are important aspects as well as we're getting better traction with our JV, which -- that we have a Sinopharm on DBPs in certain tenders.
So Phil and I literally just came back, I think it's a week today from China where we met with customers and leaders and our team and had an opportunity to spend some time into the marketplace and talking. And I think relative to the acceptance of our products, the excitement about the pipeline coming and the changes that we're making. Again, it's still going to be a more challenged year, but I think we're starting to get more stabilization in the China market.
And our next question is from Robbie Marcus with JPM.
Great. Two for me. Maybe the first one, just to circle back on guidance, Jay. We've seen some negative revisions over the past few years. A lot of it has been from unintended global events. But how are you thinking about the amount of cushion you've put in here, especially given you've been reduced -- offsetting a lot of these costs the past few years. How much is legitimate offsets versus perhaps under investment? And how much cushion is there?
Sure. So Robbie, with this reduction, we've tried to provide adequate cushion in the guidance that we have and also adequate offsets in terms of pricing cost measures. I think importantly for us, you see about $0.23 of offsets that we're reflecting in our guidance. Now importantly, much of that is in Q3 and Q4 versus Q2, which is why you see a decline in earnings in Q2 before you start to see some acceleration in the back half of the year. But that's really related to when the mitigation actions were able to kick in.
Now as it relates to underinvestment in the business, one thing we've been intensely focused on is ensuring that we have adequate R&D spending in place and also adequate commercial investments in place to support all of the great progress that we're making on the pipeline. So we've done all of that. But as far as discretionary spending areas outside of that, we're intensely focused on mitigating those and managing those areas. So I think the answer is, I believe we have adequate contingency and I believe that we're continuing to invest in the right way in the business.
Yes. I think, Robbie, as we've said, look, our growth were set up well for the rest of the year. Look, we've taken this hard decision with some of these hyperinflation items, but now it's up from here. We're not counting on hope on these plans. We've got strong operational plans to make sure that we can do the reset and be able to actually move from here upward.
Great. Maybe a quick follow-up. There are coming generics in the diagnostics business -- pharmaceutical diagnostics, sorry. It seems more like a 2027 issue than a '26 issue. How are you positioning and thinking about generic impact into the end of the year and into 2027? Are there any measures you could do to help mute any competitive impact and anything else we should be thinking about there?
Robbie, look, we haven't seen any impact from any of the entrants at this point in time. Obviously, we take all competitors very seriously. And the reality of it is the market today is a generic market. There's branded generic products that are out there, but there's already 6, 7 different players within the marketplace. Customers look for a full SKU lineup. The more you mix SKUs, the more the probability of mistakes, resiliency in the supply chain, that product breadth and convenience, different sizes that integrate into injectors, things of that nature. So those are all of the different pieces that are out there. Obviously, to your point, we have contracting options about how we integrate products to fully offer the wide spectrum that an IDN needs and all of those things that we're constantly looking at. But just to be clear, at this point in time, we're not really seeing any impact from any new entrants into the marketplace.
Peter, maybe if I could just ask a little clarification. I believe these are AB -- they're able to be switched at the pharmacy level versus branded generics. So does that change the strategy at all?
No. I mean there's some different contracting positioning, but it also can mean that anybody within the group, any of the folks that are making products if they're challenged on delivery or that, that those products can be reasonably substituted. And so we deal with that today, right? If we were short or one of our competitors today, we're short, one of us could step in. And I think that dynamic we're dealing with today. So that would be a similar type of competitive issue or challenge that the team is used to dealing with.
Our next question comes from David Roman with Goldman Sachs.
Maybe I'll start just on Photon Counting CT. Could you just elaborate a little bit further on the commercial strategy here? And maybe help us think through market segmentation especially in the context of your primary competitor here, I believe, having kind of a 2-tiered product and pricing structure?
Yes, Dave, thanks for the question. I would first start out just to say with we're actually doing quite well in the CT market around the world without even having our Photon Counting system on the marketplace. And the question is why is that? Well, there is a growing need for CT of different types throughout the world. This product that we introduced just about a year ago is dedicated to cardiology and it's just taken off tremendously. It's actually one of the biggest drivers for what's taking place in Europe and international marketplaces. So we have allocated more dedicated resources and focus into the field into CT. Some of the changes we announced are about having more specialized reps, people that can go in and talk head-to-head clinical, technical and ultimately, productivity differences to customers. I think that's super important as opposed to having more of a generic discussion.
We also are big believers that artificial intelligence breakthroughs are also going to change traditional CT. So we have a list of different things that are going to be coming out that are going to increase resolution and capabilities in our traditional CT range and will be significantly more cost-effective for someone who wants more resolution and maybe going to Photon Counting. So there's an interesting mix that's out there. All that being said, we're super excited about our Photon Counting approach. I think when customers look at our resolution, they look at our contrast capabilities in what's called spectral imaging or being able to see tissue differentiation, they're seeing a system that doesn't have trade-offs compared to maybe what's available in the market.
You have this high-resolution all-in capability upfront that you don't have to make these trade-offs. So we're going to come in at the ultra-high end. There's a lot of customers who've been waiting for us for some time. Typically, this will start with the conversion of our installed base. It will then move to broader tenders on competitive targets. We just had the approval, as you know, at the end of March, beginning of April. We've got a solid funnel of opportunities over $100 million of that.
And the way to think about this is that between you getting approval, it's many times 4 to 6 months that customers have to do the assessment, they have to look at. That then builds a bigger order funnel. And then it's 5 to 8 months after that, pending on the customer have the room ready or are they building out that the sales transfers take place. But I think we feel quite good about where we are with approvals, where we are builds and the timing to sales conversion. But the most important thing is we think we chose well on our technology approach.
That's very helpful perspective. And then maybe, Jay, just a follow-up here on some of the input cost dynamics. Could you maybe help us understand a little bit more detail just on the phasing and impact of some of these considerations do you cause? I guess I would have expected you to have some amount of raw material on hand right now given your inventory turns that would enable you to buffer kind of the impact in the immediate term and then potentially see the impact build throughout the year, but maybe help us break down a little bit the timing of some of the cost headwinds, what gets realized now? And then what's kind of just deferred given the natural dynamics in your business from the timing of acquisition raw material through final finished goods and sale?
Yes. Good comment, David. And really, as we think about the impact of these incremental inflationary costs, there was limited impact in the first quarter, if any, because of what we call FIFO rolling out in future quarters the impact of higher-priced raw materials. And so we saw very little impact in the first quarter. The second quarter is really the first quarter where we see a real impact from inflation. And some of it, the logistics attaches to our product at the very end in many cases. And so we see some of those more immediate impacts. And then with our faster flow items faster turn businesses, we're starting to see an impact in the second quarter. The largest impact will be in the third quarter in fourth quarter. But the good news for us is much of the offsets that we have in place start to benefit the second half of the year. So the $0.23, we're not really able to impact the second quarter in terms of those areas very much at all. But really, that benefits the second half of the year. So that's really the overview.
Our next question comes from Larry Biegelsen with Wells Fargo.
Jay, I wanted to start with Intelerad, and how that's impacting the guidance in 2026, particularly margins and interest expense? And I imagine the interest expense goes up starting in the second quarter. And I thought this was a relatively high-margin business. And do you expect the deal to be accretive to both sales -- organic sales growth and EPS next year? And I have one follow-up.
Sure. So first, just as a reminder, Intelerad really was about extending our cloud capabilities and outpatient networks and the efficiency of care teams and helping us deliver precision care for patients globally. So really excited about that transaction. And we were also very pleased to report closing it in the first quarter. So that came in, in line with our expectations, perhaps a little bit better. But overall, good start. And the momentum is continuing in a good way. We previously said double-digit sales growth is what we expect, and we expect to accelerate that a little bit over time. And we also talked about margin accretion. We talked about an EBITDA margin north of 30%. And so all of that is holding true. Of course, you have things like integration costs and so on. But in the first year, we're expecting this to be slightly dilutive, but we've kind of sort of covered that in the forecast as we add EBIT but then include the incremental interest expense. So what I would say is it's fairly neutral from a bottom line standpoint in the first year. As we move to 2027, we'll see a little bit of positive contribution on the bottom line, but then also as an accelerant to sales growth. So we're pleased with this one. I think the strategic logic of it as we closed it and now are studying it even further is more intact and the financial profile is continuing as we expected, which is just great to see.
Jay, one follow-up maybe on the cadence. I think you've addressed sales, but on margins, in EPS in '26. Your comments on the call imply margins and EPS should be up pretty significantly in the second half of the year. And do you now expect gross margin to be down year-over-year because of inflation?
We do expect margins to improve in the second half of the year. A lot of that benefits from some acceleration in sales in the second half of the year, the new product contribution in the second half of the year. And then those self-help initiatives I described earlier, which benefit the second half of the year. So we will see a margin step up second half versus first half. Now I would say that we typically see that in normal years, but we will definitely see it this year.
And then secondly, from a gross margin standpoint, I would say it's going to be relatively neutral year-over-year. A lot of the activities that we're putting in place will offset the inflation. And so relatively neutral year-over-year from a gross margin standpoint.
Our next question comes from Matt Taylor with Jeffries.
I wanted to double-click on some of the commentary you made on the PDx, which had a good quarter. So good to see the progress of Flyrcado. I guess, could you help us understand what the gating factors are there to drive more production because it does seem like there's demand in the market? And I also wanted to ask about the MRI contrast agent. You mentioned some progress on that program. Could you talk about when that could actually launch? What's the time line to get through Phase II, Phase III?
Sure. Maybe I'll start on Flyrcado. We were really pleased with the progress on Flyrcado. The run rate -- the annual run rate went from roughly $25 million or so to $46 million in April, and we're continuing to work to accelerate that. Now as we've said historically, it's an equation that involves supply and our ability of customers to modify workflow to incorporate and sort of deliver doses at higher levels. We're incorporating new customers, but we also want them to climb ramp up from low levels to higher levels of dose utilization. And so it really comes down to continuing to manage the CMO network. We're intensely focused on very high levels of delivery rate, over 95% is our target. We'll continue to migrate and add some new CMOs, but also ensure the right delivery rate is in place. And then add new customers and ensure that they're comfortable ramping their own utilization of the product. But we were very pleased with the progress in the quarter. I think all of the positive feedback we're getting in terms of the benefits of this particular product are coming true. So it's a good start. Pete, do you want to talk about the other products?
Yes. I'll just comment on Flyrcado as well. I think as we've talked about previously, customer reimbursement constructs, customers are getting that worked out both privately and through the health system structure, which is important. The workflows are, I think, our algorithm operationally, how we go to a customer and help them set up, that's definitely getting to be a more well-oiled machine.
And then as Jay said, too, with the CMOs, they're how to make the product has improved. So those are all critical items. And so as we bring on more customers, the ability to scale from I'm doing 2 to 3 patients a day, so I'm doing 10 or 12, increases as we go out the year. And so we're optimistic about that. We still are going slow to go fast because again, we think this has a long-term potential being a $1 billion molecule. And so again, excited about how the team has been leading this and where we're doing going.
So your second question you asked was about the new MRI imaging agent that we have in clinical studies. This is super exciting. I think if you follow the MRI imaging in general, you would say the future of imaging heavily hangs towards MRI. It's radiation-free, very friendly for children, older adults and the technology with things like air recon DL are moving from where it used to be 45, 50 minute exams down to 10 to 15. So the modality is going to continue to grow.
Oil limitations has been the contrast agents available. Forever, it's been catalydium. Catalydium has been a great workhorse, but it has challenges. It has retention challenges in the body. It really can't be used with pediatrics. It comes from sources only one part of the world to rare earth element. And so it's been limiting about what one can do. And there's been other attempts that have been challenged over the years to come out with different agents, but we really think we've got a winner here. Obviously, we need to be able to make it through our studies successfully. We had a successful Phase I, which is where a lot of these products in the past have failed relative to tox studies and overall adverse events, but we've done quite well through Phase I. This is now in a Phase II, Phase III combined study, which is around dose optimization to image quality. And you might have seen some work that actually took place earlier at the Mayo Clinic that we feel very good about. This is a manganese-based product. There have been other folks that have worked on manganese in the past. I think the difference is all about your formulation which we have a very proprietary focused approach here that enables the molecule to be able to provide high-quality imaging comparable to GAD but be able to remove from the body in an effective way. That's really the key here.
And obviously, if we're successful of achieving that bringing a proprietary first-to-market molecule into this market where there hasn't been anything in decades, we think is a really big opportunity. Not only to grow and obviously have a high-performing, highly profitable product but it really fundamentally changes how we think about how MRI imaging for vascular imaging can be done on all types of population.
So this is super exciting. The fast track and the dueling speed up this a product like this that didn't have those capabilities might be out in the 2030 range with fast tracking and the combined studies, if successful, this could be a 2029 type molecule introduction to the marketplace.
Our next question is from Ryan Zimmerman with BTIG.
Pete, with the changes in the organizational structure with imaging and AVS, you talked about the rationale for it to some degree. But I'm wondering how you think about the benefits of it? If there is increased business capture, does the growth profile of that business collectively change or move higher from what may have been maybe a mid-single digit to maybe the high end of the mid-single-digit range. I'm just wondering if you could kind of articulate how you think about the downstream implications of those changes from an order standpoint that we may see in kind of this new segment?
Yes, Ryan, really good question. Look, as we thought about AIS at the highest level, it's all about what can we do to drive a higher growth profile organization. Yes, there will be some cost benefits that will help margin, but the #1 priority was that. The predicate model was realistically the model that Phil was running prior to this, which you may recall, ABS was taking ultrasound and image-guided solutions to put them together. And we saw an opportunity by putting them together on the way we articulate the technology story to customers to be winning at a higher level, candidly, by doing it that way. But on the back end, on the R&D side, finding new ways faster to come up with differentiated products. And fundamentally, AIS is a bigger version of that. So we would expect at the street level, starting rather quickly to be able to see us being able to bring solutions and articulate differentiated value faster with this model. But I think on the upstream side, meaning on the R&D side, when you think about a cardiac pathway or an oncology pathway, all the products needed to work together now fit into that AIS construct. And so as far as allocation of R&D dollars, faster moving to get something done, two less meetings to me to make a decision, all of that gets much more streamlined. And so that's -- we would expect we'll see some benefits in this year, but obviously, more benefits come in the following years as you start thinking about how you're building products and framing that to customers.
Yes. Understood. And then for Jay, cash -- free cash flow has ticked up a little bit versus last year. In the face of these inflationary pressures, you guys bought back shares, about $100 million or so. You have dividends. It's been a very balanced, I would say, capital deployment strategy thus far. Does your prioritization of capital deployment change in the face of some of these inflationary pressures, meaning more to share repurchases, less M&A? Just take us through kind of your thought process, I guess, Jay, as you think about what you do with that cash, again, in the face of some of these changing input costs and so forth?
Great. Thanks for the question. really good progress on cash flow in the quarter. I think we did a particularly nice job with respect to working capital balances. And this business generates a lot of cash, and so we have the opportunity to deploy it. We will first continue to invest in the business organically. To Robbie's question earlier around R&D levels and so on, we'll continue to ensure appropriate investment so that we can drive this business forward.
We'll also do disciplined M&A. I think from our standpoint, the quarter was a great example of that, closing the Intelerad deal. That's a very good ROIC deal over time. It's strategically and economically accretive to the company. So that's exactly the kind of M&A we will continue to do. And then we will look to see when the shares sell off and we look at them relative to the intrinsic value, we will evaluate buyback. We felt very good about the buy that we did last quarter, and we did so because we feel very strongly about the long-term prospects of the business. As we think about some of the mechanisms we're putting in place now like pricing, which will benefit next year, like the new product momentum that will benefit next year, we feel very good about the share buyback program, and we'll look to continue to do that as a supplement to M&A.
We'll now take our last question from Anthony Petrone of Mizuho.
Maybe one for Jay and then one for Peter and Jay. Just, Jay, on the tariff impact, you're calling out $90 million to $100 million quarterly at the margin, in the presentation material quarterly, it seems like that level is holding. So what do you actually have baked in there from a tariff impact for 2026? And if you do get a reimbursement decision later this year, do you get roughly $100 million back at the margin? And I'll have one quick follow-up on AIS.
Sure. So basically, we said tariff impact in 2026 will be less than 2025. So that's less than $250 million or so is what we expect to see. And based on the mitigation activities that we've put in place, the first quarter will be the biggest impact of the year, and that will trail down through the rest of the year. We have not seen windfall as a result of the IEPA Supreme Court ruling as those tariffs were replaced. And we've assumed those tariffs remain in effect for the rest of the year though there is a tariff impact for the rest of the year. So we've assumed that in the guidance that we've put forward. So that might be an opportunity.
As far as refunds, we will be submitting as many companies will for refunds related to the tariffs that we paid last year. We're hopeful that we'll be successful in terms of recovering that. We haven't determined how we will report that or account for that in terms of adjusted EPS or anything like that. That's not included in the forecast that we put forth today.
And just on AIS, and I don't know if this is across the portfolio or in AI specifically. But when you think about AI-enabled platforms, you have Intelerad in there, it's coming in as a Software-as-a-Service model, but we count 7 AI-enabled assets across the portfolio at this point, various different programs. So will it all show up as Software-as-a-Service? What are the milestones we should look for, for AI-enabled capabilities? What does the economic model look like over time?
Anthony, yes, great question. Look, I think a big part of our growth algorithm is really this combination of new wave of innovation. It's about better commercial execution, both on equipment as well as service. And you saw some of that throughout the call here in the first quarter. I think we're going to be able to highlight that and accelerate our growth here as we go through the year. Relative to AI, it comes in 2 flavors today. One is it's the AI inside. It's why things like Vivid Pioneer are growing at a very high rate right now because of 4, 5 algorithms that make this product better than its competition. So we get a higher price for it. We get multiple hundred points -- basis points improvement in margin, which is a combination of its cost, but it's really about its value. So that's really the first piece. All of those products that I had on the page in the deck all have embedded AI. Some of them have a couple of algorithms. Some of them had 4 or 5. And so that's piece one.
The other part you hit on, which is, again, we're doing more and more, which is actually having SaaS-based capabilities for specific features. So part of our vision is to be able to sell the hardware, have it more standardized of what that feature set is and then have a wide menu of other SaaS cloud-enabled applications that customers can customize by that individual scanner or by their fleet. And so CT is kind of our first modality as well as ultrasound that leads in that. I think you're going to see more and more of that continue to grow. And we're in a good spot now.
Back to Intelerad, why is that important? Because not only in outpatient, but an inpatient, the more that we integrate those tools, that will be the reading interface, not only for the diagnosis, but also, in many cases, deploying the AI tools. And that's all well thought through of how we continue to leverage that. So again, thanks for the question.
Thank you. And this concludes our question-and-answer session. Please proceed with any closing remarks.
Thanks for your interest in GE HealthCare. And again, we look forward to connecting and chatting with many, if not all of you here in some upcoming conferences. Thanks again.
And this concludes our conference. Thank you for participating, and you may now disconnect.
Transkripte auf Deutsch freischalten
- Alle Event Transkripte auf Deutsch
- Sofortige Übersetzung
- KI-Zusammenfassungen für die wichtigsten Insights
GE HealthCare Technologies — Q1 2026 Earnings Call
GE HealthCare Technologies — Q1 2026 Earnings Call
Solides Umsatzwachstum, aber Gewinn- und Cash‑Guidance wurden wegen gestiegener Material‑ und Logistikkosten gesenkt.
Q1 2026: Nachfrage bleibt gesund, Management setzt auf Photonova, MR‑Innovationen und Radiopharma‑Ramp; gleichzeitig laufen Preis‑ und Kostenmaßnahmen.
📊 Quartal auf einen Blick
- Umsatz: $5,1 Mrd. (organisch +2,9% YoY)
- Adj. EPS: $0,99 (bereinigtes Ergebnis je Aktie)
- EBIT‑Marge: 13,5% (bereinigt; -150 Basispunkte YoY; Basispunkte = bps)
- Backlog: $21,8 Mrd. (Rekord, +$1,2 Mrd. YoY)
- Free Cash Flow: $112 Mio. (+$13 Mio. YoY)
🎯 Was das Management sagt
- Innovations‑fokus: Photonova (Photon‑Counting CT) und mehrere MR‑Freigaben; NPIs sollen ab H1 2027 Umsatz beitragen.
- Segment‑Neuordnung: Imaging und Advanced Visualization werden zu "Advanced Imaging Solutions" (AIS) zusammengeführt, um Portfolio‑ und Go‑to‑Market‑Fokus zu schärfen.
- Radiopharma & PDx: Flyrcado‑Ramp (390 Dosen in Woche end. 17. Apr.) und Ziel ≥$500 Mio. Jahresumsatz bis 2028; Ausbau CMO‑Netzwerk und Kundenonboarding.
🔭 Ausblick & Guidance
- Umsatz‑Guidance: beibehaltene organische Wachstumsprognose 3–4% für 2026.
- Gewinn‑Anpassung: Auswirkungen durch Inflation ~ $250 Mio. (~$0,43/Aktie) brutto; Management erwartet, >50% durch Preis‑ und Kostenmaßnahmen zu kompensieren; neue Adj. EPS‑Range $4,80–$5,00.
- Marge & Cash: erwartete bereinigte EBIT‑Marge 15,4%–15,7%; Free Cash Flow nun ~ $1,6 Mrd. für 2026.
- Timing: Inflationseffekte wirken vor allem H2; Q2 organisches Wachstum 3–4%, Adj. EPS soll leicht rückläufig sein.
❓ Fragen der Analysten
- Inflationsthema: Kernpunkte waren Memory‑Chips (~$100M), Öl/Fracht (~$100M) und Metalle (~$50M); Management nannte konkrete Summen, blieb aber vage zum Risiko‑Puffer und zur exakten Quartalsverteilung.
- PDx‑Lieferantenereignis: Recall/Qualitätsproblem verursachte einen messbaren Gewinn‑ und Umsatzeinbruch in Q1; Thema lokalisiert, Kosten wurden genannt (~$0,05 EPS‑Effekt) aber Detailfragen zu Ersatzlieferungen offen.
- Kommerzialisierung & Timing: Fragen zu Photonova‑Funnel, Konversionszeiten und Flyrcado‑Skalierung; Management gab typische Freigabe→Kauf→Installation‑Zeiträume (4–6 Monate bis zu Assessment, danach 5–8 Monate bis Installation) und betonte CMO‑Netzwerk‑Optimierung.
⚡ Bottom Line
- Für Aktionäre: Wachstum bleibt intakt, aber Profitabilität und Cash werden 2026 durch kurzfristige Inflation belastet; mittelfristig bieten Photonova, MR‑Innovationen, Radiopharma und AIS‑Neuordnung substanzielle Upside‑Pfade—Key‑Risiken sind die Umsetzung der Preis‑/Kostenmaßnahmen, Tariff‑Erstattungen und die erfolgreiche Kommerzialisierung der NPIs.
GE HealthCare Technologies — Barclays 28th Annual Global Healthcare Conference
1. Question Answer
Okay. Good morning. Thanks, everybody, for joining us. I'm very pleased to have with us today the management team from GE HealthCare, Jay Saccaro; Phil Rackliffe, who runs the...
AVS.
Right. Ultrasound and image-guided therapies. As well as Carolynne Borders.
So my name is Matt Miksic. I cover U.S. medical devices here at Barclays.
First question, I guess, it's been kind of thrown into our basket about a week -- a little over a week ago as -- a couple of questions around the Middle East and price of oil. So one of the things I suspect we'll be asking everyone today and tomorrow is exposure of your business to Middle East to start. And then we'll get into oil and a couple of other quick follow-ups.
Great. Matt, first of all, thank you for the invitation to the conference. We appreciate it. We always enjoy coming down here, so it's nice to see you once again.
As we think about Middle East exposure, for us, the primary focus right now is on safety, continuity -- safety of our employees and ensuring business continuity is in place. We really want to make sure that we're getting product around the world in the most effective way. We understand there are disruptions as a result of this, but we're really working hard to navigate that situation well.
Our overall exposure to the Middle East is small. So it's not a huge business for us. But as we think about things like the price of oil, we'll have to watch how this evolves over time and what implications there are. But as we sit here today, the team is very focused on ensuring that the operation continues from a very stable and consistent standpoint and that we get through this swiftly.
Okay. And just to put a finer point on it, I'm sure folks will be asking, and to the extent you can put a finer point on the exposures, is that less than 5%, less than 2%?
Yes. It's definitely less than 5%. It's not a big piece of our overall business.
Okay. And then completely understand the concern over the people in the region. So maybe talk a little bit about manufacturing or folks in operations that you have in the region?
Yes, we do -- we obviously have a commercial business in the region. And then we do have some manufacturing that's done in Israel that supplies the world, so PET and certain SPECT devices. We have a bit of ultrasound that comes out of there. And so for us, ensuring that we have the right corridors to get this product out of Israel, and furthermore, that we have adequate inventory outside Israel and outside of any conflict zone, those are top priorities for us.
Okay. And again, I guess, alternate supplies, components for manufacturing, is that a dual-sourced...
It's interesting because we don't comment on specific product lines. But I think one of the things that we've learned, first through COVID and then through our tariff experience, is dual supply, agility of the supply chain and resiliency of the supply chain are all so crucial to the success of our company that it's a point of emphasis in every one of our supply chain reviews.
And as we think about the strategy that we've put in place and are embarking on, you heard a little bit about it during our earnings call when we talked about moving certain things to different zones, but that's happening all the time in terms of how we think about making sure that we have the most dynamic supply chain available to us.
Okay. And then just on price of oil, it's obviously kicked up here a bit. The question is, for how long? But maybe drawing any comparisons to last time we saw higher prices of oil and whether it's transportation or resins or other aspects, how would you describe the potential impact?
So it's way too early to comment on potential impacts from this. What I would say, in our case, is we have a number of levers to offset this, really making sure that we are capturing the economic value for the services and products that we provide to our customers. That's first and foremost. And if our input costs have changed dramatically as a result of some form of shock, we have to think about that in terms of how we think about the cost of our product.
And then second, as we think about our productivity initiatives, which is something that we've made a lot of progress on over the last several years, those productivity initiatives don't stop and we'll continue to accelerate and think about how we can offset any increases that come to bear.
Okay. So early on oil, and I guess in the scheme of things, most of your products, we're not talking about plastic devices or catheters or things where resins might constitute a significant part of your cost of goods. These are higher-margin, multi-component equipment.
True. We don't have an enormous resin component to what we're doing. And so the price of oil is more about things like the logistics costs that we face.
Got it. And last time around, was there something -- as you went to manage through higher cost of energy in '22, for example, what were -- remind us how this might be similar or different.
We don't know how this is yet going to play out. I think that was a little more sustained in terms of price of energy and those impacts. And really what we did then is what we would do now, which is we manage through careful pricing, we manage through careful cost initiatives. Those are the things that we focus on.
So we'll have to see. I think over the next several weeks, we'll be putting together our next forecast and really try to have a better understanding of what expectations are around duration of conflict and sustained price of oil, things of that nature.
Okay. A couple of other sort of current event topics: tariffs. Just you started the year talking about facing sort of like a bit of a tailwind in this year potentially. But how should investors be thinking about sort of the shift in the mechanisms applying tariffs in the U.S. and how that year-over-year we should be thinking about tariff expense for GE HealthCare?
Sure. At the highest level, what we've said is tariffs were around $250 million last year, and this year, they will be less than that. And by the way, as far as huge achievements and evidence of the impact that our new Heartbeat business system is having, I think that's one of the most prominent early examples that we can point to. At the beginning of -- in April of last year, we were faced with a very daunting challenge. I think in the initial roll-up, the tariff bill was like $1 billion, and we very quickly mitigated that to $0.5 billion. And then when rates came down, it was $500 million and we mitigated it to $250 million.
But for us, it was really important to have tariffs be a net contributor to growth on the bottom line in 2026. Every single one of our teams got to work in terms of identifying opportunities to mitigate. We had daily management, weekly management, detailed tracking project plans. And gosh, we were able to get tariffs down, when most companies were faced with tariffs doubling just because of the nature of the timing of tariffs and inventory rollout. So that was -- I thought that was a fantastic result and a testament to execution of our supply chain team and our business teams.
Now a lot has happened since then. We had a Supreme Court ruling, so IEEPA tariffs were taken off the table, and so that was good news. And for several hours, there was a real upside to the plan. Several hours later, we talked about the implementation of 122 tariffs. Now tariffs that are the same are 301 and 232 tariffs; there's no change to those. But essentially, as we kind of done -- as we've done the math on this, the replacement of IEEPA tariffs with 122 tariffs, assuming a similar kind of -- assuming that the 122 tariffs stay in place for the rest of the year, you end up basically in the same spot.
Now interestingly, there will be some questions around timing. And to the extent that we are able to collect refunds, how does that impact things from a cash flow and from an income statement standpoint in the short term? Those are things that we'll have to navigate. But at the end of the day, as we look at it, it's fairly similar impacts.
Okay. And zooming out, I mean, some folks might look at everything that's been done to mitigate tariffs as sort of moving a bunch of things around and maybe looking back and wondering, do we really have to move these things around? But what are some of the changes that you made? And what are some of the positives that came out of sort of making the supply chain more flexible and making the manufacturing maybe more diversified?
You said it. You said it. Look, we might not have made all the moves. But what we've tried to do with all of our moves throughout this process is look at them from a no-regrets lens. How wrong could I be about the tariffs in place from this country? And what is the penalty if I'm wrong? And in all of those instances, what we found is it's a small price to pay, especially because if your goal is a diverse, resilient, agile supply chain, the moves that we made were, generally speaking, all consistent with that.
So I kind of look back on what we've done, I'm okay with it. I think we've set ourselves up in the right way. And frankly, we'll continue to have discussions about how we optimize our supply chain globally, how we ensure we have the right network in place that is durable, capable of withstanding supply shocks, et cetera.
Okay. And then one more sort of, call it, current events type question, which is around generics, in contrast. So Omnipaque in particular. Generic competitor, began sort of entering this market with a label. Maybe talk a little bit about the effects that you anticipate and how you plan to sort of manage that new competition.
Sure. So Amneal has talked about launching a couple of codes of our iohexol product. That's okay, and there's room in the market. As we look at it, we put together our guidance very aware of Amneal's expected launch and expected strategy. And when we talk about confirming our midterm aspirations, which we feel very good about, we have a line of sight to what we expect that they're going to do.
For us, this market has had multiple competitors for a very long period of time. So we are the leader, but there are several others that we compete with, not on a direct basis, to your point, but certainly on a very-near proxy basis that allows them to compete really well, and they've done well over the time.
Now ultimately, when we think about this business, there are a few things that are crucially important. First, consistency of supply. There have been numerous instances where the industry has been short as a result of manufacturing issues. And so one of the things we are intensely focused on, while on the one hand these are generics and not differentiated, on the other hand, consistency of supply is a clear differentiator.
Second, quality of product, another crucial element. Third, just sort of general brand recognition and general relationship with hospitals. So I think you stack these things up.
And then finally, comprehensive portfolio. Listen, we sell 20 SKUs in this area. We have a broad array of products, similar products in this space. And so we do have that other advantage as well. I'm not suggesting that we're underestimating them, because we're not. But what I am saying is we feel pretty good about this franchise at GE HealthCare and our ability to continue to grow.
The last thing I would say is the demand for this product continues to grow, and the supply is relatively tight. And so as we look out in the coming years, there's continued opportunity to grow the business.
Okay. And all of that sort of baked into your 3% to 4% margin plans for this year, obviously. All right. So with those kind of out of the way, maybe let's talk about the 3% to 4% and some of the drivers to that. You have some big products, I think, that folks have been -- have captured a lot of investor focus, including Flyrcado, which is now kind of entering its second year here, things like total body PET and photon counting CT later this year. But maybe talk a little bit about some of the other products that are driving growth -- revenue growth now and you expect to kind of continue to drive growth for the rest of the year.
Great. So I'll turn it over to Phil in a second. But just generally speaking, we've talked about 3% to 4% growth. And what I think is most interesting about that is, to a large extent, and some of Phil's products being an exception, to a large extent, this does not benefit from all of the work that we've done on innovation. That really, those products will -- many of those products in our Imaging business, as an example, will start to take orders in the coming quarters, but won't have a demonstrable revenue impact until next year. And so it really gets very exciting for us to say what that's going to do. And that's really what supports our midterm vision, our midterm aspiration.
What supports us today though as we think about the 3% to 4% is all of the work that we did last year from a commercial standpoint. We did -- we put in place some great deals around the world: large customer collaborations that we've established, things like Sutter, but many other deals like that. We just announced a collaboration with UCSF. So proud to associate with such a world-class institution.
And so all of that commercial work set us up with a record backlog, up $2 billion year-over-year. And then as we sort of work through the math on this year's expectations, it was that, the lion's share of that, that sort of supported this 3% to 4% growth. And just based on the cadence of deliveries and things of that nature, the first quarter is a little bit below. And the rest starts to look more like the mid-single digits that we'd like to see over the midterm and we expect to see in 2027.
Having said all of that, the one area where we're seeing some impact in the near term from innovation, perhaps the most prominent, you did mention Flyrcado, Flyrcado is entering its sophomore year, we're very excited to see what that can do and very optimistic about where we can drive that. But Phil's business is one that has had an immediate impact. We've seen it in Q4 and it started strong.
So Phil, why don't you talk about some of the drivers of innovation in the product portfolio?
Yes. Thanks, Jay, and thank you, Matt, for the question. So just in the last quarter, as a proof point, we've launched 3 products that are very much cutting-edge for the technology. The first one being in the ultrasound space with cardiovascular ultrasound, and that was the launch of our Vivid Pioneer. This product has a lot of unique features that actually decrease the amount of time it takes to get an echocardiograph and also with much fewer clicks and excellent image quality.
The other thing that this product does is really focus in on the growth in interventional cardiology and structural heart. So it has sizing tools and measurement tools, whether that be around your aortic, your mitral, your tricuspid, your pulmonary veins. So it has all those features that are AI-driven within that product. That launched in the fourth quarter of last year and we're beating all of our internal estimates on that.
The second example is really around Allia Moveo. Allia Moveo is our next-generation gantry or x-ray machine for interventional procedures. And that can be for interventional cardiology, it can be for interventional radiology and a host of other procedures. We've just launched that at ECR in Vienna last week and also at RSNA in December. That again is doing excellent. We've had our first 2 installs and it's meeting customer demand.
And the third product, just to update, that's part of this growth trajectory that Jay talked about -- R5, it's our next-generation general ultrasound imaging. And what this product does, the best quote and feature that I had was that it can reduce the scan time by 60%, 6-0, with 80% less clicks.
It was funny, last week, we had a large event to kick off this LOGIQ R5, the key doctor, kind of one of the world's best ultrasound physician, pulled me aside and said, "You're just making it too easy. You're making it too easy and too fast. It used to be my specialty, is being able to get those certain measurements."
It was kind of funny when he pulled me aside and said we make it too easy. But those are the types of things that we're doing to increase access to care and to have a repeatable experience for patients.
Okay. And also tied to some of the growth in outpatient interventional suites, lung biopsy and in cardio, and tied into some of the efforts of Intuitive in Ion and J&J in MONARCH. So not only, I'd say, new products, but new products in growth markets, which is great.
And then the sort of -- back to the sort of big platform or sort of new-entry products that folks have been focused on, total body PET and photon counting, maybe talk a little bit about how you expect those, assuming they come in on time, middle of the year towards the end of the year, back half of the year let's call it, how that starts to drive either bookings or orders or revenues for the growth model.
Yes. We're definitely excited about those 2 products. I think for us, we consider ourselves a leader in imaging. And the reality is we don't participate today in certain segments. We don't have a total body PET available nor do we have a photon counter available. And so as we bring those to market, we have so many customers that like to buy from us, and now we will give them an offering which is a world-class product that they can use.
How does this work though from a timing standpoint? Both of these products, there may be a little bit of sales impact in Q4, but really the lion's share will come in 2027. And part of this comes down to when you talk about imaging and you talk about sort of new, innovative technologies that are very -- represent changes and sort of step-changes in care and process for a hospital, it takes time, first of all, to get the order. And then once you get the order, it takes months to have it sort of set up in the right way at a hospital.
And so our expectation is we'll start to see orders in the second half of this year. Let's see, maybe a little bit earlier. And then the revenue impact will come for the most part in 2027. There may be a bit in the fourth quarter, but really setting us up nicely for this acceleration that we expect to see next year.
Okay. And then the growth of some of the products you mentioned, there's some 5 additional products, sort of ultrasound products this year as well, plus those, kind of becomes the growth model for '27.
Exactly. Now the ultrasound ones, like we said, because most of these products are on wheels, it's faster to revenue, from order to revenue is much faster. And so we saw that, Phil demonstrated that so clearly to us in the fourth quarter and it continues. But some of those we can impact in the near term. But the big ones, some of these big imaging ones, do take a little bit more time.
Okay. Well, we're running down on time, so I think we'll leave it there. But Jay, Phil, Carolynne, thanks so much for joining us.
Thank you.
You bet.
Transkripte auf Deutsch freischalten
- Alle Event Transkripte auf Deutsch
- Sofortige Übersetzung
- KI-Zusammenfassungen für die wichtigsten Insights
GE HealthCare Technologies — Barclays 28th Annual Global Healthcare Conference
GE HealthCare Technologies — Barclays 28th Annual Global Healthcare Conference
📣 Kernbotschaft
- Kernaussage: Management betont Supply‑Chain‑Resilienz: Middle‑East‑Exposition unter 5%, relevante Fertigung in Israel (PET, SPECT), Fokus auf Logistikkorridore und Dual‑Sourcing. Tarife wurden substantiell gemanagt; Produktpipeline (Ultraschall, Allia Moveo, LOGIQ R5, Total‑Body PET, Photon‑Counting) soll mittelfristig Wachstum treiben.
🎯 Strategische Highlights
- Backlog: Rekordaufträge, rund +$2 Mrd YoY, sind der Haupttreiber der kurz- bis mittelfristigen Wachstumsprojektion (Management nennt 3–4% als Zielgröße).
- Produkte: Kürzliche Launches: Vivid Pioneer (kardiovaskuläre Echo‑AI, schnellere Messungen), Allia Moveo (interventionelle Gantry), LOGIQ R5 (bis zu −60% Scanzeit, −80% Klicks). Flyrcado wird im zweiten Jahr skaliert.
- Go‑to‑Market: Große Kundenkooperationen (u.a. Sutter, UCSF) sowie Ausbau in ambulanten/interventionellen Märkten als Wachstumspfad; Total‑Body PET und Photon‑Counting sollen Marktanteile eröffnen.
🔭 Neue Informationen
- Geografische Risiken: Konkrete Exposure‑Angabe: Middle‑East‑Umsatz <5% und gezielte Maßnahmen zur Sicherstellung alternativer Lagerbestände außerhalb Konfliktzonen.
- Tarife: Management nennt reale Tarifbelastung von rund $250M im Vorjahr und erklärt, dass Ersatz von IEEPA durch Section‑122‑Tarife netto ähnlich wirkt; Timing von Rückerstattungen bleibt offen.
- Markteinführung Timing: Orders für Total‑Body PET und Photon‑Counting werden frühestens H2 erwartet; signifikanter Umsatzhebel wird primär 2027 gesehen.
❓ Fragen der Analysten
- Middle East & Öl: Analysten fragten nach operativer Exposition, Produktionsstandorten in Israel und möglichen Logistik‑/Transportkosten durch höhere Ölpreise; Management nennt für jetzt noch zu frühe Beurteilung, verweist auf Produktmix mit geringer Resin‑Exponierung.
- Tarif‑Risiko: Kritische Nachfragen zu Mechanik der Tarif‑Minderung, Wechsel von IEEPA zu 122 und möglichen Cash‑Timing‑Effekten bei Rückerstattungen; Management gab Zahlenrahmen, blieb aber bei Timing‑Details vage.
- Generika‑Wettbewerb: Nachfrage zu Amneal (Omnipaque‑Generikum): Management sieht Markt für mehrere Anbieter, setzt auf Liefersicherheit, Qualität, Markenbeziehungen und breites SKU‑Portfolio als Differenzierer; Launch ist in Guidance berücksichtigt.
⚡ Bottom Line
- Fazit: Positives Momentum durch Rekord‑Backlog und mehrere Produktlaunches, aber kurzfriste Risiken bestehen (Tarif‑Regelungen, Öl‑/Logistikkosten, Generika). Bedeutender Umsatzeffekt der großen Imaging‑Plattformen wird vor allem 2027 erwartet; für Aktionäre bleibt die Story wachstumsorientiert, jedoch mit beobachtbarem Ausfallrisiko in 2026.
GE HealthCare Technologies — Citi’s 2026 Unplugged MedTech and Life Sciences Access Day
1. Question Answer
So I'm going to start off big picture, which is always the best place to think about it.
Tell me what you're seeing in the market. I mean this year, we started -- entered the market or entered the year worried about everything. We were worried about the impact of the ACA. We're worried about how to think about CapEx given the impact of the ACA. And then I've added to my long list of worries the weather. I mean, that always impacts procedures and the such. So I'd love to get your sort of mile-high view to get us started.
Great. First of all, thank you so much for the invitation to the conference. To those in the room, thank you so much for joining us. I think this is our third year since the spin-off. We've been here every year. So we really appreciate your interest and support of our company.
Listen, there's a lot going on in the marketplace for sure. But from our standpoint, really focused on executing in this dynamic environment. What does this mean? This means driving commercial excellence to generate orders growth to secure revenue growth. This means real focus on margin enhancements and driving productivity initiatives, also means an incredible focus on innovation. And because we believe all of these things will serve us no matter what the environment looks like.
And so as we think about turning the page from last year, really pleased with what we were able to do in 2025 to set us up for 2026. We delivered 5% on a full year basis, orders growth organically. We delivered revenue growth of 3.5% on an organic basis, all of those things setting us up for success in 2026. And I think very prominently, we've made great progress on innovation. We highlighted much of that at RSNA. So I think you can look at the news every day and see lots of different things. But as far as our focus, continued execution and demonstrating that. I think that's really what we've been able to do.
It's interesting because every RSNA, the GE HealthCare presence since the spin seems to percolate up just a little bit, and you had a number of products that were being showcased there. I think the one that got our attention was Photonova and expectations for Photon Counting. And -- do you -- first of all, I'd love to get your thoughts on the timing of bringing this product to market. And then I have a few follow-ups.
Yes. I think from our standpoint, filing in place, and then we'll expect approval at some point this year. We'll get some orders this year, and then the real revenue impact starts to occur in 2027. And so it's interesting because I've talked about the growth rate this year in terms of sales, is very much triggered by the commercial performance that we put in place last year. And then what happens in 2027, is that starts to benefit from this whole set of product launches that we have in place.
So it's really -- it's a really interesting multiyear story that we're putting together here. But Photonova, as an example, not a material impact to sales this year, but starts to come into play next year. Same story with whole body PET.
So when you think about the sales cycle, I'm going to make this up, you get FDA -- correct me, you get FDA approval in August, right? Do you -- are you taking orders now and you take orders August 19, again, making that up. How do you think about that?
So once you have approval, you start taking orders, but remember it takes time because you start to introduce your customers to the product. They really want to understand it well. So it takes a few months before you're generating orders from new products in general. And then it's months after that to get sales. So that's why, from our standpoint, it's a multiyear story that we have in place.
Now interestingly, the answer to the question does depend on the business because where we've seen more immediate impact, and you see it in our numbers, we're pleased today to have Phil Rackliffe, who runs our AVS business with us. And so excited with the performance in that business over the last several quarters. And that is very much benefiting from the near-term impact from innovation. It's a shorter sales cycle in that area. So it does depend on the business. But in the case of some of the imaging areas that you referenced, it is a little bit of a longer lead time item.
And part of that, too, comes down to listen, if you're putting a new CT machine in place, room design becomes a question. It's not on wheels. So we have to design it into the hospital, and that just takes extra time.
And from a competitive standpoint, I mean, how do I think about this versus your competition? How do I think about this maybe cannibalizing other CT products which you currently have?
Yes, I think from our standpoint, this is really a new segment for us. So the cannibalization risk is not high. What we're very excited about is over the last 5 years, we have invested significantly in R&D. R&D levels have advanced and grown quite substantially. And it's important to think about it in terms of total innovation investment, that which sits in R&D, but then there's also some in cost of goods. So we've escalated that dramatically over the last several years, really with the goal of parity or better with the product portfolio relative to our peers. And so we're so close to that.
And once we've launched these products, we feel we're in an outstanding competitive position. We're starting to see that -- we're starting to see wins in some of the areas that we've launched already. And so we'll continue that as we go forward.
Okay. There's a whole long list of products that we talk about, and I think Wall Street -- can't speak of all of Wall Street, we've become very focused on 2 Photon Counting and Flyrcado, but there's a whole bunch of others that you unveiled at RSNA, and we've been talking about. I'm going to throw out a couple, but if I'm missing something, please jump in and be like, hey, we don't think that you're paying attention over here. So the first one I'm going to throw out is Omni total body PET/CT and StarGuide SPECT/CT. Those are launching outside of the United States, there is a game plan to bring it into the United States.
Those are great products. Here's the thing. We're a leader in imaging today. And yet we don't have a total body PET offering. It's an important market. for diagnostics, really, really important, and we don't participate today.
How large do you think it is?
We haven't set the size of the market, but you can do the work, and it's a meaningful opportunity for us. And so here we go. We're going to launch a product, and we'll start to participate in this space that we have not participated in to date. So a total blue ocean for us, not cannibalistic and brings us to parity. We'll have a great offering, actually really excited about the offering that we have. So those are a couple of good products. But in our area of -- in AVS, a whole fleet of products coming.
And by the way, we're winning today. So maybe we'll turn it to Phil and let's see what he has to say about it because by the way, the interesting thing, and I think we should highlight this during our discussion today. Today, we announced a press release a collaboration with UCSF.
But let's put a pin in that and come back to that later. Yesterday, we launched -- we announced approval of a new product, which is another one in the stream of AVS products which we're incredibly excited about.
Phil, you're up.
Yes. Well, thank you, Jay. It all starts with intentional innovation and really getting to what the customer needs, understanding those needs and then putting those into new products and workflow solutions. So you've seen 3 of those products actually launch in the last 3 months. Number one being Vivid Pioneer. So it's our premium and ultra-premium cardiovascular ultrasound machine. It is doing exceedingly well, and it's beating our internal models. We're coming out there with greater price at a lower cost of goods. So that continues one of the key innovations we have is around interventional cardiology and diagnostic cardiology with that product.
The second being Allia Moveo. So Allia Moveo, I was just at the first install at Baylor St. Luke's 2 days ago watching that product in action, a product very much designed around the patient to really free up the room to allow the clinician to treat that patient in the best optimal way.
And the third one this morning -- yesterday morning, actually, was LOGIQ R5. LOGIQ R5 is a software suite that can be added to new products, but also existing products and just one factoid with -- you can be able to provide an ultrasound procedure in 60% less time with 80% less strokes, keystrokes. And so when you think about the issue we're trying to solve in health care right now is this. Procedures still continue to go up. Access is still poor, but the sonographers and the clinicians being able to perform those is going the wrong way. That's where we come in. That's where we come in with AI solutions that are very intuitive to take strokes out, to take time out in order -- enabling a hospital to actually see more patients. That's just 3 of them. There's also 3 to 4 additional material ones in the back half of 2026.
So when you -- I'm going to ask the same question. When you launch these products, it has a shorter time frame to when you actually start to see their revenue. And so walk us through that. And part of what I'm really trying to get at is we're going to get to the finances. How do we think about the quarters throughout the year? And how do we think about the jumping off point?
Yes. So there's 2 realms of products that Jay was talking about. Number one is more of a capital-intensive product that's going to take room construction and build out that can be 6 months, that can be 18 months. It depends on the facility, HVAC requirements, right certifications and all the like. So there's some time lag to that.
Other products like ultrasound literally, that could take a PO today and then based on our lead times, have that product develop within the next week or 2. So it really depends on the product category in which we're talking about. Majority of products within AVS are more of what we call flow business. So you can take an order the previous quarter and you can fulfill it the next. Other products will take a little bit longer. So that's how we think about the businesses internally.
And Phil was talking about some of the newer products, but his team has also introduced a lot of new products over the last year. So those are also some of the things that are going to help us drive 2026 growth along with PDX and some of the other businesses. So lot to talk about.
Yes.
So of all of these products, because we're all going to live here and do some more homework, what do you think we're missing? What are the ones that you're like, this is the product or 2 or 3, I don't care that we really need to be focusing on?
I think most folks have tuned into quite a few, and they've done it in the right way. I think Photon counting is a big deal. I think whole body PET is a big deal. I think some of the ones that Phil reference are also important. Flyrcado is great. But here's the thing that I think is really important. We talk about -- Phil used the words intentional innovation, thoughtful innovation. What we're really trying to do is help our customers solve problems in better ways. And when you couple that with smart innovation, it leads to a partnership that is a little bit different than what we've seen in the past.
We always talk about the Sutter deal that we did last year, and we've done a number of important collaborations in that regard. But we just today announced a collaboration with UCSF, one of the premier health care institutions in the world. So proud of that collaboration and that partnership. It's a long-standing arrangement that we've had in place, but now this is a new 10-year deal. And if you look at the press release, they talk about wanting to enhance how they provide care in efficient ways to their customers. And we talk specifically about things like remote imaging opportunities.
We talk about workforce education. We talk about enhancements to MR and how they do MR. All of those things are supported through innovation. So now we're thinking about customer-backed innovation and then how can we monetize and partner it. If I think about what people might be missing, everybody understands the linear dimensions of what we're going after.
But when you put it all together in a thoughtful way and you couple it with a world-class commercial organization, you couple it with a world-class service organization and products that work incredibly well together, that's where it all comes together into a model that works on a sustainable basis, and you see Exhibit A this morning.
So I was -- I usually on this chat by asking what do you think the Street is missing? And I think what I'm hearing you say that we may be missing is that it's not this product or this product or this product, it's the collective and the partnership that you're building with each of the health care delivery institutions.
I think that's right. I think everybody does a good job of saying, okay, I've got the 9 products and here's what I can anticipate with respect to each. But when you put all of those together with a customer-backed mentality. Remember, we started years ago what we call our worldwide product planning process. And it's very much part of this heartbeat business system that we've put in place.
And the reality is this -- it ensures that you're getting the customer input into all aspects of your development process and you're prioritizing products based on customer impact. And so I think it's something that we believe that it's going to serve us incredibly well as we look to the future, and it's starting to pay off now.
And so when you think about 3 years since your IPO, how has this view or global look? I'm not sure what the right phrase is, changed? And how has it evolved?
The level of sophistication in terms of our product planning process has stepped up every single year. The first time you do it, do you have consistent financials across every single 1 of the assets that you're looking at? You don't. Everybody is using different models. So one of the things we said is we need to migrate down a path of consistent financials, all housed in one system because for us, we have to be able to make trade-offs that are intelligent across our businesses. And so that's just one small example. How we gather customer input?
We have to have a consistent way of doing that. And so all of these things have enhanced. But I think the biggest change, we've always had this commercial mindset. We've always had this idea that we're going to be the best partner to our customers at the forefront. What we now have is a pipeline that's supportive of that and products on the market that are very supportive of that. So I think that's the...
I would just add. The robustness of our portfolio across modalities enables us to take a different approach to customers around care areas. This is really important. So you heard Pete talk about our D3 strategy, taking our devices plus digital in a particular disease state. When you look across disease states like cardiovascular, like oncology, like neurology, we can begin to meet patient -- meet customers with really what's their biggest pain point across the whole continuum of that disease state, not modality by modality. So we're running horizontal along with being as good as we can be in the modality and providing solutions that enable that.
And how is artificial intelligence and digital and all the buzzwords changed this viewpoint?
So for us, we've been using AI, selling AI-related products for years. I mean, I think, in fact, large language models have taken -- there's so much interest in that today. And there's real opportunity there. But if you think about like the original uses of AI, it's really about image identification, image enhancements, and we've been all over this.
One of the most prominent examples of that is our AIR Recon DL product. And this basically is a product that attaches to our MR devices. And it allows for faster images. It reduces image time and it enhances image quality. And we're selling it on all of our new magnets. Many of our old magnets were also selling this as an add-on feature. And it's a big deal because if you think about radiology departments today, in many instances, they're constrained. The devices are constrained, and so you trying to get an MRI or cardiac MRI, any kind of MRI scheduled in many hospital systems takes quite a bit of time due to the constraints.
Well, if you can alleviate that using AI, it's a big deal. And so that's one example. But across our portfolio, whether it be in our new ultrasound devices, we're incorporating AI to simplify workflow and reduce amount of time. Across the portfolio, we're seeing real opportunities here.
Now in some instances, we price separately. In some instances, it's embedded in the price of the product, allowing for new products to come at a real premium to existing products. But make no mistake, we've been at this AI game for a long time. We have over 100 AI-enabled FDA-approved devices on the market. I believe that's leading the industry. And so we're going to continue to invest in this and drive this going forward.
You have AI approved or AI-enabled products, but you also have Software as a Service that runs through your business?
We do.
Have you shared recently what that is?
Listen, we've said Software as a Service, inclusive of all of our digital , which is a subset of all of our digital, we said at the Investor Day was $1.2 billion, growing to $1.8 billion in the coming years. And we feel very good about that opportunity, our opportunity to differentiate through that, and we'll continue to drive that.
Okay. Switching just a little bit, pharmaceutical diagnostics. In some ways, get some of the Sunshine because it's Flyrcado, Flyrcado, Flyrcado all day long, but there's a lot of products that are in there. And when I take a look at the numbers every time you deliver them, it's very strong growth. So if you could just sort of back up and talk about all the bits and pieces that are in there and what we should be focusing on?
Yes. I mean this is a direct function of imaging volumes. In many instances, if you're getting a CT, you're using a contrast agent of some kind. If you're getting an MRI, you're using gadolinium or some variant of that. And all of that is about enhancing the quality of images. Now Flyrcado is a great example, and it's kind of unique in terms of incredible enhancements to the image, but across the portfolio, if you're getting imaging done, more often than not, your doctor will prescribe, the radiologist will prescribe using an imaging agent. And we have benefited from that.
We're a consistent supplier. We're a world-class partner. And the result of that, and we've seen some pricing benefit. So the result of all of that is this business has been growing extremely well for years, and we do believe that the growth will continue at a pace faster than the rest of our company as we look out over the long-range plan. Now we do have some unique elements in place to support.
So Vizamyl is a nice product that we have. We've talked about that in the past, used for Alzheimer's and represents a great opportunity.
Has that gained the traction that you expected it to?
Yes, it's moving along well in terms of product. We don't -- here's the interesting thing. One of the things that we're moving away from a little bit is like we have so many products that we're launching. And really it's a fleet of new products. We're not going to report out on the sales related to each one.
As it relates to Flyrcado, we gave a data point just because I know it's so important to investors in terms of how that's progressing. We'll periodically share some information in the first year of launch on Flyrcado, but our strong bias, given competitive dynamics and all sorts of things, is like let's look at the PDX business in total and see how you feel about that. In our case, we feel great about what PDX is doing, and Vizamyl and Flyrcado are all subsets of that.
And what are some of the other subsets that continue that double-digit growth?
Well, the traditional contrast agents are just an outstanding contributor to that. And something that, from our standpoint, radiology departments, it's necessary to have these products in place. And then as far as innovative new products, we have a few more in the pipeline that could be very interesting. But let's see.
Okay. If you're smiling over there, you want to add something, Phil?
No, I think Jay covered it well. I mean there's a lot of new AI innovations. You think about what we just talked about, which is modality by modality, we have excellent products. The real beauty in having those excellent products is now you can run horizontally back to that point where, let's say, you get a very early CT or an MR scan, I can tell you with a propensity score what it may be, the susceptibility of that spot or tumor and then actually be able to tell you what intervention you may want to use. Is it better treated with medicine or via an interventional procedure? There is value in having that and running a data stream across it.
So when you think about -- that is helpful. But maybe we start thinking in a different direction. When we think about the competitive landscape, do all the bits and pieces that GE Healthcare is now offering, how does that line up to your competitors? And given your vertical or horizontal look across the board, how does that change that?
Well, I think you look across the core technologies being kind of MR, x-ray, MR, CT, ultrasound broadly and then interventional, we have a very strong portfolio. You can look at the relative strength of that vis-a-vis others. There's public data available. What I'll say is that in ultrasound in particular, because I'll speak for AVS, we're market share leaders. And within ultrasound, there's really 4 or 5 different subsegments of that, whether that be cardiovascular, women's health, general imaging, point of care is a large growth driver. So being able to take those assets, put those together, puts us in a good competitive position.
And are there areas, specifically in AVS that you're missing, but I'm also going to ask for the broader company, where you're like, if only we could get into this visualization area, then we would be set.
As we indicated back at Investor Day a couple of years back, we gave a pipeline of products that were coming. So there were some gaps. We are addressing those gaps, and we feel confident those dates are achievable.
Okay. And the same question for you, Jay.
Yes, across the portfolio, I think we feel incredible -- well, first of all, we feel very good about the entire offering that we bring to bear. And that's inclusive of PDX. I think it's a really relevant part of the portfolio. And increasingly, as these imaging agents get more advanced how they interact with device and how you sort of sell the whole package gets very interesting. But then to Phil's point, as we launch many of these new products, we do have some gaps today. But as we launch these new products, we close to parity or in many cases, surpass. And we feel great about getting those to market and what that does competitively.
So you know where I'm going with this. I'm going to the concept of M&A. And the company has been active in M&A since the spin out, but I'm curious where you're currently thinking.
Yes. M&A. So we've been active in M&A, and we've done a number of deals over the years. And what I would say is all of the deals we've done are very tightly related to our strategy. And they're all sort of revenue accretive, accretive to the bottom line in the near term with robust ROIs. And for us, we have fairly stringent financial guidelines that we look at.
And then we look at this question of strategy. I'm really pleased because at the end of the day, you can say whatever you want about M&A. But then if you look at our body of work, it really does match up to that nicely. Intelerad was a clear gap in our product portfolio, right? Imaging archiving is really important. And for us to have now this software offering that serves as a beachhead for further AI offerings to our customers is tremendous, and it's a tremendous enhancement.
We believe that there's many different aspects of synergies that we're going to be able to get after with respect to this. We'll be able to accelerate the growth from the double -- low double digits that it is today. and it's going to be accretive from an EBIT standpoint.
So it's a wonderful deal. It's a great example. But if you look at all the other deals we've done, Caption Health, many of Phil's products today incorporate Caption Health, which accelerates image capture and makes it simpler for people to access. Our -- we did a deal with Intelligent Ultrasound which automates the maternal fetal exam. We did MIM, which is a great offering for radiation oncology workflow allows us to win in that space. So all of the deals we've done really strategically related to what we do, very attractive economics. We'll continue to deploy capital that way. I think it's a great thing for us to get after.
But in terms of size, is this -- should we think of similar size acquisitions?
We never rule out anything. But I would say, by and large, the deals that you've done are emblematic of what the pipeline looks like. Could there be a larger deal? Perhaps. But the likelihood is we continue to do these kinds of deals that we've put in place.
So want to talk a little bit about the financial guidance that you gave for the year. It was for 3% to 4% organic growth, having completed 3.5% growth organic in 2025. Why is 3% to 4% the right number?
3% to 4% is the right number. First of all, very pleased with the close out of last year. Remember, because we were expecting a 3-ish percent, and we ended up north of that, which was great. And it was a testament to actually, some of Phil's business doing really well, our commercial efforts in the U.S. and international.
We have the home tape, Phil.
Can we delete that part. So really a solid close out to the year. So that was great. As we looked at this year, it's interesting because we talk a lot about these new products. And yet, we're not anticipating a huge impact to sales in 2026 from the new product pipeline. You'll see some in Phil's business, Flyrcado becomes more meaningful as we go through the course of the year. But generally speaking, the real benefit to our products -- from our products comes in 2027.
And so why do we feel good about the 3% to 4%? The 3% to 4% is very much based on the commercial performance in 2025. So the orders that we put in place last year, remember Sutter, remember 5% full year orders growth, that starts to play into 2026. And then what happens in 2026 because remember, our expectation is mid-single-digit growth over the midterm. Well, guess what, 3% to 4% is not that. So you start to see a tick up next year on the back of all of this great innovation that we've put in place.
So you have your backlog, you have your book-to-bill. How should we think about that rolling to revenue? Now you've been very clear. '26 is sort of an order year. '27 is a revenue year. But do they roll off on quarters? I mean you've got a line of sight on...
Well, what's going to happen is when we put together a revenue forecast, we basically look at the entire backlog, and there are shipment dates or installation dates attached to that. And so that's one important input. Then we look at the sales funnel that we have in place. And that's another really important input to -- because a lot of that will translate to sales in the current year. And based on that, we come together with a number.
Now interestingly, in this year's case, 2% to 3% in Q1. And then you see a little bit of a ramp for the Q2 to Q4. That grows faster than that. Because remember, if you're 3% to 4% for the year, 2% to 3% for Q1, the back half of the year, starts to look a little bit more normal relative to the midterm expectations.
Well, mid-single digits.
Well, that's what you start to get to if you just simply do the math, take out the 2% to 3%. And so we feel great about where everything sits. The pipeline that we've put together and then how this situates us for 2026 and then the new products accelerate.
Okay. There was a stat, New product introductions are expected to be -- or innovations to drive 1% to 2% of growth in the medium term.
Yes.
Medium term, meaning when? '27, '28?
Yes, you'll start to -- '27 -- because remember, what we said was through '28, new products are 1% to 2% of an impact. So -- and guess what, we've seen a little bit of that this year. We'll see a little bit of that this year, certainly, but not at that level, not at the high end of that level until we start to get to 2027.
So do you think that the LRP that you've put in place 1.5 years ago still holds?
Yes. I think there's -- I mean we feel good about the LRP we've put in place. We've said mid-single-digit growth, and we said high teens to 20% plus in terms of margin. Now with tariffs, getting to a 20% plus by 2028, obviously would be very challenging. That was a dynamic that changed, but we feel good about the 17% to 20% plus range over the medium term.
And structurally, there's no barrier that prevents us from getting to those high margin levels over time. So the long-range plan or the midterm plan that we've put in place is something that we're working hard on and gets unlocked through innovation, through the heartbeat system that we have in place. All of those things contribute to this performance.
So let's talk about tariffs. They changed a little bit last week.
They have. So a lot of moving pieces, by the minute, by the way, by the minute...
Can you tell by all means?
There was an article in the Wall Street Journal about CEO spending a lot of time with the weekend on tariffs, and I can confirm that we were. And still, there's a lot of moving pieces there. IEEPA tariffs, the Supreme Court made a ruling on those. That was good news. Very quickly thereafter, we added a 15% tariff that was offsetting 122 that was offsetting.
And then the 301 and the 232 tariffs remain as is. And so from our standpoint, how does this shake out? Well, guess what, there is a meaningful offset to the upside. There was an upside created by IEEPA rollback but it's offset, generally speaking, by the inclusion of these new tariffs that we have in place.
So at the end of the day, if these tariffs are in place for a full year, we may end up being in a similar place to where we currently sit. Now here's what I will tell you, though. One of the things that I'm very proud of is all of the work that we've done on tariff mitigation over the last year. The fact that we were able to say tariffs down this year despite the fact that on an apples-to-apples basis, you'd expect to see it doubling, I think is a huge element and a huge achievement by our team. And then as we look at this new tariff regime and structure that's been put in place, will start working very quickly.
So I expect to have a substantive update on this on our earnings call. At this point, we're not -- we expect we might be in a similar place to where we're currently at, but we watch it very carefully on the daily.
So if -- and there is a world where there's a more significant tariff relief than a little bit better here, a little bit worse there. Do you then say, cool, we can invest that money? Or do you let it flow through because you've done so much work on managing and mitigating tariffs?
So if there is tariff relief from our standpoint, our plans, we are intensely focused on funding R&D to a sufficient level so that we can win long term. We are also very focused on funding SG&A so that we can win long term. We're also looking to benefit from AI on the back office and all of these different things, and we are.
So our cost profile, if there's a tariff windfall at some point, it's not like we're going to say, "Oh, there's all these things that were not funded that should be funded as a result." So we would expect that to come through. But as we sit here today, we have more work to do, but I don't see a huge benefit from IEEPA offset by the new tariffs that have been put in place.
Okay. Research and development was ticking up as a percentage of revenue in the early days of the spin. And then a little bit less so in the more recent quarters, given revenue is lower, a little bit of this, a little bit of that. How do we think about R&D investments, particularly in light of what you just been saying?
Yes, we'll continue to invest. Now it's interesting because one of the phenomena that's happened is -- and it was really pronounced in 2025, we'll see it a little bit in 2026, which is there are certain costs related to innovation that sit in cost of goods. As products move closer to launch, and they've passed the feasibility assessment, the finalization of those product costs sits not in R&D, but moves to the cost of goods line. So that's why we've talked more in some cases, and we've quantified you should look a little bit more at this innovation investment concept versus a simple R&D line. And by the way, some of our near competitors, I believe, based on the accounting standards they use, have all of that bundled in an R&D line.
And so we feel great about the fact that we've been able to increase R&D investments so much over the years. And 2025, you saw an increase in total investment despite a decrease in the R&D line. And so we'll continue to invest in R&D and ensure that we're funding not only this current plate. But remember, we have to keep in mind that in 2027, 2028 and 2029, we want to have a whole new set of products that we're talking about. So we'll continue to invest in R&D.
Okay. But the move from R&D into gross margin, maybe shifting that view a bit.
Yes.
China was a benefit, then was a headwind. I'm not sure what to label it right now. What's the state of the union there?
Yes. We -- there is some cause for optimism. We're pleased with what Will has done in terms of reestablishing a commercial organization, really revamping and the partnerships that we have in place government affairs, all of those aspects, he brings a great lens to that market. He's a world-class leader and somebody who can really drive commercial excellence throughout that organization. We also saw -- last year, we won some tenders. Some of those tenders will play through in terms of this year. We've seen some encouraging signs with respect to VBP. So all of those things are going okay. But this has been a really volatile market for us. And we're budgeting China down this year.
Down to single digits.
We haven't said. And part of the reason we haven't said is because China is approximately 10% of our sales. The U.S. is far more significant. We're not giving guidance on the U.S. We're not really giving guidance on China other than to say, broadly speaking, China down. And I think that could this recover at some point? Let's see. Let's see how it goes, but we don't really want to count on China being this sort of buoyant market with respect to our numbers. We'll watch it very carefully, and see how it progresses.
Is there a world or a time frame where you think it won't be a headwind, it won't be China down?
I do. I do think that because at the end of the day, there is a huge unmet need in China. And I believe that at some point, China will be perhaps the largest market in -- the largest health care market in the world. The question is when. And so I think that this will be a contributor. But again, we're not counting on it this year.
And how much more are you seeing local manufacturers there?
I mean, listen, there are formidable competitors in China, United Imaging, Mindray, really good competitors. And there's a whole suite of other companies as well that we're mindful of. We believe that with the partnerships, the products, the commercial go-to-market, we have opportunity to continue to participate in that market in a good way. But make no mistake, they're formidable competitors.
And Phil, how do you think about the world when you start going to introduce new products? Is there a shift in your geographic approach.
I think overall, when you think about the maybe 3 markets, we'll take U.S., and we'll take Europe and then we can take Asia. In particular, as we think about the U.S. continue to see strong underlying growth of medical procedures, CapEx. So really, the ability for us to deploy. We talked a lot about 3 years ago, over the course of the last 3 years, we invested $3 billion in innovation and R&D.
Now we're beginning to see that and the impact of that paying off, almost quarter-on-quarter. Pick the product, you highlighted 2 of them. But in particular, there's a whole bunch of the products that drive material sales. Now that cadence is starting to happen. We're getting the commercial Moxie and people are being able to see us as a system provider. So I think U.S. continues to be strong. Europe as well had a very good momentum coming out of last year.
And then within Asia, I think you depicted it right, Jay. I think as it relates to China, we're picking our spots where we need to win. We're thinking about our cost of goods sold there and how we continue to locally source, and position ourselves in a way to win. So I think they're all in many ways, different. But in particular, the growth continues. I mean, obviously, our overall impact of China to total business continues to get lower, but we're still growing. Well, how are we growing? Well, we're going through growth in other markets. So I think it's starting to pay off and really like the portfolio on where we sit.
Excellent. So to wrap things up. So when we're here next year, what do you think we're going to be talking about?
It's interesting because I was reflecting back, you asked me this question every year.
Ask it every year.
Which is great.
It's easy to anticipate.
Because last year, I said, Joanne, I hope we're going to be talking about innovation and its impact. And I hope that we will have launched or talked about a lot of stuff at our RSNA conference is what I said last year. Now in between, we've spent a lot of time talking about tariffs and other things. So what happens as we go to next year?
My expectation is we will talk a lot about the impact of this innovation cycle that we were able to select -- successfully deliver on in 2026. In addition to that, I expect that we will have many, many more examples of how our heartbeat system has helped optimize our business and drive -- driven forward excellence across all of the dimensions, safety, quality, delivery, cost, innovation. So I'll expect we'll be talking a lot about that as well. So those are a few things. I imagine we'll be talking about tariffs. I think that will probably be on the agenda as well next year. But I think for us, hopefully overshadowing that will be this focus on innovation and operational excellence through this lean business system we've established.
Excellent. Jay, Phil, Carolynne, thank you so much for coming.
Thank you.
Thank you.
Thank you.
Transkripte auf Deutsch freischalten
- Alle Event Transkripte auf Deutsch
- Sofortige Übersetzung
- KI-Zusammenfassungen für die wichtigsten Insights
GE HealthCare Technologies — Citi’s 2026 Unplugged MedTech and Life Sciences Access Day
GE HealthCare Technologies — Citi’s 2026 Unplugged MedTech and Life Sciences Access Day
📣 Kernbotschaft
- Kern: Management präsentiert auf einer Investorenkonferenz eine produktgetriebene Wachstumsstory: starke Innovationspipeline (Photonova, Total‑Body PET, neue AVS/Ultraschall‑Produkte), Fokus auf kommerzielle Ausführung, Margensteigerung und gezielte M&A‑Bolt‑ons. Kurzfristig begrenzter Umsatzimpact; mittelfristig (ab 2027) substantieller Hebel.
🎯 Strategische Highlights
- Produkt‑Roadmap: Photonova (Photon‑Counting CT) – Zulassung wird "in diesem Jahr" erwartet, Orders 2026, wesentlicher Umsatzbeitrag ab 2027; Omni Total‑Body PET/CT und StarGuide SPECT/CT zuerst außerhalb US, später US‑Markteinführung geplant.
- Kommerzielle Hebel: Fokus auf Commercial Excellence, Kundenzentrierte Produktplanung (Worldwide Product Planning) und Partnerschaften (z. B. neuer 10‑Jahres‑Vertrag mit UCSF) zur Beschleunigung der Adoption.
- Digital & AI: Ausbau von Software‑/SaaS‑Angeboten (SaaS: $1,2bn → $1,8bn Ziel) und >100 AI‑fähige, FDA‑zugelassene Lösungen zur Effizienzsteigerung im Workflow.
🆕 Neue Informationen
- Timing‑Hinweis: Management bestätigt, dass viele neue Produkte 2026 noch begrenzten Umsatz bringen; markanter Umsatzhebel wird in 2027 erwartet. Neue Produkte sollen mittelfristig 1–2% Zusatzwachstum liefern (bis 2028).
- Tarife: Aktuelle Tarifsituation ist volatil (IEEPA‑Rücknahme vs. neue 15%‑Maßnahmen; 301/232 bleiben) — möglicher Nettoeffekt kurzfristig neutral; Update auf Earnings Call angekündigt.
❓ Fragen der Analysten
- Markteinführung: Wie schnell wandeln sich Zulassung → Orders → Umsätze? Antwort: bei kapitalintensiven Geräten Monate bis >1 Jahr; bei Ultraschall/Flow‑Produkten oft Wochen.
- Wettbewerb/Cannibalization: Photon Counting gilt als neuer Segmentzugang, nicht als signifikante Kannibalisierung; Management sieht Parität/Plus gegenüber Wettbewerbern durch erhöhte R&D‑Investitionen.
- China & Risiken: China volatil, wird für 2026 vorsichtig budgetiert (China ~10% des Umsatzes); Management zählt lokale Wettbewerber als starke Konkurrenz.
⚡ Bottom Line
- Fazit: Konferenz betont eine klare, innovationsgetriebene Strategie mit sichtbaren frühen Erfolgen (AVS/Ultraschall, Flyrcado/PDX). Kurzfristig bleibt Wachstum moderat (2026 Guidance 3–4% organisch); Aktionäre sollten 2027 als Schlüsseljahr für Umsatzzuwachs durch neue Produkte betrachten, Tarife und China bleiben wichtigste Near‑Term‑Risiken.
GE HealthCare Technologies — Q4 2025 Earnings Call
1. Management Discussion
Good day, and thank you for standing by. Welcome to GE HealthCare Fourth Quarter 2025 Earnings Conference Call. [Operator Instructions] Please note that today's conference is being recorded.
I will now turn the call over to your speaker host for today, Carolynne Borders. Please go ahead.
Thanks, operator. Good morning, and welcome to GE HealthCare's fourth quarter and full year 2025 earnings call. I'm joined by our President and CEO, Peter Arduini; and Vice President and CFO, Jay Saccaro.
Our conference call remarks will include both GAAP and non-GAAP financial results. Reconciliations between GAAP and non-GAAP measures can be found in today's press release and in the presentation slides available on our website. During this call, we'll make forward-looking statements about our performance. These statements are based on how we see things today. As described in our SEC filings, actual results may differ materially due to risks and uncertainties.
With that, I'll hand the call over to Peter.
Thanks, Carolynne. Good morning, and thank you for joining us. As I look back on our performance in 2025, our third year as a public company, I'm incredibly proud of the meaningful progress that we're making on our innovation renaissance to deliver for our customers and improve patient lives.
In the fourth quarter, we delivered strong financial performance above our expectations. This included double-digit organic revenue growth in pharmaceutical diagnostics and mid-single-digit growth in imaging and advanced visualization solutions. We delivered strong bottom line and cash performance in the fourth quarter, excluding tariffs. The overall capital equipment environment remained healthy. Demand in the U.S. and EMEA remained strong.
In our recent U.S. customer survey, we saw an increase in the number of large customers that plan to invest in capital equipment in 2026. We secured multiple large agreements in the quarter and extended several others. A great example is our 7-year agreement with the University of Rochester Medical Center to advance theranostics and precision medicine. This collaboration crosses every aspect of our enterprise, from AI-enabled imaging equipment and radiopharmaceutical production to systemwide patient monitoring solutions and services.
In November, we announced the planned acquisition of Intelerad. We expect this will accelerate our fully connected cloud-first imaging ecosystem by adding digital tools and SaaS offerings that enhance clinical operations, drive recurring revenue and enable more personalized patient care. As a reminder, in the first full year of ownership, we expect Intelerad revenues to be approximately $270 million, which is growing in the low double digits with an adjusted EBITDA in excess of 30%. Finally, we advanced Heartbeat, our proprietary business system, which we implemented midyear as the next step in our lean journey, we started a few years back, and I'll talk more about this shortly.
Moving to 2025 highlights on Slide 4. We made meaningful progress across the three pillars of our strategic framework. Let's start with precision care, with diseases becoming more prevalent, complex and chronic, the need for integrated solutions has never been greater. As the only diagnostic imaging company with a full portfolio of contrast media and radiopharmaceuticals, we differentiate ourselves with our D3 strategy. We bring together smart devices and drugs across disease states, enabled by digital AI and cloud to help support earlier, more accurate diagnosis and ultimately, therapy delivery.
Our 3-year vitality rate for new products is strong at 55%, up approximately 5% from our prior year. Recall, this means 55% of our revenue is coming from new products. This reinforces that we're delivering the right offerings for our customers. We're making solid progress on our launches. For example, our Omni total body PET and next-gen SPECT are commercially available in Europe, strengthening our position in theranostics.
Our regulatory time lines for products we announced at RSNA are all on track, including Photonovo Spectra Photon Counting CT and Cigna MR with Freelium. Additionally, customers have great things to say about Vivid Pioneer, our most advanced cardiovascular ultrasound system, which has been contributing to strong growth in ABS. And Flyrcado for myocardia perfusion, both of which are currently in the market. We're pleased to report that Flyrcado ramp has been progressing well. You may recall at our last earnings call that we said we're going slow to go fast, to help ensure customers have a high-quality experience, and that starts with being able to deliver doses consistently.
I'm happy to say we're starting the year with our CMO partners more consistently operating at approximately 95% on time to delivery to meet customer demand, which allows us to begin bringing on more patients. In the week ended January 23, we delivered 220 doses of Flyrcado, and we expect the weekly dose rate to continue to increase throughout the year. These improvements allow us to onboard more customers, and we've been making solid progress in reducing the cycle time to activate a new customer.
Overall, the customer experience with Flyrcado has been quite positive based on its many advantages. Also recently, the American Society of Nuclear Cardiology, recommended PET as the preferred imaging modality over SPECT, the current standard of care, reinforcing a meaningful shift towards PET and nuclear cardiology. As I stated before, our confidence in our ability to deliver $500 million or more in Flyrcado revenue by year-end 2028 remains intact. And in the long run, we see a $1 billion opportunity for this novel molecule.
Turning to our second pillar. We accelerated growth with more than $7 billion in enterprise deals globally since our spin. For example, we entered 2025 with one of the largest collaborations Sutter Health. In addition, we signed a multiyear agreement with the Ministry of Health in Indonesia, where we installed more than 300 advanced CT scanners in urban and remote hospitals. Many of these deals have a service component that deliver strong recurring revenue with attractive margins.
In 2025, our service business grew mid-single digits. With the launch of many new advanced products, we would expect our capture rate of service agreements to increase in the future with all the new wave of innovation entering the marketplace. We're also executing on our disciplined capital allocation strategy with tuck-in acquisitions like Nihon Medi-Physics and icometrix, and our planned acquisition of Intelerad. These transactions elevate our portfolio and are expected to drive recurring revenue and supplement top line growth and profitability.
Turning to business optimization, our third strategic pillar. We continue to advance our business system Heartbeat to improve the customer experience and drive productivity to deliver margin expansion. Our teams accomplished this by remaining focused on helping clinicians provide care for patients and delivering greater value for customers and shareholders. We're gaining momentum with our clinical and solution selling strategy in EMEA with several multi-modality deals, including a 20-year collaboration with Nuffield Health, the U.K.'s largest health care charity. The combination of our differentiated portfolio, our team's deep expertise across disease states and best-in-class services sets us apart with our customers globally.
Turning to Slide 5. Underpinning our execution is a step change in how we run the company anchored in key metrics around safety, quality, delivery, cost and innovation or SQDCI. Heartbeat is about driving the right leadership behaviors, culture and KPIs, supported by disciplined processes and tools for problem solving and continuous improvement. Think of Heartbeat as the steady pulse that ultimately runs through our organization to deliver results. An example of where we've deployed Heartbeat in the back half of 2025 was related to a key priority to improve past due backlog, which relates to site readiness or our ability to deliver product.
Heartbeat provides a structured approach to problem solving by eliminating steps, improving information flow across the value stream from our plants all the way to the customer. We increased visibility to orders to help ensure timely delivery, strengthened alignment with our factories and improve how we manage customer site readiness. Because of this, we were able to drive an average monthly improvement of 25% in past due backlog versus the prior year, ultimately translating into improved sales and cash conversion in 2025. It's early days, but we're building our Heartbeat muscle and already seeing the impact. I'm excited about the progress our teams have made to date.
With that, I'll turn it over to Jay to discuss our financial results. Jay?
Thanks, Pete. Let's start with our financial performance for the fourth quarter on Slide 6. We delivered revenue of $5.7 billion, which grew 4.8% organically year-over-year, exceeding our expectations. On a reported basis, product revenue grew 7.9%, and service revenue grew 5.5%.
In the quarter, orders growth was 2%, following 5.6% growth in the year ago period. We exited the quarter with a record backlog of $21.8 billion, which grew $2 billion year-over-year and $600 million sequentially, and we delivered a book-to-bill ratio of 1.06x.
Adjusted EBIT margin was 16.7%, down 200 basis points. Margin was negatively impacted by approximately $100 million in tariff expense as well as unfavorable mix. This was partially offset by volume and price.
Adjusted EPS was $1.44 per share, down 0.7%, including approximately $0.17 of tariff impact. Excluding this impact, adjusted EPS grew 11%.
Lastly, free cash flow was $916 million in the quarter, up $105 million, which included an approximate $90 million tariff impact.
Turning to our full year results on Slide 7. We made excellent progress in 2025, supported by strong end markets, particularly in the U.S. and EMEA. This enabled us to deliver revenue of $20.6 billion with organic growth of 3.5% ahead of guidance. On a reported basis, product revenue increased 4.5% and service revenue grew 5.6%.
For the year, organic orders grew in the mid-single digits. We recorded record backlog and book-to-bill was solid at 1.07x. 2025 adjusted EBIT margin of 15.3%, declined 100 basis points versus the prior year and adjusted EPS of $4.59, grew 2.2%.
Full year results included a tariff impact of approximately $245 million to EBIT and $0.43 to adjusted EPS. Excluding these impacts, adjusted EBIT margin will be up 20 basis points for the year, and adjusted EPS would grow 12%. The improvement was driven by volume and price.
Turning to margin performance on Slide 8. Mitigating tariff impact is another example of Heartbeat in action. For example, we enhanced manufacturing flexibility by shifting a PET/CT line from the Middle East to the U.S. and a surgery line from Asia to the U.S., leveraging existing infrastructure.
We also partner with large vertically integrated contract manufacturers to reposition production within their global networks to more favorable geographies. This is a clear proof point of how Heartbeat enables execution, accelerates change and delivers measurable results.
We're pleased with the work our teams are doing to drive operational efficiency, productivity and SG&A optimization. At the same time, we deployed more than $1.7 billion of innovation investment in 2025. We're doing this in a targeted way, prioritizing programs that strengthen our competitiveness and supports durable, profitable growth.
Let's move on to segment performance, starting with imaging on Slide 9. Organic revenue in the quarter was 5.3% versus the prior year, driven by strong execution in EMEA and the U.S., particularly in nuclear medicine. Segment EBIT margin benefited from volume and price, but declined year-over-year due to tariff pressure. Imaging margin was accretive, excluding tariffs. EBIT margin improved sequentially as a result of continued operational rigor. Overall, we expect to continue to grow this business through large enterprise deals and new product launches.
Turning to Advanced Visualization Solutions on Slide 10. Organic revenue for the quarter was up 4.2%, with continued strong performance in the U.S. and EMEA. New product adoption across the portfolio also contributed to revenue growth. EBIT performance was driven by volume growth and productivity gains, offset by tariffs and inflation. EBIT margin increased, excluding the impact of tariffs. We've seen progress driven by MPIs with growth in surgery, cardiovascular and women's health. Key introductions like Vivid Pioneer are strengthening our leadership in cardiovascular ultrasound. Looking ahead, our road map is focused on differentiated data-driven technologies to accelerate recurring revenue.
Turning to Patient Care Solutions on Slide 11. Organic revenue improved sequentially with restoration of shipments from the third quarter product hold. Organic revenue declined 1.1% versus prior year due to a decline in Life Support Solutions. EBIT margin improved 530 basis points sequentially driven by volume recovery from the product hold, but declined 380 basis points year-over-year, largely due to unfavorable mix and tariffs. Our monitoring transformation remains on track, driven by digitally integrated NPIs that enable improved clinical decision support and workflow management as well as large commercial agreements. Looking ahead, we are also confident that our cost productivity funnel and structural optimization actions position PTS for profitability improvement in the future.
Moving to Pharmaceutical Diagnostics on Slide 12. We delivered another strong quarter with organic sales growth of 12.7%. This was driven by global growth in contrast media, pricing execution and adoption of our U.S. radiopharmaceutical MPI portfolio. EBIT grew 10% and sequential margin expanded 20 basis points, while margin declined 330 basis points year-over-year due to ongoing planned investments in NPIs along with the Nihon Medi-Physics acquisition. We're executing our strategy and expect continued robust growth driven by global demand for contrast media and radiopharmaceuticals for PET imaging.
Now let's look at cash performance and capital deployment on Slide 13. For the year, we delivered free cash flow of $1.5 billion. This included approximately $285 million tariff impact. Free cash flow conversion was 72%. Reinvesting in innovation and organic growth is a top priority. This is translating into a differentiated product portfolio that we expect to improve our competitive position globally. We also look to deploy capital inorganically as evidenced by the 7 acquisitions we've closed in spin. We're pleased that we've also been able to deleverage the balance sheet and solidify our investment-grade credit ratings.
During the year, we returned capital through our dividend and new share repurchase program, which we authorized -- which was authorized by our board in April. Since that time, we've repurchased $200 million in shares at an average price of $71. We continue to demonstrate conviction that our business strategy will drive meaningful shareholder return over time.
Let's turn to our outlook on Slide 14. For 2026, we expect organic revenue growth of 3% to 4%. We've taken a prudent approach to this guidance, which reflects a healthy capital equipment environment and continued commercial execution, while factoring in a cautious outlook on China. Relative to foreign exchange, we expect a benefit to revenue of approximately 150 basis points for the year.
Adjusted EBIT is expected to be in the range of 15.8% to 16.1%, reflecting 50 to 80 basis points of expansion. We continue to expect the impact from tariffs in 2026 to be less than 2025. We plan to continue our tariff mitigation actions in 2026, including supply chain shifts, product transfers to more tariff efficient geographies and expansion of duty-free USMCA efforts.
Our adjusted effective tax rate is expected to be in the range of 20% to 21% for the full year. On adjusted EPS, we expect to deliver a range of $4.95 to $5.15, representing 8% to 12% growth.
Lastly, we anticipate free cash flow of approximately $1.7 billion for the full year, representing growth of 13.0%. For the first quarter, we expect year-over-year organic revenue growth to be in the range of 2% to 3%. While we expect to see the largest tariff impact in the first quarter of the year, given the timing of the 2025 policy changes, we still expect mid-single-digit adjusted EPS growth driven by an increase in volume.
For the first quarter, recall that we had particularly strong orders growth last year, supported by a strong U.S. market, along with the initial booking of a large enterprise deal. As Pete mentioned, we've got a robust pipeline of NPIs. Upon clearance, we expect these to drive future orders growth beginning in 2026.
With that, I'll turn the call back over to Pete. Pete?
Thanks, Jay. In conclusion, we entered 2026 with strong momentum. As part of our ongoing commitment to innovation, we're proud of the demonstrated progress in our pipeline of new products. We are deploying our business system Heartbeat across the enterprise to drive top and bottom line growth. We have significant opportunities in large Brazilian end markets, a record backlog and are accelerating innovation, both organically and inorganic. We also see solid runway for additional margin expansion over time.
Lastly, I'd like to recognize our colleagues worldwide, who have navigated a dynamic environment while remaining focused on delivering for our customers and patients every day.
With that, we'll open up the call for Q&A.
Thank you, Peter. I'd like to ask participants to please limit yourself to one question and one follow-up. Operator, can you please open the line?
[Operator Instructions] Now first question coming from the line of Matthew Taylor with Jefferies.
2. Question Answer
I did want to ask first for a little bit more color about the 2% order growth, if you could talk about the composition of that and just the outlook for orders and book-to-bill as you look into 2026, given now trailing 12-month orders in the kind of the mid-single-digit range. What are some of the puts and takes, I guess, what are some of the headwinds and tailwinds for orders next year?
Matt, thanks for the question. So we were actually pleased with the order book performance in the fourth quarter. And as I've said in the past, when we think about the health of the business, we really look at 3 different areas. We look at book-to-bill, which was 1.06x in the fourth quarter, 1.07x on a trailing 12-month basis. So robust book-to-bill. We look at the backlog. The backlog sits at a record level. It was up $2 billion year-over-year.
And then finally, we look at the order growth rate. Now when we look at orders, we do look at it in a couple of different ways. We look at the trailing 12 months, as you pointed out, solidly in the mid-single digits. And we also look at a kind of 2-year comparison, 2-year compounded growth or stacked growth to eliminate some anomalies there. And again, it gets us to about 4% in the quarter. So we feel pleased with the order backdrop, and then as we look to next year, a few things are going to happen.
Now first, we'll have a difficult comp in the first quarter of the year related to the Sutter deal and some of those bookings. But then as we move through the rest of the year, we'll start to see the benefit of many of the new products that we highlighted at RSNA, start to come into the order book. So we're really going to see a bit of an acceleration as we approach the second half of the year versus early in the year. And we think this is a really good setup for '26, but as we think about sales impact, we start to see a great sales impact in 2027. Pete, anything to add?
No. Just to the point that you mentioned, Jay, for '26 this year with all the new products we launched in Q4, it's not untypical. We have -- we're on track to all of those regulatory approvals. But until we have those approvals, we can take an order on those. And once we get that approval, the orders will come in and ramp up rather quickly. And if you recall, there's 9 products that probably are the 9 biggest launches we've had in the last decade.
So all of those have $100 million-plus type capabilities in growth. So once we get the right global regulatory approvals, we'll be able to start bringing those into the order book. So from that standpoint, the size of our backlog, I mean, we feel very good where we're positioned here as we start the year.
Great. And as a follow-up, can I ask a question on Flyrcado, my favorite topic. So just wanted to get more color on current state of supply, how things are going with the big partners that you signed and the kind of reception that you're getting from facilities adopting Flyrcado into existing Rubidium or SPECT workflows?
Yes. No, look, I think broadly, as I mentioned in the prepared remarks, we feel really good about where we are with Flyrcado. The feedback -- what's always so important here is how do clinicians feel about this product and making a difference in the diagnosis of the patient. And it is unanimous on the feedback relative to what we're hearing relative to the image quality, the specificity, the sensitivity that it brings, and then also, ultimately, the convenience that will bring to people that just can't ultimately have a generator on site. So it has all of those capabilities.
That being said, the process to implement is different. And so the thing that we talked about in our last call, I mentioned it here in the comments, we're consistently delivering the doses as a critical item for us to focus on to provide the best experience because, again, if that doesn't show up that morning, that's a miss patient. So we really throttled back how many patients and customers we would bring on until the what we call OTD, on-time delivery, is at a 95% rate, and we're roughly in that rate. So you heard the numbers that I talked about January, roughly 220 was kind of what the weekly number was, I think we said on January 23rd.
And the important part that is, now that we have that CMO level, we can continue now to be able to increase that level. And so we would expect that the doses will go up each of the following weeks. So I think that's the really important part here and that, that consistency is key. We'll be bringing on more CMOs to go into more geographies. And specifically, to your point, with the [ CVA, CDL ], 2 of the biggest players really in North America here, we're on the go slow to go fast. But I think both of those, we have great relationships. They see the potential. They see the opportunity to continue to expand. And so we feel very good about where we are at this point in time.
Next question coming from the line of Robbie Marcus with JPMorgan.
This is Allen on for Robbie. Just to start off, can you walk through some of your assumptions for China, and how we should think about potential upside when it comes to EPS versus street expectations as well?
Okay. So I think we got 2 questions there, one on China and then EPS, and I think that's related to 2026. The -- from a China standpoint, really, this has evolved broadly in line with our expectations. We previously commented that the second half would be worse than the first half, and we also anticipated that the fourth quarter would be the most challenging quarter of the year, largely driven by prior year growth.
So I would say all of that kind of came in line with our expectations. While we feel very good about the progress that our team is making in China, and we are seeing some improvements in things like VBP win rates, we're also seeing a more robust imaging funnel and some tender wins there. We really wanted to take a cautious approach to China when we put together this guidance. And so in our 3% to 4% total company guidance, we're anticipating decline in China in 2026. We'll watch this as we move throughout the year. But again, we wanted to take a prudent approach at this point. And then let's see how things evolve. Pete, anything to add to this?
I would just say, look, I think it's a good perspective on how we're thinking about China early in the year as this prudent approach. We're seeing improved commercial execution I think Will and his team have pivoted to focus more on how we think about provincial interactions as well as the clinical selling. And so just to kind of give you a little bit of proof point why we feel good about the progress is, Jay mentioned the VBP tender win rates.
I know you've heard from us, you've heard from others that some of the tenders and are being disputed, which lengthens them out before orders are issued. But we have good insights into those ones which we want, which are converted to orders yet. And so we know that our rate in the last 6 months versus the prior 12, we're doing better. And then we would expect, as those orders become issued through those tenders that later Q2 and beyond, we'll start seeing some of that coming through. All that being said, I think what Jay talked about is we're taking a prudent approach when it comes to China. And obviously, if things come through at a stronger level, that will be an upside to us. But as we enter the year, I think we're coming in at the right spot.
And then I think you said -- can you confirm you're asking about 2026 guidance? Is that the question?
EPS.
Yes. Just how you got to the range, why this is the right range to start off the year and how you see upside to the initial targets?
Okay. No, listen, thank you. I just wanted to make sure. So as we think about the EPS guidance for 2026, maybe we pause for a second on 2025. One of the things I think our team was really proud of was the ability to deliver 2% EPS growth despite a $0.43 tariff headwind. And so the result of that is we saw about $0.50 of EPS growth in 2025. We were able -- when tariffs hit, we took action not only to reduce tariff exposure, which is something we spent a lot of energy and effort on, but we also did some self-help cost management across the business. And we saw some performance from our Heartbeat business system help improve our operating margins and reduce waste, cost productivity, et cetera. So all of that was -- all of those things contributed to a solid performance in 2025.
Now moving to '26, we're going to see many of those things resulting in positive impacts in our numbers again without the -- hopeful without the drag of incremental tariffs because now tariffs are neutral to positive to our financial performance. The other thing that happens in 2026, is we start to see some benefit from new products, although that will be more predominant in 2027. But things like Flyrcado, things like some of our AVS launches will impact performance on sales in the second half of the year. And hopefully, we'll see that impact.
So as we think about the growth in EPS in 2026, at the midpoint of the range, it's about $0.45. And as we think about the drivers of it, about $0.30 will come from volume growth, about $0.30 will come from cost and productivity initiatives that we have and then we'll offset that with continued investments in growth. For us, we're very focused on SG&A investments to drive acceleration in sales performance. We did spend in the fourth quarter to start to set that up. We'll spend next year as well, along with R&D. We think these investments are really crucial to the mid- and long-term growth of the company. So we'll continue that. That's really the complexion of how we deliver on the EPS expansion next year.
Our next question coming from the line of Larry Biegelsen with Wells Fargo.
This is Vik in for Larry. Two for me. I guess your organic growth guidance of 3% to 4% implies 3.5% at the midpoint, which is what you did in 2025. Jay, I think you've said before that you expect to grow faster in 2026. So maybe just talk about why the midpoint of the '26 guidance is in line with 2025. And then I have a follow-up.
Yes, Vik, thanks for the question. So on the last earnings call and at JPMorgan conference, we kind of highlighted, we expect to grow sales in 2026 faster than 3%. Now we expected to grow sales in 2025 at 3%, and we did better than that. So we were pleased with that performance. But this is very consistent with what we shared. And we feel good about the guidance to start the year. Remember, at the start of last year, we guided 2% to 3%, and we ultimately did a little bit better than that based on commercial execution and some of the early success in our innovation cycles.
As we start this year, I'll point you back to the $2 billion increase in total backlog. I think that's a great setup to support our sales growth. And a lot of this revenue outlook is built on a strong secured backlog that we have in place. We feel very good about the backlog that we've been able to develop over the last several quarters. We feel very good about the orders funnel that we have in place. So all of that sets us up well as we approach 2026.
And then also, as I just commented, we're taking a pragmatic view on China. We want -- we're watching this market very carefully. We've taken a conservative approach here. Let's see how this plays out. So it's early in the year. I think there's a lot of good momentum that our business is building, and we'll watch things very carefully. Pete, I don't know if you want to add anything.
I think you covered it, Jay, but I mean the way we're set up here is, obviously, depending on when approvals come for some of the new products our ability to convert backlog, the ability ultimately to be able to convert some of the acquisitions that we've had now that we'll start to roll into organic growth, all of those position us well here for the year. So I think, again, as Jay laid out, I think it's the right place to start for the year, and we're going to be leaning in to be able to deliver.
A quick follow-up for me. Can you maybe talk about the timing of both orders and sales for Photon Counting and some of the other NPIs that you've highlighted?
Yes. No, thanks. As I made in my remarks here just a few minutes ago. Timelines for all of those significant launches are on track that we introduced at the RSNA. And we expect those to have the biggest meaningful contributions in '27, mainly because the order cycle typically is 6 to 9 months when you get the order you have many of these have to be installed within a site.
That being said, much of these will have an impact at some point later this year, which we're very excited about. And as we're out with customers and stuff, there's just a lot of buzz about that pipeline that we have out there. And so things like the Allia Moveo, which is our vascular system, that now is fully approved both by the FDA and so it's really our first interventional vascular system of a modern design in quite some time. We're excited about the growth that, that's going to bring forward.
The omni total body PET CE marked with 2 installs within Australia, and we also have a European installation. So great feedback that we're gaining. Our StarGuide GX, which is the advanced system for doing alpha as well as beta imaging is CE marked and we're going to be doing our first installs here quite soon. And then things such as MR, which was the Sprint, Freelium and the Bolt, all of those are under review and making good progress. Christina making good progress as well as CareStation.
On Photonovo, all systems go. I mean, we're lined up. We'll see how the approval time lines ultimately play out for us, but we're in very good shape. Manufacturing teams, getting everything ready to be able to advance that product. But I'm very proud of our engineering and manufacturing teams that have really come together.
When we talk about our business system, we talk about this SQDCI and safety of our folks, safety for patients, quality of the products, getting the delivery commitments, the right cost and gives you the right to bring innovations out to the marketplace. And that's really philosophy that we've put in place here. So feeling quite good about it. This business is so much about innovation. And I think we've got the right seeds in place here to set us up well, not only later this year, but ultimately into '27, '28 for our midterm targets.
Our next question coming from the line of Ryan Zimmerman with BTIG.
And congrats on the year. On that point, Pete, on midterm targets, I guess I'll ask the question now, which is with the midterm targets being mid-single-digit rev growth, high teens to 20% adjusted EBITDA margin, et cetera, just maybe you can kind of bridge us, I think, in terms of the '26 guide to those medium-term targets, and kind of how you see that progressing over the next few years?
Let me take a shot at it. Yes, sure. Look, we feel good about the midterm targets that we put together. I think one of the things that -- this year is a setup. But as we move to next year, you start to see the real benefit from many of the new products we launched at RSNA. We expect those products along with Flyrcado to help drive 1 to 2 points of additional sales growth over the medium term.
And then from a margin expansion standpoint, we're pleased to get back to reasonable margin expansion, 50 to 80 basis points is more reflective of what a normal year should look like. But with Heartbeat helping us to deliver higher-margin NPIs to improve productivity, to optimize SG&A, we expect to deliver on our high teens to 20% plus margin targets over the medium term. So all of this will flow down to EPS, and we'll continue to see this high single-digit to low double-digit growth. So in short, we feel solid. Pete?
Pete, Yes. And Ryan, just to the point, I mean, we're committed to those midterm targets top and bottom, full stop. I think we realize that the tariffs kind of moved us back a year or 2 just based on -- that's why we really started aggressively last year with moves, with changes, things of that nature that would make a significant difference because our goal ultimately is to neutralize as much of that as possible, to move us obviously into that 17% to 20% plus EPS range.
And hopefully, you see from even the guide this year that we've put out there, we've made good progress from what we've done last year. And I think our focus on our -- all our NPIs having higher gross margins than their predicates with the right selling and lift to that, we'll see the benefit as well as the corresponding service revenue that comes with it. All of that together is going to be very important for us, not only for our top line, but also to be able to deliver on our medium-term profit goals as well.
And Pete, it's like you're anticipating my next question here. The RPO and the -- specifically the service RPO was up really well. And I'm just wondering if you can kind of elaborate on kind of the composition of service revenue. And how -- as that becomes more predictable, we can see that start to flow through, particularly in the guide. If I think about the mid -- the 3.5% this year or whatever it may be, I mean if your service revenue and your service IPO is just becoming that much more predictable with Intelerad and other things, I mean, just help us understand kind of what that looks like as a percentage or a composition of your broader revenue and maybe moving away from lumpier capital sales?
Yes. We've talked extensively about our goal to expand recurring revenue. And so we're definitely pleased to see service growth. And then to your point, the Intelerad deal is another example that starts to tilt us more to recurring revenue. Services was a bright spot for us. I have to say, in the fourth quarter and in 2025, we grew sales 6% with growth driven by both price and volume. And the reality is as we continue to expand our enterprise agreements, they typically include a meaningful multiyear service elements.
The other thing that's happening is we have a growing installed base. And because of the complexity and technology embedded in our products and because of advancements that we're making in how our service offering is delivered, things like AI remote fix, we're seeing improved capture rates on our service business, which is a really important metric for us. And so all of that is good.
And then the other thing that's happening, Ryan, is we're seeing utilization based on procedures of our equipment. And when that happens and departments are constrained and equipment is used heavily the need for services there. So I think there's a whole set of dynamics that are supporting continued robust growth in our service business, and our team is ready to support that. Pete?
Yes. And Ryan, I think you alluded to this just off the new products piece. There is a flywheel effect as you bring new products out. You bring new products out that are very sophisticated AI-based cloud the capture rate on the service contracts typically goes up, mainly because they're such a sophisticated product. And a product like total body PET or something like photon counting where the actual price of the product is higher than a lot of the predicate products. So is your service contract with margins that would be at that same level. So that's some of the tailwind that we think ultimately will come along with it. It's a really important part of a sustainable revenue and profit story as well over the long run.
Our next question coming from the line of Anthony Petrone with Mizuho Group.
And maybe I'll stick with some of the inputs into the top line guide to 3% to 4%. And maybe more beyond just how much price is actually in there just considering you have a fair amount of new product introductions this year versus last year. So how do you think about price in 2026? And Pete and Jay both brought up Intelerad, came up on the last question. $270 million, growing low double digits, 30% margin. Maybe just a little bit, timing of that deal closed and just the drivers of that business, like how many sites outpatient are live on day 1? Is opening new sites or just new users, sort of the growth KPI that we should be looking for?
Thank you, Anthony. Look, on price, I think from an order book standpoint with the new products, some of it will show up in mix and for like-for-like product -- like-for-like product price as well. But I think a lot of that will first be seen in the orders book as those new products come out. Relative to this year in revenue, we don't have any significant step-ups in price. We have price advancement this year.
I think based on as the tariffs are settling out, and we see how the global landscape plays, there could be opportunity for more price later this year. That will be something that we'll be taking a look at. But I think as we entered the year, we don't have any major step-ups in it from a like-for-like product. It is important, and I think you're alluding to this, all of the new products that are coming out, when you think about their category that they're in.
We'll have quite a step-up in many cases in price. I think our Vivid Pioneer, which has been quite successful, we launched earlier this year has not only a better cost position, it also has a nice step-up in price, hence, then the translation into better gross margin. So more to come, and we're going to keep an eye on the marketplace to make sure that we appropriately gather the right pricing for the products that we're bringing out. I guess the next question you had was on Intelerad, Jay, maybe you want to kick us off on Intelerad.
Yes, sure. Maybe I'll share some elements and then Pete, you can add. We're very excited about the Intelerad acquisition. We do expect that to close in the first half of the year as planned. There's some really nice elements. The combined company advances our cloud-enabled AI solutions in both radiology and cardiology. So really -- and then also extends our capabilities across the outpatient network. So we feel really nice about this, and we're on track to close it along the lines of our expectations.
As we think about the financial components of the deal, we haven't incorporated that in our guidance. What we've said is it would be slightly dilutive, but we expect to offset that with cost efficiency. So what will happen when we do ultimately close the transaction is we will see an increase in interest expense an increase in EBITDA attached to the company, there will be a revenue impact, but we'll be able to offset to make it neutral for the remainder of the year. So overall, that's really the status on the deal. Pete, anything else you'd like to highlight from a strategy?
I think just the standpoint of these are the type of deals that we think make a lot of sense for the company. relative to a strategic fit for us, the enablement of artificial intelligence to be deployed at an enterprise level, both inpatient and outpatient. We know the future of diagnosis is much more the integration of multimodalities, and how they're read. And so having a critical platform such as this will be super important for us.
And then I just think from a deal complexion standpoint, accretive to top line, accretive to bottom line, fit strategically. These are the type of tuck-in deals that we're obviously looking at, and we're excited to have the Intelerad team, a part of the family. It's a group of great individuals, and we're excited to get this one here closed in the first half.
Our next question coming from Joanne Wuensch with Citi.
I'm sort of asking us of everybody early in the season, which is, can you sort of give a state of the union on medical technology, and what you're seeing? And specifically, if you could share some comments or thoughts on the hospital CapEx environment and any impacts you may be seeing or expect to see on changes to the Affordable Care Act.
Great. So the capital backdrop in the U.S. is solid. Every quarter, we conduct a study of our top 50 U.S. customers to really get a pulse on investment sentiment. It gives us a reasonable picture of investment plans and priorities, and we found that it's a fairly reliable survey that we conduct. What we found after completing the recent study is the U.S. market continues to be robust, driven by customer investment in an aging installed base. So we're seeing continued momentum on the U.S. CapEx side. Some of that is definitely driven by strong procedure trends that we're seeing. We just finished our latest survey. And many of those customers are anticipating investment increases versus what they previously assessed.
As we go over the pond, the European market has continued to improve. Over the past couple of quarters, we've seen orders recover in many European geographies. So that's another robust market. And then emerging markets, really solid trends there. So I think overall, the global backdrop is pretty good. I've commented already on China. But I think it's a decent setup as we look into 2026. Pete?
Yes, Joanne, to your question, I mean, the ACA, obviously, there's challenges for certain subsets of customers based on what the patient mix is or the scenarios. Well, we haven't heard anything that is concerning relative to the capital environment. I think, Jay, as we survey customers, this is a critical part to it, how that's playing out. So we haven't seen anything that stood out on that. I think you had mentioned about technologies in health care.
Again, I do think this is one of the interesting dynamics about us and some of our other peer companies that play in this. In many cases, we are the enabler of so many breakthrough technology, whether it be device or drug. And so with all of the new EP, with all the new cardio, oncology devices and drugs, in many cases, we're either the early screening or planning tool or we are ultimately the helping executor of the therapy delivery.
In the pharmaceutical space, in particular, we play a bigger role of that, which is why in many cases, you see even as a capital environment might be tighter, our equipment typically rises to the top of the list, the priority because it is an enabler for profit growth within the institution. So all signs at this point look quite healthy, and we feel good about as we enter 2026 for sure.
Our next question coming from the line of David Roman with Goldman Sachs.
Maybe I'll just start with -- just trying to put some of the pieces together and Pete's comments around the order growth in Q4 potentially being impacted by the timing of new product announcements, but then why that wouldn't impact performance in 2026, but another way, do you freeze the market in anticipation of some of these new product launches? And then I have one follow-up on China.
Yes, David, it's less about do you freeze the market. But I mean to the point when you introduced a bunch of new products, particularly in a premium area for us, many of those products, particularly just take Photon Counting, we haven't had a predicate product. So yes, there are some higher-end premium ones of customers that may say, "Hey, I may wait until it's available." But a vast majority of those are new ones, but we don't see the order come into the order book until it's approved.
So I mean that's some of the basic dynamics. And I think Jay talked about trailing 12 months in the stack compare, those are interesting ways to take a look at it because we could have multiple quarters where we're significantly higher, and then we could have multiple quarters where we're below. But what's really important is that backlog growth, and then how the sales come out. And again, I think that's an important part of this. And when you saw the sales performance, particularly in imaging and some of the other businesses in the fourth quarter, a lot of that is actually the work that the teams have done relative to on-time delivery and executing that more effectively.
Okay. Very helpful. And maybe I'll switch gears from China to actually ask on Omnipaque and just the PDx business. We did see an acceleration in that franchise in 2020 -- in the fourth quarter, excuse me, it doesn't look like Flyrcado was probably big enough to be the contributor there. So how should we think about Omnipaque? What are you seeing thus far from a competitive standpoint on the ground? And what's kind of reflected in your guidance here?
Yes. No, I would comment and then Jay, maybe you can jump in. I think Vizamyl some of our other molecules as well continue to do along. I think you're correct based on my comments with Flyrcado, not a significant contributor from that standpoint this where we are. Obviously, now that we have higher CMO capabilities, that it will continue to grow.
But the largest part of that business is the contrast media business. We have large customers that have many, many SKU contracts with us. There has been rumor discussion of new entrants coming in the area. I haven't seen anything developing at this point in time. Supply is rather tight within the industry, just based on the players that exist. And so it's been a pretty consistent play. And usually it's highly correlated to procedures growth. And we've seen a pretty healthy procedures growth coming from, again, many other types of procedures in cardiology and oncology continuing to exist. So solid trends across the board there.
Our last questioner will come from the line of Vijay Kumar with Evercore.
My first question is on guidance here, Jay. What does fiscal '26 assuming for Flyrcado? And I know you mentioned China declines, but China Q4 was, I think, down teens. So maybe some noise around there on what is going on in China?
Yes. So on the China story, we're anticipating -- so what I would say is the fourth quarter came in broadly speaking, in line with our expectations. We knew if you look at the growth -- the comparisons to prior year, we knew the fourth quarter was the most difficult comparison year-over-year. So we did anticipate a bit of a deterioration, which was embedded when we said the second half was going to be worse than the first half.
And so to Pete's comments earlier, we're making some good commercial progress in China, but we're just going to take a cautious approach here. We're budgeting China down. I'm not going to get into specifics as to precise amounts down. We're budgeting China down. That's included in our 3% to 4%. And maybe there's a scenario we do better than that, but we really wanted to take a cautious approach on China.
As it relates to Flyrcado, we shared the dose number in terms of what we performed in a week in January. I previously said that was really a critical metric for us. How are we doing at that point. Now we have confidence, and we've started to open up the throttle in terms of bringing on new customers and advancing those customers to higher states of maturity. So we're really excited about the product. We expect weekly dose numbers to grow.
In the first year of launch, we'll periodically share information on doses, but again, given the number of products we have launching in the near term, we're not going to give guidance on any specific product at this point, but we will share some information to help you model this over time. And I can tell you, based on the progress that we've made over the last couple of months, very pleased with the direction that we're going, very pleased with the progress that our team is making.
That's helpful, Jay. And then maybe one clarification on -- by my math, it looks like backlog grew 10% in fiscal '26 and your capital book-to-bill in Q4 was something north of 1.1. Is my math correct?
Vijay, we share a book-to-bill that includes all the elements that we include with both service and PDx. So we don't comment, but I think you've done some good math. And then on the backlog, yes, backlog was up very substantially in the fourth quarter. Really pleased with the growth there and how that sets us up for the multiyear view.
And that concludes our question-and-answer session. Speakers, please proceed with any closing remarks.
Thank you all for joining us today. We look forward to connecting with you all here in the coming weeks at one of our -- ones of our upcoming conferences. Thanks again.
Ladies and gentlemen, this concludes today's conference call. Thank you for your participation, and you may now disconnect.
Transkripte auf Deutsch freischalten
- Alle Event Transkripte auf Deutsch
- Sofortige Übersetzung
- KI-Zusammenfassungen für die wichtigsten Insights
GE HealthCare Technologies — Q4 2025 Earnings Call
GE HealthCare Technologies — Q4 2025 Earnings Call
📊 Quartal auf einen Blick
- Umsatz Q4: $5,7 Mrd., organisch +4,8% YoY; Umsatz FY 2025 $20,6 Mrd., organisch +3,5%.
- Backlog: $21,8 Mrd. (Auftragsbestand), +$2,0 Mrd. YoY; Book-to-bill 1,06x.
- Adjusted EBIT: 16,7% Q4 (‑200 Basispunkte); FY 15,3% (‑100 bp).
- Adjusted EPS: $1,44 Q4 (‑0,7%); ohne Tarifeffekt Q4 +11%; FY $4,59 (+2,2%).
- Free Cash Flow: $916 Mio. Q4; FY $1,5 Mrd.; FCF-Conversion 72%.
🎯 Was das Management sagt
- Fokus Precision: D3‑Strategie (Devices + Drugs + Digital) mit mehreren großen NPIs (z. B. Omni Total‑Body PET, Photonovo Photon‑Counting CT) als Differenzierer.
- Kommerzielle Optionen: Flyrcado‑Ramp mit CMO‑OTD ~95%; Management hält an Ziel ≥$500M Flyrcado‑Umsatz bis 2028 fest.
- Operation & M&A: Heartbeat‑Business‑System treibt operativen Hebel (25% monatliche Verbesserung bei Rückständen); gezielte Zukäufe wie Intelerad (erwartet ~$270M erstes Jahr, >30% adj. EBITDA) zur Stärkung wiederkehrender Umsätze.
🔭 Ausblick & Guidance
- Wachstum 2026: organisch 3–4% (vorsichtiger China‑Ausblick eingeplant).
- Marge & EPS: Adjusted EBIT 15,8–16,1% (+50–80 bp); Adjusted EPS $4,95–$5,15 (8–12% Wachstum).
- Cash & Tarife: Free Cash Flow ~ $1,7 Mrd. (+13%); Tarife sollen geringer ausfallen als 2025; weitere Mitigationsmaßnahmen geplant.
❓ Fragen der Analysten
- Orders & NPIs: Kritische Nachfrage zur Timing‑Überführung von Genehmigungen in Bestellungen; Management erwartet stärkere Wirkung der RSNA‑Launches vor allem 2027.
- Flyrcado‑Ramp: Analysten fragten zu Lieferkapazität und Partnern; Management nennt Wochenrate ~220 Dosen (Ende Jan.) und schrittweises Hochfahren bei 95% OTD.
- China‑Risiko: Konservative Annahme für China im Guide; mögliche Upside bei besseren Tender‑/VBP‑Ergebnissen bleibt offen.
⚡ Bottom Line
- Fazit: Solides Quarter mit Rekord‑Backlog und starker Cash‑Generierung; Tarife drücken kurzfristig Margen, aber Heartbeat‑Maßnahmen und Produktpipeline (inkl. Flyrcado, Photonovo, Intelerad) liefern klare Treiber für mittelfristiges Umsatz‑ und Margenwachstum. Für Aktionäre: vorsichtiger Guide, aber substanzielle optionale Upside.
GE HealthCare Technologies — 44th Annual J.P. Morgan Healthcare Conference
1. Question Answer
Good morning, everyone. I'm Robbie Marcus, the med tech analyst at JPMorgan. Very happy to have our next session led by CEO of GE HealthCare, Pete Arduini. Pete will do a presentation followed by some Q&A. Pete?
I guess it's still good morning, good afternoon for those on the webcast. Great to be out to a sunny JPMorgan. Just kind of kicking off, we'll use, obviously, some forward-looking statements here. A lot of our financials will be Q3 year-to-date, and we'll give our full year and our Q4 results on February 4 when we announce.
So from just a quick overview, if you don't know us super well, GE HealthCare, this is the beginning of year 4 as a separate public company, focus about creating a world where health care has no limits, bold statement about problem solving and working with customers on some of the big longitudinal challenges that exist.
Our strategy is focused on these 3 pillars, precision care, growth acceleration and business optimization. Think of precision care really is what it sounds, is bringing better, more focused individual care and solutions, whether it be in imaging and diagnostics or how it plays out in therapeutics. But our goal is to really move from a world-class imaging company to more of a healthcare solutions company.
On the growth acceleration, we've been very much focused on what our products are. We'll talk more about that specifically to drive faster growth, our solutions and really the markets that we choose to play in, the mix of that.
And then on business optimization, it's a combination of a multitude of things, but building out the company to be more agile, to be more flexible to move quicker, whether that means on inorganic integration into the company to margin expansion plans, which we'll talk about in a little bit more detail as well.
And a focus then on our foundational principles, which we set when we came out separate out of General Electric, which is a focus on servant leadership, lean mindset, which is all about continuous improvement across the board, from growth to -- from the cost standpoint, and entrepreneurial spirit, making sure that as we bring different thinkers into the org that we can keep them and have them bring creative ideas. A common align on future care and bringing changes within the delivery system and then building the right world-class teams that execute together.
So if you think about 2025, I'll touch on some things. I think from a macro standpoint, geopolitical, although there's been a reasonable amount of volatility, we've kind of kept our heads down and focused on what we've needed to do. I think many of you know, we've been on a lean journey as an organization, which is really all about how you create standard work, consistency in our daily management and the ability to just problem solve faster, that cycle time to work through challenges. And I would say on the precision care front, the biggest part is really the new product introductions that we've come out with.
Our biggest trade show, the Radiological Society of North America, beginning of December, we introduced quite a few products I'll talk about. And it's been a culmination of about 4 years of overinvestment to really get to this point where we've closed product gaps we've had with near competitors and move past that into leadership positions. Many of those will be launching this year, and we'll talk about that.
We continue our investments in artificial intelligence. When you look at top FDA list of AI authorizations, we lead really all of med tech with 115 authorizations. And we'll talk about what that means as well. It's an important component of getting more price, more value, ultimately making a difference for patients.
And then this growth that's taking place in nuclear medicine, particularly in the therapeutic side, our role in the diagnostics side and the integration and synthesis of that data and workflow, we're super excited about. All that translates then, as we said, into more expanded top line growth.
We've talked about at our Investor Day a little over a year plus ago where we said these new investments are worth 1 point to 2 points of total growth to the company, and I'll frame up a little bit of that as well as the progress we're making on what we call enterprise deals, which is working with big institutions on multiyear agreements where they have exclusive work with us. We work on bigger problems together. It might be enhancing their electrophysiology practice. It might be working on workflows in different areas. But as you can see, about $7 billion of life cycle value since the spin that we've acquired.
And then on business optimization, moving us from a teens player in margins to something that starts with a 2 fundamentally has been our focus, good progress there as well. The business, we run in 4 segments: Imaging, Advanced Visualization, Patient Care Solutions and Pharmaceutical Diagnostics. These businesses all have interplays together across different disease states used at different areas and points.
The pharmaceutical diagnostic is enabled really in our imaging business with our PET and SPECT business. But you can see the breakouts here of the size of the business, imaging being the largest at about $9.1 billion. I will comment that these numbers are we did as a trailing 12-month, just to kind of give you a view on that as well. You can see the range of the margins on here. And all of these at this point in time, we're pretty optimistic about their potential here for growth in the coming years.
So the one interesting part about this dialogue is that when you start taking a look at where artificial intelligence plays and also our digital strategy, it really is the glue that links together many of these businesses as well as this focus that we have, which we call D3. So when we talk about precision care, we frame it up around this concept of D3, which is smart drugs and devices, smart meaning very much AI-enabled, very much cloud-based, how they integrate into a care pathway or more specifically, in many cases, a disease state, whether it be structured heart or it might be breast cancer, from end-to-end.
And then the last D is on digitization, particularly the cloud enablement, the movement of data and then the use of artificial intelligence to help clinicians drive a better outcome as well as administration drive better productivity capabilities. And if you think of us, we typically play a big enabler for many players within med tech or even pharma to implement their products. What do I mean by that? If you're going to deploy a TAVR, if you're going to be implementing very expensive high-end oncology drugs or other areas, using imaging to actually plan and implement becomes a critical component of that, which is why our growth in our markets, we feel quite good about the health of those.
The next part is, as I just touched on, is we've been on this lean journey. Really as part of General Electric, I've been on a personal lean journey for many years. But as part of GE and as we've separated it out, we've really focused on this. And what -- this is a chart to kind of lay out what we've branded as our proprietary lean management system, which is heartbeat.
And if you think about this, again, in the spirit of continuous improvement, a business system, in this case, is really all about driving better execution, top line growth. It is about how do you focus even more intensely on the customer while also taking waste out of the system. And so for us, we've built a world-class team. We've got everybody in the boat. But even though everyone is in the boat, the ability to row on stroke at speed is really what a management system does for you. And it's a continual way as we bring new people into the company, you're brought into the organization 30, 45 days, really learning how to work within the system.
And I would say we've already seen some really good results from it from our ability even to shorten the time line to get products out once we're building a big backlog to how we're thinking about interactions with customers relative to something like our pharmaceutical diagnostics process to be able to get them up to speed faster or in other areas within the company as well on innovation, big focus on the innovation pipeline. You can see the components of it here on how we take a look at and manage operating metrics, our innovation process, which we've now kind of inculcated across the company, which is driving, I would say, a reasonably high say-do ratio on what we've committed to.
And then areas where we're looking to transform the company and using it again in a very consistent way across 53,000 colleagues around the world. So the big part, I would say, if you think about us is this idea of the new product innovations. As I mentioned at the RSNA, we introduced a significant amount of new products, but there were 9 big items there that are real needle movers for the organization. And so some of these, I'll call out on the page. Our total body PET system, the omni, which is FDA pending, will be in the process for approval and order taking, we believe, later this year is a great product. I think it's going to be a transformative product in the way PET/CT can be used.
Our approach, the crystal and the integrated AI approach we bring really opens up opportunities down the road into screening and other capabilities, and we're very excited about that. Our new Photon Counting system, which is called Photonova Spectra, really the only approach in the industry using deep silicon, which we have pioneered. We've focused on it now for many years.
We think, obviously, the whole industry moving this direction with other players is important for care. But we do believe our approach is going to bring differentiation that others don't. And some of that is around what's called energy discrimination, ultimately helping change of diagnosis or a therapeutic intervention.
A product I'll also call out called StarGuide GX. You may see in the radiopharmaceutical world, there's different energy systems that are used, beta and alpha. There really isn't a machine out there today that can image those together. This is really the first device that can do this and integrate it into one machine, the ability to quickly set it up and change, to ability to manage through that.
And so as nuclear medicine and the hope of radiopharmaceuticals continues to grow, we're really super excited about StarGuide GX as a one-off. And then on our MR business, we have a multitude of launches. But one of the things that's so important in the MR world is it's not been our highest margin component of our business.
We've talked about platforming. We've talked about the things we needed to do to increase our margins within that. This is the first move within that space. And so it brings capabilities and leadership features to the customers. But importantly, it also brings a platforming capability that sets us up to grow our margins within this extremely important modality.
And I'll point out just 2 others on the device side, the Vivid Pioneer, it's our new breakthrough technology within cardiovascular ultrasound. Product has been out now in the market about 6 months, doing tremendously well. Heavy AI integrated into the product, has premium pricing on it, and customers are just super excited about what they see and what it can do differently.
And the Allia Moveo is our first integrated C&C lined up product for peripheral vascular. And if you think about all of the different applications that are taking place in vascular to be in a leadership role within cardio and peripheral vascular is a big deal for us. And so -- and then I'll touch on Flyrcado separately, but this is why we're super excited. We talked about this 4 years ago, what we needed to do to double down on investments in R&D, hit our dates and come out with products that can really drive growth. This portfolio in front of you, all of this around the world will be positioned for sale in the United States and CE marking here within '26. And so this is a really important year for us, getting these products ramped up and positioned and out to the marketplace.
Radiopharma specifically, super exciting area. There's been a lot going on here. Again, I think kudos to the pharmaceutical and therapeutic businesses that have been really driving transformative outcomes, particularly in cancer and other areas. We play that enabler on the diagnostics side with the devices needed, with the diagnostic tracers needed, with the digital integration and the tools to be able to manage that and also the workflow expertise to how to set up a department.
And so you can see some of these keys here, new reimbursement in the U.S. that now pays for the ASP value of the drug where it was kind of packaged in as a supply before, the momentum that's being reached because of therapeutics and diagnostics. And so we're quite bullish on this potential.
One of our major molecules that we've recently launched is called Flyrcado. I'm sure some of you've heard of it for myocardial perfusion imaging. It's really one of the biggest breakthroughs for myocardial perfusion imaging in this space in many, many years and has the potential -- long-term potential will be a $1 billion molecule.
So a lot of work going on in this area, and we're quite excited for what this can do for patient care really around the world.
Next is inorganic growth. We have been a company that's been set up well to invest organically, but also fill in gaps and add tuck-ins into our portfolio. And we announced this deal here in the fourth quarter with Intelerad. And Intelerad is a very exciting fit for us. It is actually a picture arc -- PAC system, archiving-based system. But really, what it is, is ultimately, it creates a cloud-first AI enablement for imaging in an ecosystem.
If you look out in the marketplace today, there's inpatient solutions, there's outpatient. But when you think about an integrated enterprise approach, there really isn't a full solution today and a platform then that can orchestrate and execute artificial intelligence applications that are not made by GE. They could be made by us. They could be developed in-house. They could be actually third-party applications and that the workflow is then enhanced.
And that's a super exciting part for us that we think this is going to be a great fit and an important part of our precision care journey. And then we've been super disciplined on the M&A. This is a great tuck-in fit. We have a right to win in the space, accretive to the top line, accretive to the bottom line. EPS will be able to offset with other efficiencies in the near term, and then it's quite accretive over the long run. But it does bring recurring revenues, and it does bring this capability strategically to continue to grow in our AI journey. So very excited about this. This will be a deal that we believe will get closed here within the first half.
And then on the optimization side, lots of things going on, and we've been focused on this as we've separated out from GE, but I mentioned platforming. And again, platforming is how do you leverage common componentry, how do you get scale and scope that allows speed to bring new products to market, but also leverages cost advantages that will show up in better value for customers, but also margin that will translate into value for investors.
And so our MR business is one that we talk a lot about, but every business that we have is going down a platforming journey. Jay, our CFO, we've got a mantra. You're going to get money for new product investments. Your gross margin has to be higher than the predicate product or you're not going to get funded. Outside of a safety and quality issue, you're not going to get the money. And so it's a super important headset to think about the differences of it. And just simple examples, in past, in certain modalities like CT, where we might have had 15 -- 16 different types of products and configurations, we might have had 10 different table platforms. Now we have 3, short one, long one, bariatric, all coming from the same areas. You quadruple the amount of volume into that given supplier, the ability to get lower cost and value that we can pass on to both investors and profit or we can pass on to customers and values there. That's the concept that we're executing across the board.
Variable cost productivity as well in the world of tariffs and challenges that are out there every year finding a way to get better cost into your products as much as about a headset as process. This is a critical part of how we run the company. And then we've been looking across the whole board around organizational simplification and structural optimization, playing into multiple aspects of that, either on how we run the company for speed and agility and also how we think about footprint, how we think about using AI inside.
We have quite a bit of work going on about how we can optimize the organization with artificial intelligence inside as well. So stay tuned on that. And all of this fits into this new heartbeat management system on how we run it, how we think about daily execution, weekly management and monthly problem solving and how we manage the metrics and data around that.
So from a capital allocation standpoint, probably one of the most important things that we do, very much focused on making sure that we optimize our allocation. First, organic investments have been the biggest focus. I think Exhibit A would be the new products that we have coming out. It's super critical for investments. We've increased them quite a bit since the beginning of the spin and we'll continue to increase at a steady rate in the line with sales or slightly higher.
Strategic M&A is another area. And particularly in this case, it's really about tuck-ins to fill in the gaps in our portfolio. I think the Intelerad is a great example of that. We have a very disciplined team and a disciplined structure about what we need to hit when we achieve that, including ROICs at least high single digit or high single-digit plus by year 5, but how we look at the strategic mix and how it fits into the businesses. We've done about 8 acquisitions here since we've spun.
Turning cash to shareholders, obviously important. We have a quarterly dividend. We've also been opportunistic about buybacks and then maintaining a strong balance sheet. Jay and the team, we've paid down about $1.5 billion of debt since spin. We're in a good position now with the balance sheet and feel very good about our positioning here as we look into the next 2, 3 years.
So midterm financial framework. This is the same framework that we've shared. Honestly, before challenges that we've seen in different markets around the world or even some of the challenges of tariffs. And we feel very good about this midterm look between '26 and '28 of mid-single-digit revenue growth, high teens to 20% plus adjusted EBIT, high single digits to low double digit on EPS and 90% plus free cash flow. A lot of that, again, ties back to what I've just spoken about, the innovation pipeline bringing 1 to 2 points of growth, better execution with our management system has actually been bringing growth with the current platforms that we have.
And then the EBIT levers that we have in place, whether it be the structural components, the gross margin components, we feel quite good about what that can do to increase our profitability. And I'll make a plug out to our operating team and to Jay and groups just relative to managing tariffs. When they hit, we were probably one of the hardest hit companies within the industry just because of our global footprint, and we jumped in very aggressively. It was about a gross $1 billion, got it down to about $0.5 billion. By the end of the year, it was running in the $250 million, $260 million.
But really, we're on this mode to say we are going to do everything we can with our suppliers, with our operation base, with any types of smart locations and planning to be able to say, as we go into 2026, our tax burden will be lower, tariff burden will be lower than in '25, even though we'll have a full year versus 9 months, and we're on track to that. And I think many others within our industry may not be in that same situation. We feel quite fortunate that we could move very aggressively. And honestly, that sets us up quite well as we start '26 and '27 and beyond.
And so just to kind of wrap up, and we'll jump into Q&A. Look, we're on a path to accelerate shareholder value. That's been the goal. That's why we separate this company out. We have a really terrific focused Board from that Board down to the management team, everyone aligned, is aligned on those aspects. How do we optimize for our customers and patients and how do we deliver high value for shareholders.
The differentiated portfolio is obviously a key part of it. How we run the company and execute and do that consistently is obviously a very important part of it. The other aspect is our capital allocation strategy, which, again, we remain very disciplined in how we do it.
So with that, I'll stop there and invite Jay, I think and Robbie up, and we'll do Q&A.
And everybody, Jay Saccaro, CFO, joining for questions. Pete, maybe we could start with that last slide you had up, accelerating shareholder value creation. And you were spun out of GE a couple of years ago. There was a lot of wood chopping initially right out of the gate. Fast forward to where we are today, you've had a huge acceleration in new product introductions. You've had a very impressive operating margin expansion improvement. Where do you think you are in sort of -- if we take it in 2 different sections. One, the initial wood chopping coming out of GE and then part 2, to your slide up there, creating shareholder value.
Yes. It's a good question, Robbie. I mean, look, I think we're still early in the journey. I think we've made very good progress in getting the core business set up, simplifying how we run the business. Obviously, we're on this next journey of even shifting into a higher gear about how we run the company with our lean management system.
And I think I've got -- with getting the right people in the right roles that understand how to run this type of a complex business, I think we've got the right capabilities in place. A big part of this has been, as we talked about, and you talked about the wood shopping, some of that was to create oxygen to fund innovation.
So right, there's no secret answer here relative to that. We squeezed a lot of costs. We looked at IT systems. We looked at many of those things so that we could move our R&D up a couple of points as a percentage of sales to be able to be at this point to introduce those products. And so I think we're in good spots for that.
But the next level, this is to continue to fund at this level is to continue to have the follow-on set of products after we get these out as well as really think about the company from an inside out differently. I think Jay has been leading this, but the AI inside opportunity to how we grow faster, how we run the company more effectively, we think there's big opportunities as well. And that will be an important part of the margin story as we go forward.
Maybe to follow on to that, you talked about capital allocation, and capital allocation, we've seen a number of deals just even last quarter. How are you thinking about internal versus external innovation? And do you feel comfortable with the portfolio and pipeline you have internally? And what's the need to continue to invest externally?
Yes. Well, I think we have the luxury of both. The interesting part about us as a company is when you think about an MR or CT or even a [ vascular], we touch many different disease states. And if you think of yourself as just that device, then you probably don't have a lot of opportunities outside. If you think about yourself as a facilitator amongst that disease state, it opens the lens up to a lot of different plays that can get into it.
And so as I mentioned, we're interested in tools right or left, further into diagnostics, further into therapies that we can play a significant role in or we have a right to play in. And so that's how we think about it. We obviously are biased towards how data flows amongst that and our ability to help enable that. That is an important part.
But I would say, look, with all the innovation we have coming out, humbly stated, this gets us in a great position to win and grow, but it's not the destination. We need to continue to invest our own internal side. I think if you were to quiz some of my team here and you said, "GE, could you use a couple of extra million dollars and what products you come out, you have some great ideas. " We have some great ideas. And so we're going to continue to fund those. But there's always interesting inorganic opportunities that you can plug what we're doing plus another device together, 1 plus 1 is something north of 2. And that's -- Intelerad, honestly, is a great example of that.
I think everybody in health care would love to have AI attached to their story, just given how much hype and market cap that's created outside of health care. A lot of people talk about it. You actually enact it, you monetize it. It's been with GE HealthCare for many years now. How important is AI to GE HealthCare and competitive differentiation? And how well are you monetizing it today?
I don't think we're monetizing as effective today as we could. I think what has been super important for us is it's really helping build the foundation for future monetization. What do I mean by that? There isn't really a product that we make right now that doesn't come out, that doesn't have some type of AI incorporated into it, whether it be machine learning, first elements of large language model capabilities.
And we capture that in if this product does something productivity-wise, more effectively than others, we capture it more price and ultimately more margin that comes through because the value is seen by the customer.
The next step is how do these things work together, multimodal to actually help drive a diagnosis or to fundamentally change the workflow around a given disease state. And in that level, and we're beginning to launch some of those products actually this year. We have one on our platform, which we call CareIntellect, which is a family of deployment capabilities for artificial intelligence that you bring multiproducts and multi-capabilities together.
At that point, that becomes more of a SaaS model, becomes more of a separate revenue-generating capability. And I think we're now entering into that phase with the company. I'll come back to Intelerad. Again, one of the interesting parts, if you think about a reading system, obviously, you don't deploy reading tools specifically for a given modality. You may incorporate AI to facilitate that machine. But where it all comes together and how you're going to deploy many of these productivity tools is in a common reading and viewing system.
And that was one of the other reasons that we viewed AI deployment in what traditionally was thought as a PAC system becomes super important for orchestration of many different applications that are going to be out there.
Jay, on the last earnings call, you talked about how you're excited for 2026 and commented that growth can accelerate. Any thoughts or comments on how 2025 ended up? And what are some of the reasons to be excited about accelerating growth when you sit there today for 2026?
Sure. No comments on how 2025 ended. We'll save those for February. But what we said on the call is, listen, we expect 2025 to grow 3%, and we expect to see acceleration into 2026. Now here's the interesting thing. That statement was based on all of the solid commercial performance that we've put in place over the last quarters and months and years. And what that resulted in is incredibly robust backlog and a lot of that backlog is targeted for 2026 delivery.
Furthermore, incredibly robust order growth over the last 4 quarters, very strong book-to-bill ratio. So all of the dynamics around commercial execution, the partnerships that we're putting in place situated us very well and allowed me to make the statement, we expect 2026 to grow faster than the 3%.
Now the interesting thing is, I think one of the things that we collectively are most proud of is the progress that we've made on innovation at our company. Pete walked you through that in detail during this presentation. But the most interesting aspect of that is that's really not going to benefit sales in 2026 that much. It starts to accrue much more to the benefit of 2027 as you see whole body PET, as you see Photon Counting, the MR suite of products, those will start to accelerate performance in 2027. And so what happens in '26 is all the good work we've done yields and allows us to accelerate.
And then as we aspire to this higher end of mid-single or we start to get healthily into that mid-single-digit range in 2027, '28 according to our expectations, all of that becomes supported by that great innovation investment we've made.
So one of the areas that has held back performance in the past few years has been China. You've done really well in the U.S. and rest of world ex China, outside the U.S. Any change to your view on China as it relates to market growth in GE HealthCare's performance there?
Robbie, I mean, we've talked about this pretty openly. I mean the last 2 years have been tough for pretty much all players within China, right? Different either government policies or whatever the scenarios, the market had slowed down across many sectors.
At the same time, when we look out into the future, it is a market that is going to continue to improve and perform better. I think for someone that's been involved in China businesses for many, many years, we're all used to 10%, 15% type growth. I don't -- we don't think those days are necessarily what the future will hold. But in the mid-single-digit range as a market and with a market as big as it is, with 1.4 billion individuals, you could argue, is there 1 billion or 800 million, how many people need increased care. There's going to be room for local players, multinational players to continue to support that kind of growth. It's just a significant market that's out there.
And the last thing I would say is we aren't counting on heroic turnaround within that marketplace when we even talk about the numbers Jay presented. We're being very pragmatic that the turnaround and the time could take some time to ultimately get there. If it happens faster, that's a benefit from us. But as we're calculating our plans, we're being rather conservative about how we think the marketplace will recover.
You talked about a number of new products launching at RSNA in November. You launched your Photon Counting CT. This gives you an entry into a market that's been primarily dominated by one of your competitors. Maybe speak to the competitive profile of your offering. You talked about maybe more '27 impact. I imagine it's probably a decade-long impact here. But how should we think about GE HealthCare versus the competition and the impact to the P&L?
Yes. No, look, I think like most of these evolving technologies, this is the first change in how CT's image has been fundamentally made since Hounsfield EMI started the system in the U.K. So this is a pretty transformative change.
Obviously, one of our competitors has been out in the market for about 4 years with a particular design. And there's been a lot of great work from it, from the standpoint of how these systems can be used and such. We've taken a different route by using, again, as opposed to a detector that's made out of a CZT or derivatives thereof, we've taken this deeper silicon approach. And part of that has been the research that we have been doing really over the past 15 to 20 years prior to the processing speeds being strong enough to do it.
And the reason we went this route is a CT scanner in many cases, is the Swiss Army knife in the hospital. It can pretty much do anything you needed to do to diagnose. And so as you start bringing on something like Photon Counting, the more specialized it is, the more limited it will be for a particular application. And so our approach is many of the systems that are being discussed today on the other platforms you want extra high resolution, you have to be in a high-resolution mode. If you want wide coverage, you have to be in a certain mode.
There's other aspects, which are about energy discrimination. And that's the part that is really exciting to us that we believe we're going to have a differentiation on. And what that means is in a given set of tissue, you actually get added information that can help you determine what's going on there, which can determine a different therapeutic outcome. Just take a coronary artery that may have soft plaque. It's at 60%, 70%. Question is with FFR or some other, do you actually stent it? Or can you actually determine is what's inside of that has the potential to break away. That's the power of having that added information.
And in our approach, you don't have to determine the mode upfront that you want to go into. It's a standard mode across the board. And so again, I think there's going to be rising tide will lift all ships. I think there's plenty of room for everyone to grow. We've got very strong competitors and folks that are going to help build the category. And to your point, Robbie, I think this is a 10-year journey of turning over full installed bases into these technologies over time.
Maybe staying on growth drivers, radiopharmaceutical diagnostics, you're a leader there, Flyrcado, I think, is top of mind for everyone. You launched this in 2025 and have, I think, $500 million target out there over the end of the long-range plan. How do you feel about the first year of launch and your progress towards that end goal?
Yes. We're very excited about Flyrcado. As we said on the third quarter call, one of the things that we're seeing is nearly universally positive feedback from our customers regarding diagnostic image quality. I mean it's a really -- it's a step change in terms of improvements there. So we're seeing actually broad-based interest, be it from hospitals, freestanding imaging centers, cardiology clinics, people who use SPECT, people who use PET, huge interest in this product area. And we paid that off with a couple of really substantial partnerships that we put in place with CDL, which is about 1/3 of the PET NPI. And then later in the year, we added a partnership with CVA, incredibly excited that after their pilot with our technology, they chose to roll this out across their network and give clinics the opportunity to embrace this. So we're very excited about that.
For us, as we ramp, we have to ensure that we have the right workflow at the customers in place. So we're hard at work supporting that. And in addition, we need to have incredibly high support rates from our radiopharmacy network. We put the network in place last year, and then it became about helping them optimize production, so that you can have 95% plus. What we've said is we feel very good about a $500 million -- excess of $500 million in 2028. And then longer term, in fact, if you converted simply 25% of PET NPI, it's a $1 billion opportunity, and we're excited to get after that.
And I would just add, too, Robbie, I think just to kind of geek out a little bit, proprietary molecule out beyond 2030 for us. First major breakthrough in myocardial perfusion imaging. Again, myocardial perfusion imaging is where is the blood and the actual tissue going versus in a cath or a CT, how are the 3 pipes that are feeding that tissue. And so both of those areas become super important.
And of the total amount of the procedures done today, less than 20% are done with PET. If we get 25% of just the PET volume, it's $1 billion a year. So it's a super interesting and exciting opportunity, and it's a field that has a lot of tailwinds, not just because of cardiology, because what's happening in oncology, what's happening in neuro. So it's a major topic for customers. And this tends to be a big topic in our enterprise discussions, value we can bring to customers and how to set up their operations.
I think it's also a big area of focus for investors just given how big the opportunity is and the margins that come with it. Is the goal to provide guidance for Flyrcado in 2026, like 2025?
Stay tuned. We'll talk about that on our earnings call.
All right. Well, I hope everybody dials in for that. We're just about out of time. Pete and Jay, thanks so much for a great discussion. Thanks, everybody, for joining today.
Thanks, Robbie.
Thanks, Robbie.
Transkripte auf Deutsch freischalten
- Alle Event Transkripte auf Deutsch
- Sofortige Übersetzung
- KI-Zusammenfassungen für die wichtigsten Insights
GE HealthCare Technologies — 44th Annual J.P. Morgan Healthcare Conference
GE HealthCare Technologies — 44th Annual J.P. Morgan Healthcare Conference
📣 Kernbotschaft
- Kernaussage: GE HealthCare positioniert sich von einem reinen Imaging‑Anbieter zu einer integrierten Healthcare‑Solutions‑Firma (Precision Care, Growth Acceleration, Business Optimization). Fokus auf AI‑gestützte Plattformen (D3: Drugs, Devices, Digitization), breite Produktwelle und disziplinierte Kapitalallokation sollen mittelfristig Umsatz und Margen steigern.
🎯 Strategische Highlights
- Produktoffensive: Neun „Needle‑Mover“ von RSNA: Whole‑body PET (Omni, FDA‑pending), Photon Counting CT (Photonova Spectra), StarGuide GX, MR‑Plattform, Vivid Pioneer, Allia Moveo – viele Launches US/CE‑mark bis 2026.
- AI & Plattform: Führend bei FDA‑AI‑Authorizations (115), Aufbau von CareIntellect als SaaS‑/Orchestrierungs‑Layer; Intelerad‑Übernahme für cloud‑first PACS zur AI‑Orchestrierung.
- Operative Disziplin: „Heartbeat“ Lean‑System, Platforming zur Margenverbesserung, strukturelle Optimierungen und gezielte Tuck‑ins.
🔭 Neue Informationen
- Konkretes: Intelerad‑Deal geplant für H1‑Schluss; viele Produktlaunches sollen 2026/insb. 2027 Wirkung entfalten; Flyrcado prognostiziert >$500M bis 2028 und langfristig potenziell $1B bei 25% PET‑NPI; AI‑Monetarisierung verschiebt sich schrittweise in SaaS‑Modelle.
❓ Fragen der Analysten
- Portfolio & M&A: Nachfrage nach intern vs. externem Wachstum – Management: Balance; Intelerad als typisches tuck‑in, ROIC‑Ziel hoch‑einstelliger Bereich bis Jahr 5.
- AI‑Monetarisierung: Wird breit eingesetzt, aktuell eher Wertstiftung als volle Monetarisierung; CareIntellect soll SaaS‑Erlöse generieren.
- Wachstum & China: 2026 soll sich beschleunigen (Backlog stark); China bleibt konservativ geplant, kein „heroischer“ Schnell‑Turnaround eingeplant.
⚡ Bottom Line
- Bewertung: Klar produkt- und AI‑getriebene Wachstumsstory mit glaubwürdigem Margin‑Fokus; wesentliche Umsatz‑hebel entfalten sich überwiegend 2027ff. Kurzfristig hängt der Erfolg an Execution (Produkt‑Ramp, Radiopharma‑Netzwerk, Intelerad‑Integration) und der tatsächlichen AI‑Monetarisierung.
GE HealthCare Technologies — Jefferies London Healthcare Conference 2025
1. Question Answer
Thanks for joining us here at the Jefferies Global Healthcare Conference, the JPMorgan of the East. So I'm Matt Taylor, the U.S. Medical supplies and devices analyst here at Jefferies, and I'm joined by the management team from GE Healthcare. Today, we have Jay Saccaro, the CFO; and Carolynne Borders, who runs Investor Relations for the company. And we'll have about 25 minutes for a fireside chat.
So I'll kick things off here, Jay. Maybe I know a lot of these meetings, there are some newer investors in the room, and so it makes sense to start a little bit high level.
Can you talk about the evolution of GE as you've spun out? And maybe give us a sense for your portfolio across imaging and the other divisions and how they fit together and give you the right to win in your markets?
Great. Matt, first of all, thank you for the invitation to the conference. It's great to see you on this side of the Atlantic, and thanks to those for joining us to those new to the story, I appreciate your interest in our company, and we do see some familiar faces here as well. To your point, we spun off a couple of years ago, and we spun out with the mission to create a world where health care has no limits. And I have to say we've been incredibly excited about the progress that we've made over the last several years, really a durable financial profile with margin expansion, with durable sales growth. And then with the promise of an investment in innovation, which we've been hard at work at setting us up to unlock future growth. And so I would say, over the last several years, we've made tremendous progress advancing our portfolio across all 4 of our business segments, and we're now in a really interesting spot as we look to the future.
So what do I mean? We start with -- we start as one of the leaders in imaging in the world. We're one of the largest imaging companies in the world, CT, MR. We have tremendous offerings in our existing product portfolio, but also a lot of exciting innovation, which we will talk more about. In our AVS business, which is our ultrasound along with our surgical business, we have a tremendous product offering, and we've started refreshing this already. If you look at our third quarter sales growth, you would have seen our AVS business grow 6% in the quarter. one of the faster growth rates that we've seen in a number of quarters. And what that really comes down to is a lot of the innovation investments that we've made over the last several years, refreshing our ultrasound platform, launching a next-generation cath lab.
So a lot of great progress underpins that growth rate. In our PDx business, so excited to bring to market our Flyrcado product. We just recently announced another partnership as of yesterday in the U.S. and this represents a game change in myocardial perfusion imaging, which we're excited about to pay dividends for patients for years to come. And then finally, our PCS business. Listen, this business had some challenges in the third quarter. We saw a decline in sales really related to a product hold that we had, which we resolved. So we'll see that business resume a little bit more of a normal profile in the fourth quarter. But on the back of a number of important innovations in anesthesia and monitoring, we'll start to see an acceleration into the future. So it's a really durable broad-based portfolio of products that we sell, underpinned by favorable long-term dynamics and innovation that's going to lead us into the future.
Maybe we could start just by talking further about the CapEx environment. We get a lot of questions about this. And earlier in the year, there were some tariff concerns. There's sort of always some concerns that hospitals may be constrained. Can you talk about how that's impacting your demand, the customer appetite for your solutions? Do you see a healthy CapEx environment going forward? And because you're a global company, maybe highlight some differences between the U.S., EMEA and China.
Sure. Overall, the market has been robust and look no further than our order growth. While I think we performed well, it was in the context of a constructive market backdrop for imaging and other aspects of our equipment. We delivered 6% orders growth. Our backlog sits at a near record level. And our book-to-bill was 1.06x in the quarter, which these are all really healthy indicators about where the market currently sits. But here's the other interesting thing. Every quarter, we do a series of surveys of our primary customers. And we talked to them throughout the quarter, but formally, we look at this at the end of the quarter. And the market is robust. We've seen a real interest in radiology equipment. It's incredibly -- it's a real area of focus for hospitals today. We expect that to continue.
Radiology departments in many hospitals are constrained today. They're also a very durable source of profits for hospitals. So having the latest equipment, having that equipment work well is crucially important. And so we're seeing interest in that in all markets. The U.S., it's been a very constructive environment. Interestingly, we're seeing tender activity in Europe pick up. We also had reported very strong growth in the quarter in EMEA, which was a nice turning point for us. We've seen some really good momentum in the EMEA markets. And again, the backdrop is constructive. And then in China, we are seeing tender activity pick up. I've said that. We said that on the call and the recovery is ongoing. That's been the most challenging market. And then developing markets outside of China, again, a lot of interest in expanding access to care, a lot of interest in adding capacity in radiology and areas like that. So we're seeing a very good environment there. Overall, the capital environment is a constructive one right now.
Great. And you mentioned the near record backlog, the trailing 12 order growth of about 6%. And I think that should give us some confidence you're moving towards your mid-single-digit goal. You've already committed to some acceleration next year off of the 3%. So maybe just talk about how the backlog could convert over the next 4 to 6 quarters from the trailing orders that you've seen?
No, that's exactly right. For us, we have said over the midterm, we expect to be a mid-single-digit growth company. So that means over the next several years, you're compounding 4% to 6% growth. Now last year was a disappointment. We had a China market challenge. So we grew 1% last year. This year, we'll grow 3%. But we are seeing very robust orders performance. And by the way, it's important not to overreact to a single quarter. Third quarter was -- second quarter was 3%; third quarter was 6%. We look at things over a trailing 4-quarter basis. I think that's a good way to kind of study the market. And what we see over that period of time is we're sitting at 6% trailing orders growth. which is exactly -- it's a great number for us to be at to support future revenue growth.
And so normally, we don't comment on a third quarter call about future performance. But as we sit here today with the robust backlog that we have in place -- and by the way, with the robust backlog with dates to convert, a lot of the dates to convert are in the next 12 months, we feel very good about an acceleration versus this year's growth of 3%, which it's all supported by that. Then as we move forward, here's the interesting thing. At RSNA, we're going to talk about our product portfolio in detail. And everybody in the room is invited to join us in Chicago, Illinois in a few weeks. And what you will see at RSNA is a whole new set of products across our portfolio. We'll talk about a photon counting. We'll talk about whole body PET. We'll talk about a number of AVS launches, a next-generation MR device.
We've been hard at work investing in R&D and also delivering on our time lines so that we can have the successful show, but more than that, start selling those products and see the impact next year. Now the reality is most of the impact from an order standpoint will be in the second half of the year, and the sales impact from this will start to accrue to 2027 versus '26. So we'll start to see an acceleration even beyond next year from these new products. But as we sit here looking at 2026, we were able to say we expect an acceleration on the back of the strong backlog and the performance that we've seen to date.
Great. And a big part of the story, I think, for investors on the margin side of things. And I guess I wanted you to talk a little bit about that. Q3 margins were down, but ex tariffs, they were up. And you continue to make progress on all the Kaizen initiatives that you like to talk about. There's a lot of productivity opportunity and innovation and pricing opportunities. So maybe you can unpack that and give us some flavor for how margins could ride alongside some of that growth improvement you're hoping for.
Sure. Going hand-in-hand with revenue acceleration is margin. I think from a company standpoint, we're focused really on 3 things: revenue growth, margin expansion and free cash flow conversion. All 3 of those are crucial metrics to us, and we intend to deliver on all aspects of that. From a sales standpoint, we've talked about getting to this mid-single digit over time. From a margin standpoint, we've talked about 17% to 20% plus in the midterm, which means we have a fair amount of work to do to get there. 2025 would have been a good year were it not for tariffs. Excluding tariffs, we'll see about 30 basis points of margin expansion this year. But obviously, this year, we were so focused on addressing tariffs and setting us up for tariff improvement next year.
What do I mean by that? Well, in 2025, we experienced about $260 million, $265 million of tariff impact to our financials. Now the gross impact was roughly twice that. But through things like USMCA certification, through things like working with our suppliers to think about alternate sources of supply, using free trade zones and thinking carefully about where we supply different markets from what factory and facility, through all of those mechanisms, we were able to cut the impact in half from gross to net. As we move to next year, what you would normally expect to see is an increase in tariffs because this year, there's only really when you consider FIFO, approximately 2.5 quarters of impact in our numbers, something along those lines.
So most folks would point to an increase next year. We expect tariff down next year because we will have more of the mechanisms that we've put in place. We will benefit from more of them. We'll think further about what we can do to improve our supply chain in the face of tariffs. So for all of these reasons, we'll see an enhancement next year and a reduction in tariff expense year-over-year. So not only -- so tariffs will be a source of earnings tailwind as it declines year-over-year. Now taking a step back, this idea of continued margin improvement even at an increasing rate relative to 30 basis points, that's really important to us. And so we look at every single lever.
First of all, the new products that we're launching typically come at a higher price and lower cost than the predicate. And so the result of that is you have a natural margin uplift from new product launches. But even given the existing portfolio, we are intensely -- you talked about Kaizen. We are intensely focused on improving the productivity of our manufacturing facilities and our supply chain network to drive gross margin improvements through those initiatives, through pricing initiatives and then also generally through thinking carefully about SG&A spending. And I didn't say R&D because we'll continue to invest in R&D, hopefully at accelerated rates. But from an SG&A standpoint, we are very deliberate around SG&A spending, how we control this, use of AI to become more efficient. All of those things will come to bear on the SG&A line. So as we go forward, very compelled by the margin opportunity. And also as tariffs abate, that will be another accelerant.
And Matt, if I could just add, prior to the April tariffs that came into play, we did have a track record of delivering more than 100 basis points of margin expansion in each of the 2 years after we spun.
Maybe one just follow-up on the margins because you have so many new products coming out, and we didn't even talk about Flyrcado or the PDx growth path yet, which are also accretive. Could you talk about how mix could affect the margins in the next 2 years?
Yes. So that's exactly right. Mix to new products is absolutely helpful to the overall margin story. When we swap a version of the product that we sell today for a new product, typically, in some cases, not always, but typically, you have a higher price because it's a new product with new features and oftentimes, you have a lower cost, too. And so that mix shift will be an important aspect of what we do. The other thing, when we're launching new products, we've been very focused on simplification of platforms. It used to be that we would have many different CT platforms, many different MR platforms. And the result of that is higher cost simply. As we launch these new products, we're consolidating the number of platforms, leading to an enhanced cost position in that regard. So another driver related to mix and kind of R&D impact on margin.
And maybe we'll shift then to PDx, which has been a hot topic. I'd love to talk a little bit more about Flyrcado. You've talked a lot about this $500 million goal in 2028. And it was nice to see another announcement yesterday with a new partnership with a large cardiology group. So maybe talk about how you're setting up the infrastructure and these partnerships to be able to achieve and hopefully overachieve that goal.
We're very excited about the Flyrcado opportunity. And you see it in the partnerships that we've set up. I think now we're talking about 300,000 images with the partners that we've talked about specifically, which is a really exciting place to be. The one that we announced yesterday with Cardiovascular Associates followed a pilot study that they did. We worked very closely with them to assess the product -- to support them in their assessment of the product. They then sort of work through their internal mechanisms before they decided to roll out. So we were so thrilled with their assessment of not only the product, but our ability to help them as a customer deliver this to their patients and then roll it out. We sit here with a very compelling long-term opportunity.
We've talked about if you converted 25% of the PET NPIs today, it's like -- it's a $1 billion opportunity. That's not even talking about SPECT conversion. That's PET only. And so for us, we're not limiting ourselves in any regard on this. But what's been very important in the rollout is being very measured in how we work with customers because it's one thing to say, we really like the image quality. But that's not the only thing that we do when we support a customer. If it was just about images, that would be very straightforward. It's how do we supply the customers consistently with the radiopharmaceutical -- radiopharmacy network that we set up. How do we support our customers in terms of optimizing workflow so that they can be efficient with this new model.
And finally, how can we support them in their reimbursement. It's one thing to say, oh, we have reimbursement in place. It's quite another thing to actually have patients at this clinic get reimbursed for Flyrcado. And so we've worked very hard with our customers on all of those aspects and more. And I think that the recent partnerships that we've announced, which are reflective of successful pilot studies really are an indication of all that hard work that we've put in place that now sets us up to capitalize on this very attractive long-term growth opportunity.
Maybe just to try to put a finer point on it. I guess, does slightly missing or missing the $30 million goal at all change your view about whether you can do $500 million? And is the message really that now that you've signed these partnerships and have a better view of the funnel that you're even more confident in that?
Yes. I think what we said on the call is we're more confident today than we certainly were like 6, 9 months ago about the long-term opportunity. Look no further than the 2 partnerships that we put in place, look no further than the momentum. If you talk to -- and I think you did some very nice work on this and others do as well in terms of surveying doctors, they're very excited about this product offering and what we bring to bear and the quality of the images -- so from a -- I think the most important thing is, is the demand there? It absolutely is. Okay, once you have that, let's make sure we optimize supply and delivery to capitalize on this. And I would say that we're more excited about the demand side perhaps than we previously were.
Great. And maybe just to address this issue because it's come up in the last week or so, some discussion about a new generic entrant into the contrast space. And I would love for you to just talk about the outlook for contrast generally, how do you expect that underlying business to grow? And then maybe address the impact of the new entrant. I know you said it was not material, but be helpful, I think, for investors to understand how you've been able to defend in this market over time with all your other franchises.
Sure. So this area is -- has been an important and durable business for us for many years. And contrast agents are crucially important to our hospital systems, to our health care systems and folks have valued a lot of what we bring to bear, most notably consistency of supply. Because at the end of the day, sometimes these markets are very tightly constrained. Sometimes they're in shortage mode. And all of that creates a real premium on consistency of supply. We've seen that over the last several years. Over the last years, this has been a great and durable growth business for us, and we expect that to continue.
Now what I would tell you is these are generic markets today in the sense that I think there are 3 or 4 competitors for our OmniPay product on the market today. We sell against them on a day in, day out basis. And they all enjoy some level of success. But what we're able to do is we have a broad portfolio of products, and this is included in that. We're able to -- we have a track record with consistency of supply, which is extremely important. We've been doing this for a long time. So we've climbed the experience curve in terms of getting product manufactured and to market. So for all of those reasons, despite the fact that we had 3 competitors and now we have 4 competitors, we've been able to succeed in this market, which we will expect to continue to do. We did have a competitor launch a generic version of Omnipaque that came out on Friday.
And what I will say is they launched with 2 SKUs, which are a very, very small portion of our total PDx sales and a very trivial amount of the total company sales. So we don't expect a big impact from that. Now will they add incremental SKUs? Perhaps I expect that they would if you talk to them. But despite that, our view is we'll have our agreements in place. We'll emphasize what we do well. This is not -- these are not simple products to provide to the market. We will continue to do that with excellence and stand behind our product and our commitments there. So we don't expect this to be a large impact to our 2026 expectations or anything beyond that.
Maybe pivoting, we have a few minutes left. I did want to ask you a little bit about AI and software. And I think this is one of the first real and important use cases for AI in med tech really to see you've now got 100, I think, or so FDA-approved AI modules. Could you talk a little bit about the ones that are getting traction? Maybe give a few examples of how AI is really adding value to your portfolio. And investors ask a lot about sort of the size of that business or how do you monetize that? How does that really add to the recurring and high-margin opportunities that you have in the future?
Great. So we're incredibly excited about the impact of AI on our business. I think some aspects of AI will be table stakes for winning in imaging and ultrasound in the future. I think other aspects represent a real opportunity for us to differentiate our product offering. Look no further than AIR Recon DL. AIR Recon DL is essentially AI used to improve the signal-to-noise ratio of your standard MRI. And what it does is it improves image quality and it also reduces imaging time. And as you think about the constraints on hospitals today, suite utilization is one of them. To the extent that you can get people through an MRI faster, it's a really big and positive development for the hospital.
So it's no wonder that we are selling a large number of AIR Recon DL software add-ons to our existing installed base and also even our new magnets. And what we're also seeing is this AI, people are choosing our product because of offerings like this. And so that's a great example of, I think around 30% of our installed base has AIR Recon DL attached to it today. So a great example of AI in the real world, driving better outcomes and also creating incremental economic value for us. Now I would say that across our product portfolio, we have very real and tangible examples beyond this. So for example, in our ultrasound business, we did a deal with a company called Caption Health. We acquired them a few years ago. And what Caption Health does is it uses artificial intelligence to help guide sonographers to more effectively, efficiently get ultrasounds performed.
And interestingly, it actually does it in a way that allows them to an untrained sonographer to take an ultrasound. So incredibly exciting offering. We've incorporated this into our latest generation of a number of our products, and it's incredibly well received. As we think about all of the data in our PCS business, another rich area to use artificial intelligence to assess signal to identify opportunity for intervention or taking care of patients in different ways. I think artificial intelligence is crucially important for imaging companies. We've invested. Part of the reason why we've grown our R&D spending so much is investments in artificial intelligence. And I'm proud that we did have 100 FDA approvals of AI-enabled devices. We're going to continue to have more.
Great. I think we could talk for a long time, but we have to end there. But thank you so much for your time, and thanks, everybody, for your interest in GE.
Transkripte auf Deutsch freischalten
- Alle Event Transkripte auf Deutsch
- Sofortige Übersetzung
- KI-Zusammenfassungen für die wichtigsten Insights
GE HealthCare Technologies — Jefferies London Healthcare Conference 2025
GE HealthCare Technologies — Jefferies London Healthcare Conference 2025
📣 Kernbotschaft
- Kern: GE HealthCare stellt sich als breit aufgestellter Med‑Tech‑Konzern dar: führend in Bildgebung, AVS (Ultraschall/OP), PDx (Diagnostik, z.B. Flyrcado) und PCS (Patientenmonitoring). Fokus auf Innovation, Margenexpansion und Free‑Cash‑Flow; Orderwachstum und Near‑Record‑Backlog untermauern Wachstumserwartung.
🎯 Strategische Highlights
- Portfolio: Neue Produkte (Photon‑Counting CT, Whole‑Body PET, Next‑Gen MR, AVS/Cath‑Lab) sollen Umsatzmix verschieben und höhere Preise/niedrigere Kosten liefern.
- PDx / Flyrcado: Partnerschaften und Pilotstudien treiben Rollout; Ziel $500M bis 2028 bleibt Leitbild, Management zeigt erhöhte Zuversicht trotz einem verfehlten $30M‑Zwischenziel.
- KapEx & Märkte: Global konstruktiver Investitionsmarkt, 6% Orders (TTM), Book‑to‑Bill 1,06x; EMEA Tenderaufleben, China Erholung.
🔭 Neue Informationen
- Tarife: 2025er Tarifimpact ~ $260–265M; Management erwartet deutliche Abnahme durch USMCA‑Zertifizierungen, Lieferkettenanpassungen und Free‑Trade‑Zonen, was 2026 Margen entlasten sollte.
- Produkttiming: Viele neue Produkte werden auf der RSNA vorgestellt; wesentliche Order‑Effekte voraussichtlich in H2 und Umsatzwirkung primär 2027.
❓ Fragen der Analysten
- Backlog‑Konvertierung: Diskussion, dass viele Backlog‑Termine innerhalb 12 Monaten liegen; Management erwartet Beschleunigung gegenüber dem diesjährigen 3% Wachstum.
- Margen‑Treiber: Nachfrage nach Details zu Kaizen, Preisgestaltung, Mixeffekten; Tarifreduktion und Mix zu neuen Produkten als Haupthebel.
- Wettbewerb & PDx: Auswirkungen eines generischen Kontrastmittels als trivial eingeschätzt; Flyrcado‑Rollout, Supply & Erstattungsmodell wurden als kritische Erfolgsfaktoren vertieft.
⚡ Bottom Line
- Implikation: Fireside‑Chat bestätigt Story: robuste Nachfrage, hoher Backlog, zielgerichtete Investitionen in Produktinnovation und AI (≈100 FDA‑Module; AIR Recon DL ~30% Install‑Base). Tarife und operative Umsetzung bleiben kurzfristige Risiken; mittelfristig sollte Mix‑ und Tarifeffekt Margen und Wachstum stützen — relevant für Anleger, die auf Produktzyklus und Margenverbesserung setzen.
GE HealthCare Technologies — Q3 2025 Earnings Call
1. Management Discussion
Good day, everyone, and welcome to GE Healthcare Third Quarter 2025 Earnings Conference Call. [Operator Instructions] Please note that this conference is being recorded.
Now it's my pleasure to turn the call over to the Investor Relations Officer, Carolynne Borders.
Please proceed.
Thanks, operator. Good morning, and welcome to GE Healthcare's Third Quarter 2025 Earnings Call. I'm joined by our President and CEO, Peter Arduini; and Vice President and CFO, Jay Saccarod. Our conference call remarks will include both GAAP and non-GAAP financial results. Reconciliations between GAAP and non-GAAP measures can be found in today's press release and in the presentation slides available on our website. During this call, we'll make forward-looking statements about our performance. These statements are based on how we see things today. As described in our SEC filings, actual results may differ materially due to risks and uncertainties.
With that, I'll hand the call over to Peter.
Thanks, Carolynne.
Good morning, and thank you for joining us today. We delivered another quarter of solid results, and we're focused on executing our Precision Care strategy. In the third quarter, organic revenue grew 4%. We delivered robust orders growth of 6% with growth across all segments. This reflects solid customer demand for our innovative solutions, a healthy capital equipment environment and our strong commercial execution. We're now entering a new wave of innovation as a result of our increased R&D investments over the past few years. When you couple this with our focus on lean, we expect to accelerate future top and bottom line growth.
Solid backlog demonstrates that our customers are investing in our new products and solutions. For instance, we're seeing robust growth in contrast media and nuclear medicine, where we're uniquely positioned to deliver end-to-end solutions for our customers. Our synergistic portfolio of diagnostic imaging equipment radiopharmaceuticals, AI cloud and software help drive efficiencies for our customers and creates a competitive advantage for the company.
Looking at commercial execution. We continue to see momentum across our business as we secured multiple large system deals in the quarter, totaling nearly $0.5 billion in future revenue. Earlier this month, we announced a 14-year Care Alliance with UC San Diego Health focused on early detection and advancing cancer care with imaging solutions and novel therapies such as theranostics. Collaborations like these exemplify our ability to leverage our broad portfolio and service capabilities to deepen relationships with customers, creating predictable revenue streams.
To support this, we've strategically invested in capabilities that accelerate growth and expand margins while enhancing operational efficiency across the health care ecosystem. In addition to organic investment, our disciplined capital allocation approach has strengthened our portfolio. For example, our planned acquisition of ICO metric includes digital tools to help clinicians detect and quantify potential high-risk side effects in patients undergoing Alzheimer's therapies.
Global approvals of these therapies are increasing and demand for more frequent MRI exams -- our PET amyloid agent, [ Visma, ] are also growing. With the integration of Icometrics technologies into our MR systems, we will strengthen our unique and comprehensive portfolio to support the full Alzheimer's care pathway. This is a great example of our D3 strategy at work, smart devices and imaging and drugs in PDX enabled by AI to create meaningful value for our customers and patients while driving sustainable growth for the company.
As we continue to navigate a dynamic global environment, our teams remain agile and focused on operational improvements and actions to reduce tariff impact. We've mitigated approximately 50% of our 2025 gross exposure, and we're on track with our goal of delivering a lower net tariff impact in 2026 versus 2025 based on currently enacted tariffs. As a result of our strong performance year-to-date and the healthy capital environment trends we're observing, we're pleased to raise our adjusted EPS guidance, which Jay will expand on later in the call.
Above all, we're intensely focused on delivering for our customers and shareholders. With that, I'll hand the call over to Jay.
Jay?
Thanks, Pete. Let's start with our financial performance on Slide 4. We're pleased with our solid operational performance across the business in the quarter. Revenues of [indiscernible] billion increased 4% year-over-year organically, ahead of our expectations. Revenue growth was driven by strength in our imaging, ABS and PDX businesses. We saw particular strength across EMEA and the U.S. On a reported basis, service revenue was strong, growing 6% year-over-year, driven by new and existing customer agreements. Product revenue was up 5% year-over-year reflecting healthy customer demand and procedure volumes. We delivered robust organic orders growth in the quarter, up 6% year-over-year. On a trailing 4-quarter average Orders growth was also up 6%.
We delivered strong book-to-bill at 1.06x, and we exited the quarter with a solid backlog at $21.2 billion. Taken together, we believe these metrics as well as our success with multiyear enterprise deals and high-margin innovations are good indicators of future growth. Adjusted EBIT margin was 14.8%, down 150 basis points year-over-year. We delivered adjusted EPS of $1.07 per share down 6% year-over-year. This included approximately $0.16 of tariff impact. Excluding this impact, adjusted EPS would have been up in the high single digits year-over-year. Lastly, our free cash flow was $483 million in the quarter. Looking closer at margin performance in the third quarter on Slide 5 and adjusted EBIT margin of 14.8% was down due to the impact of tariffs, which was approximately $95 million and was partially offset by favorable volume and pricing.
Excluding the tariff impact of 180 basis points, adjusted EBIT margin would have expanded approximately 30 basis points. Adjusted gross margin declined 300 basis points year-over-year, primarily due to tariff impact and investments. Strong volume growth and sustained pricing momentum have helped to partially offset broader macroeconomic margin pressures. Related to investments. Similar to last quarter, we had certain costs move from R&D to cost of goods sold as products move closer to commercialization, including in MR and PET, without this shift, R&D expense would be up year-over-year, reflecting our continued commitment to innovation investment.
We have a number of strategic programs underway to drive operational margin expansion. These include sourcing from lower-cost regions, developing second sources, implementing value engineering initiatives, executing targeted site transfers and achieving price increases. These efforts are not only designed to improve our margin, but also strategically reduce our exposure to high tariff trade flows, further strengthening our global supply chain resilience and margin profile. Taken together, these initiatives contributed to the 30 basis points of adjusted EBIT margin improvement, excluding the impact of tariffs, and we mitigated nearly half of the gross tariff impact.
We're also driving greater efficiency in SG&A while making targeted investments in commercial capabilities, such as with Florcado to strengthen our go-to-market approach and support long-term growth. These actions reflect our commitment to margin expansion and delivering sustainable value. Moving to segment performance, starting with imaging on Slide 6. Organic revenue in the quarter was up 4% versus the prior year, driven by strong commercial execution in EMEA and the U.S. as imaging equipment remains a top investment priority for customers.
Segment EBIT margin declined 260 basis points year-over-year, largely driven by tariff pressures. We're pleased that sequentially, both imaging revenue and margin increased. We're focused on disciplined price management as well as operational efficiency and platforming improvements. Overall, we saw robust growth in the U.S. as customers continue to upgrade an aging installed base in areas such as radiology and cardiology. Turning to Advanced Visualization Solutions on Slide 7. Organic revenue was up 6% year-over-year with strong performance in the U.S. and demand for new products. Segment EBIT margin increased by 180 basis points year-over-year, driven by volume growth and cost productivity.
We had strong execution in new products and commercial investments that are delivering faster growth and higher margins. This was the fourth consecutive quarter of year-over-year sales and margin growth for AVS. Our pipeline continues to focus on growing many clinical areas, including our cardiovascular ultrasound market leadership. Examples of this include our most recent Vivid pioneer launch, which has been well received by customers and other key products for radiology and cardiology interventional procedures. In addition, AI-enabled products launched earlier in the year are contributing significantly to our revenue growth and margin expansion.
Turning to Patient Care Solutions on Slide 8. Orders growth in the third quarter was healthy. However, organic revenue was down 7% versus the prior year, primarily due to a product hold. This hold has now been resolved and shipments for the impacted products have resumed, positioning us for a sequential sales step-up in the fourth quarter. Segment EBIT margin declined by 680 basis points year-over-year. primarily driven by the product hold unfavorable product mix and tariffs. With expected volume improvements and continued productivity actions, we anticipate a meaningful sequential improvement in EBIT margin in the fourth quarter.
Earlier this year, we brought [ Gannett Bancasson ] as our PCS leader, and we're seeing progress around her efforts with the goal to improve growth and margin performance. She's working to drive commercial execution for recent product launches and setting the business up for sustainable growth. She brings a new perspective and her top priorities are accelerating growth driving variable cost productivity and optimizing our cost structure. We're confident these actions will yield meaningful results. We're also excited about new product launches and AI-driven software solutions in PCS. These build on our clinical capabilities and are expected to drive faster growth and higher margins.
Moving to pharmaceutical diagnostics on Slide 9. We delivered a strong quarter with sales growing 10% organically year-over-year. This was driven by solid performance in our contrast media and radiopharmaceutical portfolios, both of which contribute to our growing recurring revenue profile. EBIT grew 14% while margins declined 150 basis points year-over-year due to planned investments in NPIs such as Florcado as well as the Nihan metaphysic acquisition. We're very encouraged by the growth in our U.S. Radiopharmaceuticals business and in our molecular imaging equipment, Imaging and PDX work in concert. And when enabled by AI and services, we're uniquely positioned to bring value in new ways for our customers.
Let's look at cash performance on Slide 10. We delivered free cash flow of $483 million with a 99% free cash flow conversion. This was down $168 million year-over-year primarily due to higher receivables attributable to revenue growth as well as higher tariff payments of approximately $95 million. As it relates to our capital allocation strategy, our priority is to drive organic growth while evaluating a rich M&A pipeline focused on tuck-in opportunities. We'll maintain a disciplined approach that aligns with the key metrics we've discussed in the past. During the third quarter, we repurchased approximately $100 million of our shares reflecting our confidence in our growth prospects.
Our strong balance sheet, coupled with an attractive leverage profile positions us well to execute on our capital allocation strategy. Now let's turn to our outlook on Slide 11. Given the strong performance year-to-date and healthy capital investment trends, we're updating our guidance for full year 2025. We continue to expect full year organic revenue growth of approximately 3%. Based on where our rates are today, we expect FX to be a 50 basis point tailwind to revenue. Adjusted EBIT margin for the full year is unchanged in the range of 15.2% to 15.4%. We remain focused on innovation, productivity and G&A optimization to drive long-term margin expansion. We expect our adjusted effective tax rate to be in the range of 20% to 21% for the full year. For adjusted EPS, we're raising the lower end of our guidance range and now expect to deliver between $4.51 and $4.63 per share for the full year.
Based on the current environment, we continue to expect tariffs in 2025 to impact adjusted EPS by approximately $0.45 for the year. Finally, we expect to deliver free cash flow of at least $1.4 billion for the full year, which includes the tariff payments. With that, I'll turn the call over to Pete.
Pete?
Thanks, Jay. Turning to innovation. We've invested more than $3 billion in R&D since 2022 to deliver differentiated products and solutions that exceed customer expectations. Our R&D and go-to-market execution is enabling accelerated growth and margin improvement. A great example of this is in ABS. In 2024, we launched AI-powered systems across the entire segment. We've had strong customer adoption for these products. For example, in image-guided solutions, we redesigned our Interventional Cardiology system, [ Alia, ] with a more powerful tube reduced footprint and onboard AI capabilities. It's ideal for ambulatory surgical centers and office-based labs, allowing us to partner with customers and win new deals in a rapidly growing ASC setting.
In addition, our Ultrasound portfolio underwent a complete refresh. We integrated advanced technology like Caption AI and are upgrading our entire fleet of our clinical subsystems into common platforms, which has increased the margins of these new products compared to prior models. All of these are driving revenue growth and margin accretion now, and we expect that to continue in 2026 and beyond. Moving to the middle row on the chart, where we featured several products that are commercially available in 2025 and PCS, we're excited about 3 new products. a completely refreshed anesthesia delivery system, a monitoring platform that allows us to compete in new ways outside the U.S. and Care Intellect for perinatal, a SaaS offering designed with clinicians to provide real-time insights in labor and delivery.
It's the first of many clinical and operational applications that we expect to deliver faster growth, higher margins and recurring revenue for PCS. Feedback on [indiscernible] is strong with exceptional image quality, half-life benefits, healthy reimbursement and new global guidelines to increase clinical confidence. As a result, our prospect list is expanding and we're going slow to go fast, so that customers get the best experience as this pharmaceutical has many years of strong growth opportunity in front of us. In September, we signed an agreement to distribute Vocado through CDL and an outpatient cardiology leader accounting for about 1/3 of the current U.S. pet procedures.
Our commercial and clinical teams are working closely with their CDL counterparts to begin transitioning their customer volume in the coming quarters. We're also encouraged by the strong backlog of new pet systems that will support imaging tracer growth. In imaging, it's great to see the pipeline coming together after 4 years of investment. The new products will bring unique capabilities to the market and be key enablers for our sales teams to drive faster growth and higher margins in the imaging portfolio. We're entering a new wave of innovation across the enterprise, and these are some of our boldest ideas yet. We're confident that we have the right innovations across all of our segments, a strong commercial strategy and a clear path to accelerate revenue growth from these new products over the medium term.
In summary, we feel good about our third quarter performance and the disciplined execution that has helped us effectively navigate a dynamic environment. I'm proud of our teams as they work to offset costs and manage through macro challenges. We're pleased that despite a $0.45 tariff headwind, we expect to deliver adjusted EPS growth for the year. We remain fully committed to our total company medium-term targets shared at Investor Day and feel good about the underpinnings that support that growth. The fundamentals of our business remain strong. Globally, we continue to see a healthy capital equipment market and tenders are improving in China with the recovery ongoing. While PCS had a challenging quarter, with new leadership and fresh eyes on the portfolio, we expect to see significant improvements in this segment.
Lastly, as planned, we will introduce a significant number of new AI-enabled products, solutions and services at RSNA. As we discussed at our last investor conference, these new products are expected to drive significant growth over the medium term and play a key role in margin expansion, plan to join us in Chicago on December 1 and 2.
Now let's open up the call for questions.
Thank you, Peter. [Operator Instructions]
Operator, can you please open the line.
[Operator Instructions]. One moment for our first question. And it comes from the line of Lawrence Biegelsen with Wells Fargo.
2. Question Answer
Congrats on a nice quarter here. I wanted to start on China. I heard your comments earlier on tenders improving in China. Any additional color on what you're seeing, how you're thinking about growth there this year and next year? And I know you won't comment on media reports, but can you comment on how you're thinking about your business in China long term? And if you'd consider ways to mitigate the risk or exposure to that market? And I had one follow-up.
Yes, Larry. As I said in the prepared comments, we're seeing the stimulus kind of tender activity improve and the recovery in the market is ongoing. I think that's kind of the headline. Last quarter, I spoke about our second half China sales being lower than the first half, and that's playing out as we expected. Our new leader in the role there, Will, is doing a really nice job. He's been focused on making investments in market access capabilities and renewing our focus on clinical selling. And where we've implemented those changes, which we're going to be going across the whole country with them, we've seen positive progress both in ultrasound and imaging.
And so look, the market has been challenged over the past 2 years due to stimulus as well as the anticorruption campaign. That said, we don't see any structural reason to prevent China market returning from growth. Look, to your last point that you made, look, we like the China business. It's one of the largest health care markets in the world, a significant portion of the population needing better access to care. We're optimistic about its long-term potential. I would say we constantly look at our segments, our countries, our products and assess their growth, their margin and ultimately, they're fit in the portfolio. It's just kind of how we run our business, is what we do.
That's super helpful. Pete, for my follow-up, the press release, the slides and talk about revenue growth acceleration. It sounds like you're still confident in achieving your $26 to $28 million revenue growth target of mid-single-digit organic growth. I just want to confirm that. And how much do you need China to recover to hit that goal? And is mid-single-digit growth on the table for next year?
Yes. Look, I would just say, over the medium term, we feel good about mid-single digit. Our views are the mid-single opportunity hasn't changed for us. Since we spun in 2023, we've invested, as we mentioned, significant amount in R&D. And it takes time for that to pay off. I think the example that we gave with ABS is a great example of how that's paying off. New products that have a faster growth profile because of leadership features, a better cost position, so it has higher profitability. And that same model will apply to imaging and also PCS.
So we're excited about RSNA coming up because you're going to see a lot of these new products coming out that will treat that capability that we just mentioned. So I think that's the broader point. But relative to China, consistent with what I've said in the past, if China remains roughly flat and stable market, all of our goals relative to mid-single digit are intact. Jay, you may...
Just Larry, [indiscernible] we're in our operating planning process right now. So a lot of work to be done there. But I think it's safe to say this year, our expectation is to grow approximately 3%. We pointed to record backlogs, outstanding book-to-bill order growth at 6% for the last 4 quarters. So we feel very good about the commercial momentum and the innovation momentum and so as we look at 26%, our expectation would be to grow faster than 3%. So stay tuned for our earnings call in February. But at this point in time, we feel very good about the progress that we've made.
Our next question is from Travis Steed with Bank of America Securities.
Congrats on a good quarter. Maybe the first question I have is maybe talk about some of the strength in Q3 and why it reiterate the full year revenue guidance and not let more of that flow through for Q4?
Thanks, Travis. We were definitely pleased with the commercial performance in the third quarter, and it's evidence of all the good progress that we're making both from innovation and also a go-to-market standpoint. We previously said 2% to 3% in the third quarter. We delivered 4%. And I would say a lot of that comes from our ABS business [indiscernible] seeing the dividends of all the innovation investment pay out, along with some great work in the field. We did see some particular strength across EMEA and U-Scan really driven by a healthy CapEx environment and the procedural trends there.
So overall, definitely pleased with the third quarter. As we look at the fourth quarter, our current expectation is 3% to 4% growth, very much aligned to our expectations in July. There's a bit of a benefit from the PCS, some of that coming back in the fourth quarter, that product hold. But as we did the analysis, historically, we've seen about a 9% step-up from Q3 to Q4. We're modeling at the midpoint, that 9% step-up. The other thing we look at when we do revenue forecasting is we look at this idea of secured rate. Remember, about half of our business is recurring and the other half is equipment related. And for the equipment related, we have a portion of that business that has delivery dates in the quarter.
And so at this point in the quarter, we have about 80% of the 50% secured. So we feel very good about where that sits relative to historic levels. It's consistent with that. Having said all of that, what I would say is our confidence in achieving the 3% has clearly increased based on the strong performance that we saw in the third quarter.
That's very helpful, Pete. And then Flacado, just make sure you're on track for the $30 million in this year and how you should think about some of the puts and takes as that ramps over 2026 and 2027?
Yes, Travis -- look, we're excited about this opportunity with Vical. Things -- opportunities like this only come around every once in a while. I mean the customer feedback on Vocado has been great, exceptional image quality over any other type of perfusion capabilities, the longer half-life unit dose model all this kind of making a significant game-changing innovation for nuclear cardiology. And as I said in the prepared remarks, we're going slow to go fast. So for us, it's crucially important at this stage of the launch. -- customers have an excellent experience and are getting their processes and capabilities in place that they can convert a majority of their patients are flacado over a reasonable time period.
So in 2025, we're going to be short of the $30 million, but with the progress we're making, we're really excited about the opportunity in '26 and beyond. So obviously, the question is, so why slower ramp in 2025? Look, we made a deliberate decision to prioritize the customer experience rather than short-term revenue. And look, we've slowed the launch for 2 reasons. One is on the supply side, remember, each of these products is delivered by a local contract manufacturing operation. And we're working to achieve a consistent 95% plus yield, which will deliver that exceptional experience to customers. It's taken some time to get to that level. but we're close to achieving that consistently now, which is a very good point.
Second, we're working with our customers on their workflow, which is a combination of their billing and patient processes at site. And so where we sit today, we're seeing week-over-week improvement on the number of patients treated with [indiscernible], and we expect that ramp considerably to move forward faster in the fourth quarter. So look, with significant interest building, our opportunity funnel is actually exceeding what we initially laid out. We expect [indiscernible] to have a significant meaningful impact over time. And this positions us really well on our midterm expectations for $0.5 billion by 2028.
If we were able to take 25% of the PET myocardia perfusion market and converted to [indiscernible] that would lead to roughly $1 billion a year. And so hence, why this launch taking it at the right pace, we believe is super critical.
Our next question is from Joanne Wuensch with Citibank.
I have 2. I'm just going to put them up front. Could you please give us an update on the timing for Photon counting and how we should think about that ramping? And then the second question has to do with the patient care solutions franchise. How do we think about going from down high single digits this quarter to reaccelerating over the next couple of quarters?
Thanks, Tian, for the question. Yes, on Photon County, we remain on track to our plans that we have laid out. As you've seen on the slide that I referenced in our deck with the new wave of innovation, we actually have it there listed on the page. I think it's no surprise that we're ramping up here to be able to talk about it at our biggest radiological show here in the near future. So all of our plans relative to FDA submission our plan is to be able to communicate and talk about it in more detail are on track. And again, I would just say, I'm, again, very excited about our approach. We are the most unique approach within the marketplace. It's the reason that we went this direction is not to follow the crowd, but to bring something that's going to have a significant impact in the marketplace, not just on the image quality changes, but actually how CT is used. And that's where we believe our deep silicon approach is going to make a significant difference in what's called spectral imaging.
So that's where we are, and we hope we'll see at the RSNA to see more of these technologies that I mentioned here on the page. Jay, maybe you can talk a little bit about PCS.
We were disappointed with PCS performance in the third quarter. And really, this comes down to a product hold. We did take quick action to be ready to ship units as soon as possible. our regulatory team did a great job navigating the pathway here. And the good news is that we're back in the market shipping we'll recover some of this in the fourth quarter. Some will bleed to next year. But overall, we feel good with the product back on the market. Of the 7% sales decline in the quarter, about $5 million of that was tied to the product hold. And the margin was also significantly impacted. In fact, about half of the margin decline year-over-year related to this product hold, we had a big tariff impact as well of about a couple of hundred basis points.
So as Pete said or I said in my prepared remarks, we're really excited to have [indiscernible] onboard a seasoned leader, and she's looking carefully at the portfolio, the opportunities to drive growth and enhance margin. That will start to pay dividends in the fourth quarter, so we will see a meaningful improvement here. And then we'll also continue to pay dividends as we migrate into next year.
Our next question is from David Roman with Goldman Sachs.
Appreciate all the detail on some of the new products here. Maybe first, we could go into ABS. And specifically, talk about some of the opportunities as we see procedure volumes like in EP potentially start to move into the ASC. I think in your earnings presentation from last year in the second quarter, you laid out all the key products that GE provides to support an EP lab. But maybe what are you seeing specifically on the opportunity in the ASC setting for EP?
Yes,Dav, -- thanks for the question. I would say, look, part of this started with this discussion when we talk about D3, it's not just a slogan. It's about how we operate, which again is this whole part of leadership products that can plug and play across the disease state. -- focus on a disease state. So again, cardiology is a broader area, but a specific disease state might be electrical issues with the heart to your point and how they're addressed and then how digital and tools can bring that together. And so for the first part for us was having a lab that wasn't just competitive, but was leadership. And I would argue this is really our first [indiscernible] lab in a long, long time, that is a leadership position. And so we're seeing the uptick of that.
So Look, when it comes to electrophysiology, we see the opportunity that's out there, pulse field ablation, all the excitement that's in the marketplace. We want to be the partner of choice. It's a one-stop shop to be able to make that happen. And so Phil and the team, I think, have done a really nice job. We're uniquely positioned with the [ Alia Pulse, ] its small footprint, its ability to play in the Vivid Pioneer, our brand-new cardiovascular ultrasound platform does a lot of early assessment, esophageal work while the procedure is going on. And then our Mac Lab new version, which is the [indiscernible], which is the recorder for all of this during the EP procedure. Those all work together. And then we have partner relationships with many of the device companies that their products were more integrated with ours. So you couple that with the new reimbursement that's coming out that fundamentally takes what was 80% of the acute care reimbursement and makes it available in the ASC, we're really set up well to take advantage of that growth.
And again, we want to be able to come to an institution and say, you want to really grow your EP business work with us, whoever used on the device side, we can make it easy for you to stand up. And in many cases, that's really what we're starting to see come through. So that's kind of how we look at electrophysiology. I would say structured heart has a similar framework to it as well.
Very helpful. And maybe, Jay, just on the margin side, trying to understand how long this transition between R&D and COGS takes place? And maybe if you could just unpack a little more operationally what's happening. I think on the last call, you started talking about this, it sounded kind of like an accounting dynamic, but I think it's actually more of an operational dynamic. So how long does this kind of transition last? And how should we think about the trajectory of underlying gross margins in R&D going forward?
Sure. Maybe maybe let's just talk overall about the gross margin, and then we can get into the specifics of this aspect of it. Overall, in the third quarter, our gross margin was down 300 basis points year-over-year. About 180 basis points of that relates to tariff expenses. And then we had 60 basis points of really reclass or movement between R&D and cost of goods in the quarter, and that's about a little over $30 million. Now overall, this is good news because from our standpoint, as products move closer to commercialization, we start to report those projects through -- those product expenses as cost of goods versus R&D. And so it's net neutral to adjusted EPS.
We actually have about 12 products, material programs that are moving very close to commercialization stage. Pete talked about that extensively during his remarks, you'll see that on full display at RSNA. And remember, about 70% of our total engineering and product program spend sits within R&D. The remaining aspect of 30 sits in COGS. And so overall, I think it's important to note, R&D spending or project spending was up for the quarter, but we did see this dynamic. This dynamic will continue somewhat in the fourth quarter, and there will be some impact of this next year as well. But it's safe to say we will see margin expansion in the fourth quarter sequentially, north of 50 basis points of gross margin at the midpoint and we'll also see -- remember the third quarter also did have an impact from the product hold at a company level, that was about 20 basis points.
So overall, the team is intensely focused on margin expansion and gross margin expansion, in particular this particular item does sort of cloud, what I think is a solid overall story. If you point to the bottom line, we saw 30 basis points of margin expansion in the quarter, excluding tariffs, we'll see more than that in the fourth quarter on our way to achieving the full year expectation.
Our next question is from Patrick Wood with Morgan Stanley.
Beautiful. -- first 1 is really on the ultrasound side of things. Obviously, 1 of your peers has vice fund with the FDA. I think we all [indiscernible] through this before with Cleveland and CT. Any implications for you when you think about the competitive market on that side and how that could evolve?
Patrick, I -- we just saw the information as well. So I don't really have any comment. And there's really no effect in third quarter -- the strength of our ABS in Q3 was really about really strong go-to-market execution in our field teams. And then products that we mentioned, the Vivid Pioneer and the venue point of care and logic, all of those new products.
Got you. Makes sense. The other 1 is actually your Muse platform has like a 50% market share, if I'm right, on the ECG side of things. And I know you guys have -- you've got a partnership with Live Core and a few other bits, but is there any interest on the longer-term cardiac termitary market, there's a lot of the perhaps players outside of things? Because that strength on the ECG side on the software and feels like that would pair well. Is that something you ever thought about?
Yes. So Patrick, I think uses to your point, it's the significant position relative to recording of all EKG data really around the world, and we have this a live core mode, which is portable handheld device that individuals would use, and that can be recorded in the base. Today, we have customers that actually after an EP procedure when you use their sent home, they'll be sent home with the live core device. And they do spot checks on themselves to make sure how effective the ablation actually was. That data all connects directly back into our system. So that's there today. But I think that where you're going with this is exactly a big part of when we talk about care intellect the perinatal example is one of those where we're connecting all this information and serving it up in a way that makes it very easy to use for that caregiver.
So in the case you brought up would be in the cardiology world, perinatal play is obviously in labor and delivery. But I think you're going to see more and more of these departmental solutions come out from us here in '26 under the branding of Care Intellect. So thanks for the question.
Our next question is from Vijay Kumar with Evercore ISI.
Congrats on the next gen here. Keith, maybe my first 1 for you, and I saw you guys signed a distribution agreement with CDL on your pharma diagnostics side for to -- is -- my understanding was CDL represents maybe or serves half the U.S. market. Is that the right assumption -- have they started shipping this product and do they have the capability to ship this on a weekend. So I'm curious on how the partnership is evolving?
Yes. No. Look, CDL and their group, CardioNavax is a large part of the U.S. pet market, and they actually have a full distribution reach into individual cardiology offices typically with Robidium. But our strategy is working along with them is to obviously convert many of those customers over into Picado we're just getting started. As you know, we announced earlier this quarter. It typically takes a 60-, 90-day window cycle to move through -- but all of the customers that have seen it on their side are very excited about it. I think the economics, the clinical capabilities, all of those play out to be a really positive opportunity. And so a higher percentage of that conversion of that group moves us very close along our goals that we've laid out over the medium term of $0.5 billion. And so they're a key part of it and starting out quite well.
Understood. And then just my related question on -- if I just look at your equipment book-to-bill, capital book-to-bill, if you will. Last 7 quarters, you've ranged it around 1.12. And I know fiscal '25, some of the revenue recognition was impacted by timing of delivery, which was pushed out. So when you look at '26, Pete, is there anything unusual about delivery dates on these orders? Any change in cancellation trends or cancellation trends been stable?
Yes, Vijay, we're definitely happy with the performance in terms of equipment book-to-bill in terms of overall book-to-bill in terms of record level of backlog. And then importantly, this trailing 4 quarters orders growth, which we think is perhaps a better indicator of performance than looking at on a quarterly basis. And so as we approach 2026, we think the setup is pretty good. We guided to approximately 3% this year. we will -- there's a lot of work to be done to finalize our plan, but our expectation is we'll grow faster than that next year. And a lot of that comes down to the strength of the capital book that we currently sit on today.
And just sorry, on cancellations here?
Cancellations is normal levels. We haven't seen any major changes in those in cancellation rates, Vijay.
Our next question is from Matt Miksic with Barclays.
So 1 follow-up on the sort of rollout of some of these new systems next year proton accounting and total body -- just wondering if you could -- I know it's a '26 question, but talk a little bit about for launches like that in midyear and end of year. What does that look like in terms of capturing orders, capturing interest, building a pipeline -- is that ahead of that understanding that your customers are where these are coming also. And just what's the shape of that? And then I have 1 quick follow-up.
Yes, Matt. Obviously, each of the products is unique based on their regulatory approval files. Some might be approved in Europe first, some might be in the U.S. So there's a little bit of mix of that. But the first part is to be able to make the announcement and get customers understanding when it's coming. To your point, there are certain products like full body pet and Photon County, we've been more transplant that are coming. And so a big part of this is when they come out is if they already have an order for an existing system and they want to upgrade to the other, how can you do that?
Many of our design features have been done so that the footprint matches the predicate product the best it can. So there's minimal site disruption that can help with faster turnaround. In most cases, we've done that with our products that we're coming out -- but we typically have a fleet discussion with our big customers about what products do you have, how are you evolving your products. This is a big part of what our field teams do a very good job with and having customers be thinking about what budgetary dollars that they need to be having, thinking about which products are probably need to be upgraded based on age, but also based on what you want to do. I think back to the question about EP, if that's a focused plan for you, what are you going to be doing with your fleet.
So in many cases, customers have been already thinking about that. But until we actually announce it and give dates on availability, which RSNA for us tends to be 1 of those milestones in radiology. -- that's when people really then start doing the final planning.
Got it. Okay. So for at least maybe 1 of these that might be next year at RSNA and then that kind of makes it official from you're saying that sounds like -- and then thing go ahead. I'm sorry.
This year or today, we're going to talk a lot about all of our big launches. So I would say expect to hear a good dozen of high-impact products that we'll be talking about at RSA.
That's great. Look forward to it. And just I know AI is sort of 1 of these big broad topics that sort of means a lot and nothing sometimes at the same time. But just really admire. I think a lot of folks are rogue how much work you've done on sort of approved the software's device applications and roll out an investment in this area. In the results that you're printing and the growth that you're showing where and when and how do you think this is playing through your growth and engagement with your customers? Is it growth? Is it in -- is it in, I don't know, defensive ability to defend accounts, to go deeper in accounts, just as general, where do you see the value that you've invested playing out in the economic returns growth in your business?
Yes, Matt, I'll just give you 2 quick examples. One is AVS this quarter, you're seeing it. It's loaded all of these products with different official intelligence capabilities that result in superior performance versus competition. So we actually are getting better price and higher capture rate. So if you look at this quarter, we were actually up in margin as well. That's also due to the redesign that we've had to leverage what we've called platforming. So the combination of those 2 together has been able to enable that. The second phase -- and then all of these new products, like the ones I mentioned for RSNA are going to have that same type of AI inside this care Intellect platform is a big deal for us because this is where we start actually having a departmental solution that starts connecting multiple modalities or multiple data flows to bring kind of longitudinal solutions.
And so we're just entering into that phase. This labor and delivery is the first one. But I would argue relative to broader SaaS and stand-alone applications, that's really our first wave that we're going to see bigger capabilities coming out there. And again, price and added capture rate where we're winning share, Typically, it comes back to a really good device. But honestly, the AI and the software components of it, making the differentiation in the IC customers I don't know, Jay, if you got anything.
Yes, sure. At the Investor Day, Matt, we talked about digital revenue expanding from $1.2 billion to $1.8 billion by '28, and we're well on track with respect to that. It remains an important growth engine. And I would say implementations going really well. Notably, we went from 85 AI-enabled FDA device authorization last year to 100 -- so we're pleased with where we sit with AI-enabled devices. It's an important unlocker. But what we're seeing is, as Pete said, a lot of this is just a great way to differentiate our portfolio of products.
Our next question is from Robert Marcus with JPMorgan.
Great. Two for me. First, I want to start with the high-level question. It's about a year since you gave the long-range plan at the Analyst Day last November. Just wondering on year in, how you think you're stacking up versus it? Do you feel like you're still on track? And any puts and takes you want to highlight as we just think about the outlook on growth and margins.
Rob, thanks for the question. Look, I think relative to mid-single-digit growth is as I've mentioned before, we feel quite good about the ability to be able to achieve that. this year, there's been added complexities with tariffs and things that we're navigating through, but we're navigating that well. And so from a margin standpoint, to be in the 17% to 20% plus range, we also feel very good about. I think the underpinning of that is what we're being able to do within the fill with our commercial teams. I think our go-to-market execution has been very good, both in large enterprise deals and individually at the street level. Some of that then comes back to this product portfolio. what we said and when we would launch products, we're right on to those dates, whether it be on the pharmaceutical side or be on the device side. All those are lining up as we laid out in that Investor Day back in November.
So again, it's 1 of the reasons that we're very excited about this RSNA, big radiological meeting in Chicago, December 1 and 2, because that's going to showcase many of the products where we had some honestly, gaps in the portfolio. And secondly, how those gaps are not only filled but we come with a product that's actually significantly different than what competition has. So that's kind of where we stand there, and we feel quite good about it.
Great. Really helpful. One quick follow-up on Flerpato. It sounds like it's going a little slower this year, still confident in the long run. Maybe you could just give us a little more on what GE Healthcare can do to help streamline the workflow conversion. There's obviously a change at the hospital level on what they need to do and how to source it. So maybe just help us on what investments you're doing to help advance that. And do you think you could be back on track to your goals in 2026?
So the short answer is absolutely back on track to our goals in 2026. And it starts with the opportunity funnel, meaning people that want to buy and convert to Vocado is much larger than we initially envisioned. So that's point one. And again, why is that? That comes back to anyone that sees this product sets from an image quality standpoint, and its ability to aid diagnosis is second to none. So it starts with that. I think the economics now are clear on the private pay side as well as on the Medicare piece. And as far as how the models work, they actually work quite well for customers. So all of those things are in place. And as I previously mentioned, getting the CMOs running, we have the recipe. But now the recipe is kicking in place to have 95% plus Between now and the end of the year, we're going to ramp that at the right level of speed.
So again, what does that mean? Well, you get a customer, new customer and they might be only doing 1 to 2 patients. You want to have those 1 to 2 patients have great, great experience. And then maybe 60 days in, they move to 12 to 15 patients. And that ramp can happen very, very quickly once they have their process in place. The processes, Ravi, are no different than what you would think in other areas. -- when you have a new product you bring in and a drug, you want to do your first billing to your private payers, do you get the billing back, that process is working well, your flow about how you actually do the reads -- so your cardiologist in your department referring for these procedures, the right software on the systems. Those are the things that we now have a really tight structure in place to bring people up.
In the case of like CDL, they have all that in place. So their ramp is actually a much faster capability than someone lets to say that's new to the area or had an oncology practice and now you're bringing up as a cardiology brand. So we're very confident that our ability to ramp this. And again, the most important thing is do customers look at this and say, it's a game changer. And so I think that's the key. And then lastly is the cardiology ACC came out with guidelines that basically say this is the best direction to go for myocardial perfusion. So we've got all of those tailwinds. And again, the conversion factor here, I think, will ramp up rather quickly. But we wanted to obviously kind of lay out where we actually are for the year and talk about why it's so important to do this the right way and be deliberate because in the long run, this has clearly the potential to be a $1 billion drug at some point over in the future.
And our last question comes from the line of Anthony Petrone with Mizuho Americas.
Congrats on the quarter here. I'll stick with Florcadoand 1 on tariffs. Maybe, Pete, to expand, you mentioned a larger pet and maybe possibly pet CTM backlog. Maybe how much of that is being driven by Flurcado -- does the existing installed base within GE of PET CT systems, does that support this getting to $1 billion? Or do you need some of that on the capital side to be released in order to sort of let [indiscernible] flourish here a little bit? And then quickly on tariffs, it stood at a net negative $0.45 headwind for this year. all else equal, the company was talking about mitigation efforts into '26. How much of the negative $45 million can be offset into 2026.
I'll take the Vocado piece, and then maybe, Jay, you can touch on the second part on the tariffs. I think, look, without adding any more pet systems, I think I mentioned this prior is that if we were to just take 25% of the current pet myocardia perfusion market, just 25% of it that's roughly $1 billion of Vocado revenue without 1 other scanner at it. And those are already in cardiology. To your other point, though, we are seeing the amount of pet systems increasing -- now some of that is in cardiology for sure, but some of it's also in -- across the board in oncology, because of the new molecules that are coming up some of the new diagnostics capabilities that we actually have as well. So we're seeing both of those.
But I think to your point, it's super important to understand just with 1/4 of the conversion of the PET MPI today away from rubidium to Vocado that gets you to $1 billion, which, again, why it's so important that you manage the ramp appropriate and customers have a world-class experience when they do, the ability to convert a higher percentage of their patients over can happen rather quickly.
Sure. Quickly on tariffs, overall, as you noted, we're $265 million in tariff impact this year. We expect less than that next year. We're going through our planning processes right now to get the fine-tuned answer in terms of what the impact will be. But it's safe to say it will be a tailwind. We're looking at things like structural changes to supply chain, continuing to work on U.S. MCA certification using free trade zones and then, of course, some selective pricing. But working together we expect tariffs to be a tailwind next year to earnings growth.
And that concludes our Q&A session for today. Please proceed with any closing remarks.
Just thanks, everyone, for joining today, and we look forward to connecting with you those that will be attending the RSNA or one of our upcoming conferences.
And this concludes our conference. Thank you for participating, and you may now disconnect.
Transkripte auf Deutsch freischalten
- Alle Event Transkripte auf Deutsch
- Sofortige Übersetzung
- KI-Zusammenfassungen für die wichtigsten Insights
GE HealthCare Technologies — Q3 2025 Earnings Call
GE HealthCare Technologies — Q3 2025 Earnings Call
📊 Quartal auf einen Blick
- Umsatz: Organisches Umsatzwachstum +4% YoY.
- Orders: Organische Auftragszunahme +6% YoY; Book‑to‑Bill 1,06x; Auftragsbestand $21,2 Mrd.
- Profitabilität: Adjusted EBIT‑Marge 14,8% (−150 Basispunkte YoY).
- Ergebnis: Adjusted EPS $1,07 (−6% YoY); im Quartal ~ $0,16 EPS‑Einfluss durch Zölle).
- Cashflow: Free Cash Flow $483 Mio (Konversion 99%); Aktienrückkäufe ~ $100 Mio).
🎯 Was das Management sagt
- Strategie: Fokus auf "Precision Care" und D3‑Ansatz (Devices, Drugs, Data) – integrierte Bildgebung, Radiopharmazeutika und KI/Software als Wettbewerbsvorteil.
- Investitionen: >$3 Mrd. F&E seit 2022; gezielte Produktwellen (MR/PET, Photon‑counting, neue PCS‑Systeme) sollen mittelfristig Wachstum und Margen beschleunigen.
- Operativ: Disziplinierte Kosten‑/Marginprogramme: Sourcing, Zweitquellen, Site‑Transfers, Preismaßnahmen; Tarif‑Mitigation ~50% der Bruttoexposure in 2025.
🔭 Ausblick & Guidance
- Jahreswachstum: Volles Jahr 2025 erwartetes organisches Umsatzwachstum ~3% (Vorgabe unverändert).
- EPS & Marge: Adjusted EBIT‑Marge unverändert 15,2–15,4%; Adjusted EPS nun $4,51–$4,63 (Untergrenze angehoben).
- Weitere Ziele: Adjusted ETR 20–21%; Free Cash Flow ≥ $1,4 Mrd.; Tarif‑Headwind 2025 ~ $0,45 EPS (Jahresimpact ~$265 Mio), 2026 soll Tarif‑Effekt geringer/als Tailwind wirken.
❓ Fragen der Analysten
- China: Management sieht laufende Erholung (Tender‑Aktivität) und beurteilt chinesischen Markt langfristig als wachstumsfähig; kein strukturelles Problem, Stabilisierungswirkung genügt für mittelfristige Ziele.
- Radiopharma‑Launch: Ramp für das neue PET‑Perfusionsprodukt läuft langsamer als geplant; deliberate „go‑slow“‑Rollout zur Sicherstellung >95% CMO‑Yield und sauberer Kundenworkflow; Zielerholung 2026 bestätigt.
- Margins & R&D→COGS: Verschiebung von Entwicklungsaufwand in COGS für Produkte kurz vor Kommerzialisierung (ca. 60 bp im Quartal) erklärt Teilweise Saisonalität; Management erwartet sequenzielle Margenverbesserung Q4.
⚡ Bottom Line
- Implikation: Solide kommerzielle Dynamik und hoher Auftragsbestand stützen Wachstumserwartung; kurzfristige Belastungen (Zölle, Produkt‑Hold) drücken Margen, sind aber adressiert. Für Aktionäre: moderates, nachvollziehbares Risiko‑/Chancenprofil—Innovation und integrierte Radiopharma/Imaging‑Wellen sind Wachstumstreiber, Tarife und Ramp‑Execution bleiben die wichtigsten Kurzfrist‑Risiken.
GE HealthCare Technologies — Morgan Stanley 23rd Annual Global Healthcare Conference
1. Question Answer
Hello, everyone. Thank you so much for joining. It's Patrick Andrew, U.S. Medtech Team.
Firstly, disclaimers. So morganstanley.com/research research disclosures, which is a great website. I recommend you all go there for fun. But much more excited to have GE today. We've got Peter, CEO; and Carolynne, who's the Head of Strategy side of things. And great to have you guys here.
Great to be here.
I appreciate you coming to the conference. There's a lot going on in radiology. I think we could start kind of almost anywhere, but I don't know, it's quite topical at the moment we were just chatting about it. Maybe we can start within core imaging business and some of the fastest-growing areas cardiac CT. Then CT is a great market for you guys globally. Would love to get a sense how things are going, how cardiac has sort of grown in the U.S. and elsewhere and just in general for CT.
Yes. I mean, look, first of all, again, thanks for having us. It's been a robust procedures market really around the world, which I think is one of the interesting things to your point about it's being good to be in radiology or even cardiology broadly, aging population and also just the amount of devices from our cousins, so to speak, in the device world that are fundamentally tied to an imaging procedure. So as many of the imaging companies, we've all benefited from it. To your point about what's really doing well. I think CT obviously, is booming across the board.
In many ways, it's kind of the Swiss Army knife of diagnosis. Even the labor shortages that are out there, move to drive a market like that because in 2 minutes, you can understand what the issue is with someone as opposed to 3 or 4 visits. And as much as that kind of methodology in the past where you'd see a primary care and then we see specialist before you got imaging, it's happening a lot earlier. And to your point on cardiac CT, it's happening even more. And I've been involved in CT for many years, but way back when, when the first scanners could do kind of the triple rule out of a pulmonary emboli or aortic dissection or a coronary blockage, it's evolved so much more.
And this idea of doing virtual FFR being able to make a decision relative before you intervene, obviously, all the early screening, we're seeing definitely strong growth in that area. And I think Photon Counting is only going to continue to help drive that to the next level. We don't have ours out, but stay tuned for more news here in the near future. I'd say we're on track to all the dates we spoke of. But that's super exciting. And then the other area, Patrick, is in Nuclear Medicine, which has been a little bit of a sleepy area for many years. There hasn't been a lot going on. And now that's just exploding. And it's exploding because of new agents, both therapeutic as well as diagnostic driving that space, in particular, PET, so we're seeing lots of growth in there, and I'm sure we'll come back to talk more about that.
And then MR. I think MR is just one of those great modalities that's continuing. It's always been this gold standard in contrast and capabilities for soft tissue. But now it's also doing so much more even with resolution, no radiation. So obviously, all comers can utilize the technology. But we just see robust markets, and again, driven by aging population, procedures that are needed to assist in actually delivery of devices. And then this idea of when it's tight for labor, do you want someone having 4 visits when you don't have enough people, or do you want to go definitively to diagnosis early. And we're seeing more of that happening, in really health care systems around the world.
It's -- you mentioned MR. Actually, we chat before this about a really interesting company in Cytek that have a great platform. But one of the things that hold them and many other companies back is that just scanner time access, speaking neurologists and basically, it's just time on the MR. Particularly in the U.S., I guess, globally, how tight is -- I mean, it feels like the installed base is quite heavily utilized. Are we at a point where we need to see a little bit of acceleration of that replacement cycle to broaden out the installed base? It feels like block time is pretty limited.
Yes. It's an interesting phenomenon. Around the world, you just have wait times that are significantly longer than they were pre-COVID. So there's lots of theories on why that is. I think they come back to the points that I just previously made. But particularly in MR, where the historical slots were a 1-hour slide, maybe 45 minutes. We've advanced the space. Others have as well, but we kind of led with this Air Recon DL which, again, is using deep learning to kind of fundamentally change how an MR produces an image. The result is better image quality, but the bigger result for productivity is, you can do a 20-minute exam on most capabilities. And so having -- helping providers get their slots down so that they can fundamentally double their capabilities is a big part of it.
But the fleet in the United States for most imaging equipment, most, is 8 to 10 years. If you look around the world, it's probably 6 to 7. And some of that was during COVID, nobody wanted you in their hospital doing a big installation, right? It just didn't happen. So you have that build up and then the growth of ambulatory surgical and outpatient centers that are doing more sophisticated procedures, hips, knees, cardio procedures, all of those need that additional equipment. So it's one of the reasons when we see tight capital questions coming up and say, "Gee, I may have to make a decision on my capital, where do we usually end up on the scale." Sometimes something like monitoring might be a second or third priority, but you typically always see the big imaging as a first priority because it is a core generator of revenue, and it's an enabler of productivity.
And PET is another area where we would expect to see capacity constraints over time, especially as more of these molecules are being adopted for drug therapy and diagnosis.
Yes. And to that point, this -- what's happening with Flyrcado, our newest agent in the diagnostic space for myocardial perfusion is pretty exciting. I think there's going to be -- that's going to be a game changer from the standpoint of what you can do with perfusion. And we talked about cardiac CT. There's different tools, obviously, for coronary assessment. But for perfusion of the heart muscle and ischemic disease, it's -- this is really going to change the gold standard from what's been done in SPECT for years. So lots happening there. And ultimately, that's going to drive cardiac practices to want to have their own dedicated systems.
es, it's a good point on the patent SPECT side of things. Why do we use Flyrcado given it's come up. A lot of success, good partnerships now. Maybe to level set the room for people who might be less familiar around Rubidium and what Flyrcado brings to the table and the half-life benefits from that side, just to paint the picture so people can understand within perfusion, the opportunity set for Flyrcado.
Yes. So even just bigger picture, right, forever a SPECT camera, which is a basic 2-head nuclear med camera, you might go in, you get a study at rest, you have a study at stress. It could be 2, 3 hours, you're laying there on the table to get the study after you've gone through that. And that study would tell you if you have certain parts of your heart are not actually getting proper perfusion, right? So PET comes along in the space. And the only agent fundamentally was ammonia or rubidium, which has a half-life of about 90 seconds in that window, which means you have to make it right there next to the bed because it's gone in 90 seconds, it drops off.
And so there's -- organizations have done quite well with rubidium, with the generator, but there's costs and limitations of what that means to move into the SPECT world. And SPECT has, I think, 5,000, 6,000 some procedures that are done in that area. And if you look at the PET version of it, it's still a very small percentage of it. And the question is, well, why? Well, with a product like Flyrcado that's come out, it does a couple of things. One is you can take that 20, 30 or 2-, 3-hour study and just like with rubidium, take that down to, say, 20 to 30 minutes, but not have to have a generator. You can actually have a drug shipped to your department on demand.
The resolution of these is significantly better, meaning you have false positives and sensitivity specificity that is significantly better than what's out there in the marketplace. And then the other area is radiation dose. It's a lower dose to the patient and also works better on larger patients. And obviously, we have a challenge from 20 years ago to have larger patients. So it really kind of brings all of that together. So there's a lot of excitement about bringing that into the portfolio. On top of the hope of more molecules coming in the pipeline that might be in oncology and other areas. So the dialogue at the top of the house in a health system is we need to really think about our PET strategy relative to how it plays out for diagnosis, but also then how it supplements therapeutic delivery.
Within PDx in general, there's obviously been a big fee change into how it's reimbursed being expanded, not really a cost line anymore. Now it's actually getting paid for, I would argue, properly. What are you seeing in terms of that? How are the customers responding? It takes a bit of time for people to get familiar with the fact that there's been changes. But what have been the changes on the customer level?
Yes. So it's -- to your point, Patrick, it's slow to kind of all these reimbursement things typically don't happen overnight, but it's a huge deal. So a PET study that you got $200 for FDG because it was like a supply forever. Now a product that costs $4,500, you get reimbursed at $4,500 and you get the reimbursement for the scan separately. All of a sudden, the study in the old reimbursement -- and again, this is the United States model with CMS. It wouldn't be economical to do so. Now not only is it economical, it actually makes sense that in the spectrum of how you set this up, that it can be an area that you can drive a reasonable profit.
So we ultimately think this is going to really be important. It's a key part of how we speak with customers to help educate them, obviously, about the drug, about how you think about payment structures, how you think about process. And that becomes a really important part of this because unlike a drug that comes into a vial and you can stock it, this is made every day for you, for that patient. And if it's not used, it has a half-life, it means it expires. And so how you set that up in a proprietary way that works for a customer becomes very important for them, but it also creates a really interesting stickiness to a company like GE Healthcare that this may not be the only molecule you buy from it, you might buy many. And so again, we think this is a really nice franchise that we're going to obviously continue to grow.
It's one of the things I never really got about, Peter, like what happens when the patient doesn't turn up? If the half-life is there and expires, is that like built into your pricing agreements with the customers? Or is it just kind of they just eat it? Like how does that work?
It varies by customer. But as you ramp up, I mean, let's just start how this is. When you go, you're making these in CMOs geographically, and let's just say there might be 40 doses in a given cyclotron batch and you only have 5 patients that day, right, 35 get thrown out, and that just hits your gross margin. So the more that actually those are consumed and as you start out any new molecule, the margins are going to be lower and they're going to rise.
For the customer, when they start out and they only have a couple of patients, typically, it is a loss. As you have a larger patient pool, you obviously can substitute doses around and manage within your own departments. And so part of that would be we would work with them on services if they've had a big fallout rate, how do you -- what do you need to do process-wise? And like other visits, this is one you want to make sure people don't miss. So there's a lot of techniques to make sure that they don't do that. But again, partnering with someone who can help you administer process change, not just sell you a product, we believe in this space is a big differentiator.
We were doing a dog call the other day, and I was a little surprised because I have deep in-built cynicism on Alzheimer's. I was there originally Biogen and Life Healthcare, I'm sure of doing that whole thing. But they were specifically calling out the big increase in Vizamyl demand. So I'd just like -- I'd be curious to see how you guys are seeing demand on that side. And maybe for the audience who's less familiar kind of flag Vizamyl, the opportunity there?
Yes. So again, back to PET imaging, but now moving from the heart to the brain for Alzheimer's. And as we all know, amolide beta plaque is one of the indicators that can be a leading cause play into the Alzheimer's space, not fully definitive, but highly suspect. And so a product that we make called Vizamyl actually lights up the amount of amolide beta in the brain to the level that you can quantify and understand what that is. You need to be able to have that type of diagnosis to be able to then go on one of the actual therapies that Patrick had actually mentioned.
And then after each of the administrations thereof, the drug, you need to actually do an MRI follow-up because one of the side effects potentially from the therapies is potentially swelling potentially some micro bleeds. And so you can see how then imaging for diagnosis to see what you need therapy and follow-up every injection afterwards, you need to actually do a follow-up MRI. And so the diagnostic part of this becomes very, very important. And again, as much as saying side effect potential for microbleeds and swellings seems rather challenging. We all know when there is no really other alternative for Alzheimer's at this point in time, it becomes a real viable risk to take. So we are seeing good uptake in that space. I think the opportunity for tools added into the portfolio as well to help the clinicians manage those patients, the changes in those patients, all of that is a big part of it.
Carolynne, I don't know if you'd agree with this, but I feel like in all the meetings that I have on GE, the one division that literally never comes up is patient monitoring. But you made a big hire with Jeannette, that surprised a lot of people, very well regarded as a hire. And then you also have some interesting ventures stakes in companies like LifeCore and things like that. So it clearly matters to you guys in a way that sometimes maybe the market isn't asking about as much. So I guess, are you surprised you didn't get asked about it? How do you feel about, obviously, Jeannette joining? And what should we be thinking of when we think of patient monitoring?
Yes. So Jeannette Bankes, who joined us from Alcon previously 15 years with Boston Scientific, a lot of different things that she's done. One is a super good operator and someone who also has a pretty good digital background. If you look at that business, it's a collection of different businesses, but the one common thread that they have is they have a great opportunity to be enabled on how we deliver with digital capabilities. So we have a leading position in anesthesia, just brought out a new platform first in 20 years. We have a leading position, one of the top 2 in monitoring globally, also in the whole baby prenatal care area as well in some diagnostic cardiology.
The one interesting comment about all of those is they play a big monitoring role, and they also have a lot of data that's shared across those. In that portfolio as well is where we'll bring to market things like Command Center and what we call CareIntellect, which are new digital AI tools that are focused on not just a product, but how products work in a department and maybe perinatal care or particularly in a diagnostic cardiology area where you take a look at our MUSE database, which is the largest EKG database in the world and how that information can flow through cardiology. So that's what you're going to see there.
But again, what is interesting and there are a lot of interesting small tuck-in plays that can fit into that business to connect. She's got a great background there. And then we talked about this at our Investor Day. One of the big opportunities is to really transform monitoring to be a modality that just gives you a spot reading primarily in critical care into one that actually looks at your longitudinal data and can actually help predict when a patient may be in trouble. And why is that important? Well, if you don't have enough nurses in critical care or even the ward, it's difficult to cover all these patients.
If the device can say, hey, Patrick may be having an issue and it's going to -- you need to go to see him within 20 minutes on their handheld device because the algorithm can predict if that's happening, that's a big game changer in monitoring. And then ultimately, in alternate sites and ultimately home. So we have lots of aspirations in that area. You'll hear more about launches coming in the future. There are some opportunities to tidy up the portfolio. But in general, we like the product lines and the businesses there. And I think the digital unlock is the margin unlock. It's also the growth vehicle capabilities for PCOs.
For the record, Patrick is always having issues. So it seems that accurate. There's been a few who try that kind of integrated care on the predictive analytics. And like what do you see as some of the challenges of doing that? Is it the data is siloed or that you have a certain number of steps, but then there's another manufacturer who's in the patient value chain there. Do you need to plug it all together? I know it sounds very vague, but we've heard from some companies trying to do this before and they've occasionally struggled to kind of end-to-end that patient.
Yes. I think, look, there's multiple levels. But at the first level becomes one is the customers migrating to the cloud is probably one of the biggest unlocks. So as we know, even pre-COVID, the amount of customers that even had the majority of their data in a cloud provider. And outside the United States, it's even a much smaller population. That's a big deal and the reliability of it. The second thing is the standards. I think FHIR now upgrading from HL7 is playing a big role within that. And then I would say companies like ours that are looking more longitudinally and can be someone that can integrate even other people that we don't compete with.
So I think we've spent a lot of time on AI inside. So as you've probably seen, I mean, we have the largest amount of FDA-approved integrated AI tools in our products. The next move is how do you bring more of that connected across ours and other products in a given department. How do you make that process in that given area more predictable, safer, better outcomes. And so there is partnering that has to take place. There has to be trust with some of the relationships. But I think the enablement of cloud, some of the standards that are out there and really where the evolution of some of the large language models and what can be integrated. And there's a lot of things happening right now that are going to enable that.
I mean on the topic of AI in general, how do you separate the developments that are a requirement to compete with your peers versus the ones you get distinctively paid for? Because we've seen some that have been quite rapidly sort of commoditized. But by contrast, we've also seen some that like clinics have been really willing to pay for it very quickly. Like how do you think about strategically because AI is treated as this big monolith, but like where to put your time and attention?
I mean, simply for us, it's about what solves the biggest customer problem. If you can solve a big customer problem that has patient issues and financial and your solution has a better answer for the patient and solves a cost issue for the customer, it's usually a winner. And at least from that standpoint, you can really kind of have an end-to-end discussion. I think what's limited us, and I'll say us in many cases, device or even broader pharma is you come in with a point solution. And the problem is the savings are either downstream or upstream or the benefits there are.
And so being able to have the C-suite discussion, which does lead into why do we have -- you hear more about enterprise deals, multiyear kind of enterprise relationships. Or in many cases, we have these discussions that, look, here's what we can help you do in cardiology. Here's what we can help you with a breast cancer strategy. And the discussion really is about how you could bring more patients in, how you bring better value during that, how do you actually take cost out of the structure.
So to me, that's the area, which is why we've really doubled down on how do you optimize to make the best device by itself with using AI? Because at the end of the day, if it really does a lot different, I can get more price or more value just for the box. I'm not having to sell the AI separately. But when you move into the realm of this is a SaaS product or tool, you need to be able to talk their language, which is in this care pathway, in this value chain, how can you drive it? And I would say stay tuned. I think '26 for us will be a first year where we start introducing more of those capabilities.
Would you guys be open to AI software solutions that spread? And I think you actually do some of those but spread, modality -- not modality-agnostic, vendor agnostic in the sense that because one of the challenges is an independent company with these software solutions can be applicable to any of the installed base. But even though you guys are massive in some of the modalities, you're still 1/3, let's call it, roughly.
Yes.
Would you be open to an open architecture?
100%. I think it depends -- so there's areas where -- like just take something like Air Recon DL MR. We're using not pixel data. We're actually using reconstruction proprietary GE data. And we can do things there at faster capabilities that you could. And that's always going to be stayed there. When you move into the reading world, I think one has to do that because no one has an exclusive installed base of just our equipment or company A, B or C. So that's clearly a part of it. And I think when you start thinking about let's move into monitoring or even, MIC, infant care, you're connecting with other things that have to follow a standard. And so we think that makes sense. Obviously, the debate on how you get there. This is an industry that started DICOM and many interchanges that are out there. But I do think there's going to be aspects of both depending on where you are in the value chain.
On ultrasound specifically, I think anyone who's had a kid knows that the scan takes a fraction of the time and then the incredibly tedious rollable measuring of the spine takes like 2/3 of the entire meeting. How -- yes, clearly, we're very early on in the stage of like automatic image interpretation, management, those kind of things. Do you think you guys can get paid for that? Because you save the system a lot of time. I'm using just one example, particularly with ultrasound, which is skill.
Yes. No, ultrasound is one of those modalities that I mean we're a leader in we just launched actually just a couple of weeks ago, the first new big cardiology platform, if anybody has introduced in quite some time. And Patrick, to your point, embedded in it are multiple, multiple different AI tools. To the point that if you're looking in cardiology, the old days for the cardiologists that know this or folks who have used it to do a left ventricle kind of ejection fraction, you would actually drop points, you would do all this, you have to get the vintage at the heart. Now fundamentally, I simplify, but getting the heart image capture the actual device itself will get the right views. It will automatically do the outline.
And you automatically move from what used to be a tedious outlining, getting all these views and you're trying to then get an ejection fraction number, which is what you want, the device itself can move right from all that to a number. And I do think this is one of the interesting evolutions of quantification in radiology and cardiology. We don't think about it much, but in EKG, a lot of people don't spend the time reading the waveform. The algorithms are so good and it gives you a number or it gives you, yes, there is an issue or yes, there is not. That's also the progress that's going to be happening on all these devices.
But suffice to say, in OB/GYN on our Voluson product, the image quality you get of your child now rivals what used to look like a CT many years ago. And I think that's only going to continue to rise because we're finding new ways with algorithms, particularly driven by AI to be able to optimize them even more. And then when you add a suite of cloud-based capabilities that you can take this now in a handheld in Sub-Saharan Africa or intercity area to check for someone who may need a heart valve or has peripheral artery disease, there's just a lot that's happening in that space. And so we're super excited about that. And also the integration ultrasound will play with other modalities like we were chatting earlier in the cath lab or in the MR area.
Just quickly back to Vivid Pioneer. That's a great example of one of the NPIs we talked about at Investor Day that we expect this will help drive us towards that 1 to 2 percentage points of growth over the medium term.
Yes. So to that point, we talked about for us, one of the big focus areas since we became public 3 years ago was a big influx of R&D funds. And so we've close to doubled the amount of R&D investment we've made since 2018 and the goal, what did you do with the money? Part of that is how do we actually make sure we're at parity or leadership across all the major areas. And the first area coming out, proofpoint is this new cardiovascular ultrasound platform. And then you're going to hear more about things like Photon Counting.
You're going to hear about whole-body PET, vascular suites, what's happening in monitoring. So we have a really strong cycle of launches that will be coming out later this year into '26, which will be strong growth for our orders portfolio in '26, starting to then really drive more even faster revenue backside, but really the '27, '28 window as we articulated then. is full of some great and exciting products. And I think, Patrick, the part that I'm excited about alongside that, we're also advancing this departmental view of AI tools. So we feel good about it, and the teams have done a really fantastic job executing on the programs.
Hopefully, you can drive some more downstream procedures for some other companies as well.
Yes. Well, I think the downstream procedure world, I think part of this will be, particularly if you take vascular. I mean one of the big issues we hear from -- on the heart valve side, the electrophysiology side is just getting time on in the lab. And so now we have a world-class cath lab, EP capabilities. We'll soon have vascular and also neurovascular. And all of those procedures right now are growing significantly. And again, you can't do them if you don't have access to a lab.
The one sort of area that's opaque that none of us ever have visibility into is China. Latest thoughts, I mean, it's been a roller coaster for the entire industry trying to understand what's going on, not long term, but more short term. What are you seeing at the moment? Like how should we feel about China from your perspective over the next 6 months?
Yes. So I mean, just perspective-wise, '24, that market was down double digits. I think for everybody for a lot of reasons, the anticorruption campaign that the Chinese government had. Again, we think over the long run is a good thing, particularly for multinationals, but that had an effect. And then this year, a combination of tendering that just took longer to get monies allocated, I think, than anybody estimated means this market will be flat to maybe slightly down some this year. So what does that mean for back half of this year? Some people are calling the market is going to pick up. We think that it's going to be stable, but not a significant growth play. We'll see who's right.
Part of our estimates are all of the tendering just takes a little bit longer right now. And some of that's procedural for whatnot. I look forward and for us, with China, we've been very open about this. The days of 10% growth, we don't necessarily think are there. I think it can be a mid-single-digit growth market. But if it's a roughly flat, stable market, all of our midterm goals and strategies are well intact. And so we think it's heading that direction. I think all indications are it's heading that direction, but we're not counting on it being any type of a growth vehicle for the company.
One of the big contributions China had over the last 10 years, it was a source of a lot of installation expansion rather than replacement system like a proper growth. But people often think of the U.S. as just a replacement market. But is that still true? Because we're just talking about all the incremental utilization of radiology -- Is U.S. -- if you had to guess, put another way, what proportion of the systems that you place in the U.S. replacement versus like greenfield new installation expansion?
Yes. I mean -- so let me answer your question this way before I guess. It's definitely a growth market from new sockets because, again, just take the PET example. Every new PET system that goes to cardiology fundamentally is a brand-new system. A CT scanner that's dedicated just for heart scanning is a new system. And then the more that you're actually seeing this growth of what's happening in pulsed field ablation or with heart valves, those are new sockets that in the past were just PCA or stenting.
So again, the more new procedures, yes, it's offset by some productivity that all of us in the industry bring, but the growth is tremendous. I think in China, you're going to continue to see growth. It's going to be more in the Western markets as they've outlined. It's a big set of folks. And then even in Western Europe, we are seeing growth. And again, coming out of COVID, I think we all know in Europe, bigger hospitals, more concentrated care, you have an infectious disease, you say, gee, maybe we shouldn't send all these people to one spot. We need to do more outpatient imaging. That's been one of the big growth drivers in the big 7 within Europe as more alternate sites.
You see the rise of big, I'd say, customers for us, but providers now that actually provide services for government agencies around different countries. Those tend to be big partners for us that can put equipment in, and they're all new installs. I mean you think of the Middle East as an example, huge amounts of growth within new institutions, Saudi, other countries like that as well.
Yes. To your point, Italy, I know has a lot of outpatient imaging capabilities. In the U.S. as well is going that way. What's the difference in servicing those two customer bases? Like is it a modality difference? Is one more likely to get -- I guess, inpatient is more likely to be a 3 types of system maybe? I don't know. Like what are the differences in servicing a -- not an ASC exactly, but the sort of outpatient facility versus the big inpatient facility?
Yes. I mean it comes down to the services they're providing. Obviously, your echo or ultrasound typically plays a big role. Mobile x-ray imaging, our OEC platform is second to none. It has capabilities that even some fixed cath labs don't have. So in certain countries, that platform acts in many, many vascular procedures as well. You're starting to see a lot of orthopedics take place that only took place in the institution. So MRI imaging within centers is more and more prevalent. So we see pretty much a whole fleet of that. I would say it's less about the hard work config itself. It might be the software applications where you might be doing more sophisticated things in-house, but you actually have the same systems in an outpatient world. And that gives flexibility too, to move patients around depending on what's happening in your different locations. That's a big topic with a lot of our IDN customers is how do I think about my fleet and optimize it based on demographics and procedure priorities.
If I think -- just big picture finished up. If I think of Flyrcado, if I think of Vizamyl, if I think of the PDx reimbursement changes, if I think of the modality growth that you're seeing in China sort of getting into a better spot, is there any reason that '26 shouldn't be a top line much better year than '25?
Yes. Look, we're not here to give guidance, but it's a fair question. I think we're building a great backlog. So if you look at our backlog, we've got record backlog book-to-bill again, this combination of when that number is there, it means you're actually bringing in more orders than sales going out the door. And at some point down the road, those will go out. So we feel quite good about the setup that's coming into it. I would say as well with the new products that are launched that many of those won't be in a position to ship until late '26 into '27, it should be a robust orders opportunity as well to continue to build that.
But we're each year expecting that we continue to improve. I mean, that's our focus. And I would say as well on top of that is our focus on M&A as well. And I mentioned on our last call, Patrick, that we see dislocation in the marketplace. What I mean by that is we're starting to finally see between private equity, other public that values are becoming more reasonable. And for us, all these items we talked about in products, there's a lot of small tuck-in deals.
And I'm talking about, in this case $100 million, multiple hundred million dollars of deals that can plug in that give us a differentiated value across the value stream because a product by itself, someone can always have a better price, maybe a better feature. But when they work together and solve that customer problem we talked about, it's a big deal. So I think that's a really important aspect for us and focus on tuck-ins is what you're going to hear from us going forward.
We'll keep our eyes peeled. Peter, Carolynne, thank you so much.
Thank you.
Thank you. Appreciate it.
Transkripte auf Deutsch freischalten
- Alle Event Transkripte auf Deutsch
- Sofortige Übersetzung
- KI-Zusammenfassungen für die wichtigsten Insights
GE HealthCare Technologies — Morgan Stanley 23rd Annual Global Healthcare Conference
GE HealthCare Technologies — Morgan Stanley 23rd Annual Global Healthcare Conference
🎯 Kernbotschaft
- Kern: GE HealthCare sieht eine breite, procedurengetriebene Nachfrage in Bildgebung (CT, MR, PET/nuklearmedizin). Pipeline‑Assets (Photon‑Counting CT, neue kardiale PET‑Agenten wie Flyrcado, Vivid Pioneer Ultraschall) plus verbesserte Erstattung für diagnostische Radiopharmazeutika und ein hoher Auftragsbestand stützen mittelfristiges Wachstum; kurzfristig relevant sind China‑Trends und Liefer-/Installations‑Timing.
⚡ Strategische Highlights
- Produktpipeline: Photon‑Counting CT „on track“ (noch nicht am Markt), neues kardiovaskuläres Ultraschall‑Flaggschiff (Vivid Pioneer) und Whole‑Body PET geplant; viele NPI‑Starts 2026/27.
- PDx & PET: Flyrcado verkürzt Perfusionsstudien, verbessert Auflösung und Dosisprofil; Vizamyl‑Nachfrage bei Alzheimer steigt; reimbursement‑Änderungen machen PET‑Studien ökonomisch attraktiver.
- Monitoring & Digital: Schwerpunkt auf longitudinaler Überwachung, Command Center/CareIntellect, attraktive Hire (Jeannette Bankes) zur Skalierung digitaler und AI‑Angebote.
🔭 Neue Informationen
- Auftragslage: Management meldet rekordhohen Backlog / Book‑to‑Bill — stützt Sicht auf robustere Order‑Dynamik.
- Timing: Viele Launches sind für spätes 2026/2027 vorgesehen; erhebliche Umsatzwirkung eher 2027/28.
- M&A‑Fokus: Geplante Tuck‑in‑Akquisitionen (jeweils ~100–several 100 Mio. USD) zur Ergänzung von Portfolio und Dienstleistungen.
❓ Fragen der Analysten
- Cardiac CT & Photon‑Counting: Nachfrage stark; Photon‑Counting als nächster Hebel, GE betont Zeitplan, ohne konkrete Ship‑Daten zu nennen.
- Flyrcado & Logistik: Vorteil gegenüber Rubidium: Versandfähig, kürzere Untersuchungszeit; Margendruck zu Beginn durch Chargenverluste möglich, Services zur Prozessoptimierung geplant.
- China & Marktrisiken: China 2024 double‑digit rückläufig, 2025 eher stabil bis leicht negativ; Management rechnet nicht mit kurzfristigem Wachstumsschub.
⚡ Bottom Line
- Fazit: Anleger erhalten Exposure zu mehreren strukturellen Wachstumstreibern (kardiale Bildgebung, PET/PDx, Ultraschall, digitales Monitoring) und einer vollen Produkt‑Roadmap. Kurzfristige Unsicherheit bleibt bei China, Timing und Margen während Rollout/Skalierung; Execution, Produktionskapazität und erfolgreiche Tuck‑ins sind die kritischen Value‑Treiber.
GE HealthCare Technologies — Wells Fargo 20th Annual Healthcare Conference 2025
1. Question Answer
Good morning. I'm Larry Biegelsen, the medical device analyst at Wells Fargo. Pleasure to host this fireside chat with management of GE HealthCare. With us, we have Jay Saccaro, the CFO; and Carolynne Borders, Head of Investor Relations. The format is a fireside chat. This 1 has a question, Jay and Carolynne, thanks for being here. If anybody has a question, please raise your hand. Jay and Carolynne, thanks for being here. Thanks for being strong supporters at the Wells Fargo Healthcare Conference. Appreciate it.
Yes, absolutely. Larry, thank you for the invitation as always. And then to those in attendance, thanks for joining us today. We appreciate your interest in our company.
So Jay, let's just start at a high level, just maybe [Technical Difficulty] at GE HealthCare.
So Larry, reflecting on that yesterday, and this is the third year that we've been at the conference since we became an independent company. And I have to say we are incredibly proud of the progress that we've made. Price standpoint, most notably, we substantially increased investment in R&D over the last several years and we have advanced products through the pipeline to the point where we're sitting on a series of launches that will take place in 2026 that will, over time, really transform our company. The second thing I would say is we've done an incredible job on margin, controllable margin. We really have focused on implementing a lean business system and that has allowed us to identify opportunities, execute, and -- we're having audio issues here. This one is okay. Okay. So the lean business system that we have in place has done really an unbelievable job in terms of allowing us to identify, categorize and attack margin opportunities.
That's really the second area. And then third, listen, our entire company is wired around creating a world where healthcare has no limits. Having the right team in place and the right culture is a third area that we're incredibly excited about. Now having said all of that, it's not without some volatility. And as you know and will no doubt discuss, our company is very exposed to tariffs. We had some very substantial guidance adjustments over the last couple of quarters. Our company is exposed to China. But I would say that beyond those factors, the controllables, everything is going extremely well.
That's good to hear. So perfect segue into my first question here. Jay, what's your view of the hospital capital equipment environment? How has it evolved through 2025? Have you seen it get better or worse or stable compared to last year?
We think the capital equipment market, in particular in the U.S., is buoyant. Our -- first of all, we survey quarterly hospitals, our top 40 or so customers. We have an independent agency to do that on our behalf. And what we see is continued momentum around hospital capital. That showed up in our orders through the first half of the year in the last 3 or 4 quarters. And there's really a solid environment and a commitment to invest in critical technology. So in the U.S., I would say it's strong. I would say also, though, that the areas that we play in predominantly, principally imaging, the ultrasound business, imaging. These are areas where hospitals are, to a large extent, capacity constrained and also they're profitable areas for the hospital, and they're crucial in terms of disease diagnosis. And so you put all of those things together. And as we look at our surveys, not only is the environment good, but the environment for some of our product categories, our critical product categories, is also very robust.
Now the other thing I would say is we have seen a little bit of a turn in Europe as well. There's some increasing momentum in terms of hospital capital there. A couple of years ago and last year, it was a bit more stagnant, but we're now seeing that market open up, and we're taking advantage of that, which I think is just great.
That's helpful. You didn't touch upon China. What's the latest there? And just remind us of your expectations for the second half versus the first half?
Yes. So during our earnings call, we had a second quarter which came in a little bit better than our expectations in China. And so we had expected down a little bit more, and it was only down very-low-single digits. I think from our standpoint and a lot of that came down to conversion of the backlog, better conversion than we anticipated when we put the forecast together. But as we looked at the market in totality, we saw that it is still taking time to move through tender process to completion. So the notion of you have interest in equipment, you announce a tender, tender approval, that process through to sale through to equipment installation has extended very substantially relative to previous. And so we're still seeing some of that. We took a bit of a cautious approach as we looked at second half guidance and lowered it not dramatically, okay? Mind you, these are -- it's talking about small adjustments, but we did see a world where the second half would be worse than the first half versus our previous guidance.
And so on balance, from our standpoint, we're always going to take a conservative view when forecasting China. And so we just -- we made that adjustment. Now I was really pleased thinking about the global environment we raised the midpoint of the guidance by 50 basis points, which is roughly $100 million. And I think that was a great outcome for us in the face of a slight adjustment in China.
That's helpful. Obviously, investors are very focused on order growth for your company. In the second quarter, order growth dipped to 3% from 10% in the first quarter. Why such a big change? And how do we think about order growth going forward?
Yes. It's interesting because generally speaking, the second quarter order growth was principally in line with our expectations, very much so. And as were each of the other dimensions of the P&L. But we don't guide to orders, so nobody had a sense of that. We had an incredibly strong first quarter, 10% orders growth. We also had a very strong fourth quarter of last year with 6% orders growth. My view on this is you can never overanalyze 1 quarter in isolation because there's false signals in that. Things shift from 1 quarter to the other or naturally occur from a funnel conversion standpoint at a certain time frame. So it's much better to look at things over a trailing multi-quarter basis.
And as we look at the trailing 4 quarters, trailing 3 quarters, trailing 2 quarters, we're talking about incredibly robust growth. Year-to-date, we're talking 7% order growth, which is something that sets us up well to achieve our midterm aspirations. And so I wouldn't over read into it. And I think that we'll continue to watch orders going forward for us, this idea of surveys, strong momentum in key markets. All of those things play into a fairly robust environment, as I said in my opening comments. So we feel good about that.
And Jay, maybe I'll just add that we do encourage investors not only to look at orders growth because sometimes that is lumpy but also to look at backlog, which was at a record $21.3 billion at the end of last quarter and also book-to-bill, which was healthy at 1.07x.
Thank you. That's helpful. So in light of your comments, Jay, about China being a little bit worse in the second half versus the first half. What's giving you the confidence? And what are the drivers of the acceleration of the organic growth embedded in the guidance? You expect Q3 to be a little better, I think, than Q2, and Q4 to be even better.
Absolutely. So -- and what this really comes down to, we talk a lot about book-to-bill, as Carolynne mentioned, it's book turning to bill starting in Q3 and Q4. You start to see that. Like some of that order strength from the fourth quarter starts to convert to sales in Q3, in Q4, even in Q1 of next year. And so really, that robust backlog allows us to start paying off some of the sales growth that we'd like to see as we move into the future here. So from a third quarter standpoint, I think we guided 2% to 3% at this point in the quarter. If you think about our business in the third quarter, about half of our business is flow. And that relates to our PDx business or our service business. The other half is capital-related. So at this point in the quarter, more than 90% of the capital is what we call secured, meaning a backlog with a delivery date in the quarter.
And then there will be some incremental sales that take place from a sell and install standpoint, which is orders that occur and are delivered in the quarter. But we have very good line of sight to the third quarter and increasingly good line of sight to the fourth quarter as we put together these projections.
That's helpful. Talk about margins, please, Jay. In Q2, gross margin was down about 180 basis points year-over-year. Obviously, the tariff impact increases through the year for you, for every company. How should we think about the gross margin? And maybe you could touch upon operating margin as well?
Sure. We're very pleased with the margin progress at the company. I think it's 1 of the bright spots, as I mentioned earlier. And a lot of this comes down to the business system that we have in place. It's incredibly rigorous based on lean principles, and it really enforces a hierarchy of how you manage strategy implementation and then how you identify opportunities for margin improvement. It's clearly been 1 of our bright spots. Now interestingly, in the second quarter of the year, we had a couple of things collide to impact gross margin. First, we had the tariff impact, which for the second quarter, was really the first quarter that we had a meaningful tariff impact.
And then the second thing that happened is because of the cadence of our R&D pipeline, and when products were moving through to feasibility, we actually had some of our R&D costs, which -- and some that we even anticipated in R&D flip to gross profit -- to cost of goods. And so that depressed gross margin in the third -- in the second quarter of the year, it will be a little bit of a drag in terms of these items, but R&D was down, as you noted, despite the fact that overall program spend will continue to be robust.
So I think the mix between those 2 lines is something that we'll have to watch carefully for the rest of the year. What I will tell you is if you adjust for tariff impact, you're still talking 30, 40 basis points of EBIT margin expansion for the year, which is right where we want to be. We're happy with that progress this year. We'll have more next year. And interestingly, as we look at next year's margin expansion, what I'm excited about is our commitment of holding tariff impact flat because what's happened right now is we have about $265 million worth of tariff impact in our numbers this year through intense efforts by our operating teams. We're able to hold that number flat next year despite the fact that we have like FIFO inventory impacts -- impacting next year and we didn't really have a big impact in the first quarter, we're able to hold that flat.
It's a huge achievement. But what it will allow us to do is it will allow us to hopefully have tariffs become neutral and then even start to become a tailwind in future years as we look to drive margin expansion.
Just so I understood your comments correctly for next year, you're saying the tariff impact flat year-over-year, '26 versus '25. And that next year, you said you have 30 basis points of underlying margin improvement this year, embedded in the guidance. Do you think you can do better than that next year?
Well, here's what I will say, and I'll stop short of September, so we never like to give guidance for next year. But if you think about our aspiration, what we've said is we want to be 17% to -- high teens to 20% plus by 2028, okay? In order to do that, we need to accelerate some margin improvement. Obviously, this year was a huge challenge, principally because of tariffs. And so as we get on that cycle, you will start to see some nice margin expansion in the coming years.
Okay. So that's helpful. Super helpful. Thank you. Jay, maybe talk about some of the growth drivers, Flyrcado.
We're very excited about Flyrcado. I think from our standpoint, this is a game changer for cardiac imaging. It really is. And I think what we're seeing is real interest by our customers. Everybody who has it has been very compelled by the image quality and the improvements that they're seeing as a result of implementing with Flyrcado. We always knew this would be a highly orchestrated launch. It's not as simple as launching a drug that you ship. There are so many different facets to this. It starts with getting CMS reimbursement, which we did. Quickly, it moves on, you have to have commercial carrier reimbursement, which is another hurdle. Then you also have to have a radiopharmaceutical network in place that allows you to deliver product consistently to your customers. Right now, we have a target of getting to 25% by year-end. We're at about 18 radio pharmacies that support the volumes that we need to deliver. Once we get to 25, it will be like 90% coverage. But then with respect to centers, it's not as simple as going to a center and saying, here you go.
It's more complex, meaning go to the center, explain how workflow is going to change as a result of this new product, how workflow can support enhanced outcomes for patients. And so that entire process is a complex one, but I'm so proud of the team and what they're doing in terms of the education, the tracking, the progress. So we feel very good about what we're expecting to do this year and we're incredibly excited about the long-term potential. I know you have some robust numbers out there. Listen, we're chasing them. We said $500 million plus by 2028, and we really want to make the plus as big as possible.
That's helpful. Good to hear. And then Photon Counting CT. Talk about your confidence to be able to file this year and launch next year and how you're thinking about the ramp?
This is interesting because oftentimes, when you increase R&D spending substantially, it's hard to spend the money effectively. What I mean by that is like you're hiring whole new teams and you're hiring new capabilities, competencies, and oftentimes what happens is you have pipelines that drift despite the increase in spending. That's a real challenge. I've seen that with lots of different companies in the past. What I think I'm most proud of, and I said this at the outset, we've increased our R&D spending. And all of the time lines for the most part, there's little movements here and there. All of the time lines are intact.
As it relates to Photon Counting, we're going to file in the second half of the year, as we said and then be ready to launch in '26, incredibly excited about what this brings to bear and how this positions us. I'm limited in terms of the comments that I can make given we don't have an approved product yet. But I can tell you that our team is really excited about what we're going to do and getting in the race here. This is an area that generally the Photon Counting segment is still small. But it's an area that we don't play in today. Whole body PET. It's a market that we don't play in today. We're a, if not, the leader in imaging and ultrasound. And yet, there are markets that we don't participate in at this point. And so getting Photon Counting out is really significant, getting whole body PET out, really significant.
Not to mention all the refresh that we're doing from the rest of the product line because we have a whole host of those products. And what we find is when you do launch new products, oftentimes, it triggers investment cycles. But these new markets, I think, are really compelling from our standpoint. Everybody in the room, we have a big conference, the RSNA is the most notable show for radiology, and that occurs later in November. I'm so excited for what we're going to share there. Obviously, you're all invited to join us.
Sounds good. Someone from our team will definitely be there. And Jay, digital, you said at your Investor Day that digital revenue, including AI was $1.2 billion in 2023, and you expect that to grow by 50% to $1.8 billion by 2028. What are the drivers? Are you on track? And are you going to like maybe disclose more on the earnings calls about the progress because if I think about it, I'm not sure I've heard like on the recent earnings calls, any updates there?
I do think there's an opportunity as we think about disclosure, some incremental information in terms of this, I think, might be beneficial for investors. So we'll take that up and discuss that. We're making great progress here. First of all, we're at -- I think it's $1.2 billion as of last year, which is a very robust amount. And it's things like AIR Recon DL, which is an artificial intelligence enhancement for MRIs, which allows scans to take place much faster with higher image quality. Okay? That's a huge improvement. When you think about radiology departments that are constrained today, having something like AIR Recon DL is a game changer. And so of course, we're winning MR sales as a result of that. And then we're adding on the sale of that particular product. So that's just 1 small example.
We have now Sonic DL. Our whole ultrasound portfolio has really interesting technology embedded. In some instances, it's an add-on. So when we sell a Vscan Air, we have innovation package options, which incorporate into that product or Caption Health technology. That's a deal we did several years ago. And really what Caption Health is about is AI to help guide ultrasounds, allowing trained sonographers to do it faster or untrained sonographers to get images which is something that really wasn't possible before this. So that innovation package is available software-as-a-service. So these are the kinds of investments that we're making across the entire portfolio to support the growth of this. We feel very good about it. It's an important investment for us because not only is it a line item that we can kind of pull out and tell you about, it also gives us the opportunity to differentiate ourselves versus competitive offerings.
That's helpful. Jay, I wanted to switch gears. Talk about your long-term outlook. You have an LRP out there. It calls for a mid-single digit, I think CAGR, for '26 to '28. How are you feeling about that? Because China was expected to contribute 150 to 200 basis points by basically the normalization of growth there. So how are you feeling about the LRP at this point?
What I would say is it's almost like if you think about this year, right. Maybe the second half is a little bit softer, but we raised the guidance for the full year. Why is that? Well, what that comes down to is execution on the commercial side, execution on the R&D side amidst an interesting backdrop. And so I am incredibly pleased. We did the Sutter deal earlier this year. We have more deals like that in the works we've announced some others. What those deals represent is putting forth the full capability of our company, service, world-class products, world-class service, a commercial organization that is outstanding. You wrap all of those things together, and we're winning with our customers. And so on balance, I feel really good about our midterm aspirations and it comes down to those 3 dimensions: world-class products driven in large part by the refresh that we're doing so much of that. By the way, I think last week, we announced Vivid Pioneer, which is cardiac ultrasound. It's our next-generation product. Image quality, AI incorporated into the workflow, extremely portable, great probes. It's -- there was tremendous excitement around this new product.
Now we've been quietly investing in this for the last couple of years, and Phil unveiled it recently at a conference in Madrid. For us, that's 1 of the many reasons that we're very excited about the midterm growth prospects and our ability to achieve this midterm -- mid-single-digit sales growth. It's going to be on the back of new products that allows us to do this.
I wanted to come back to China for a minute. Just 1 follow-up question. You gave some helpful commentary about how you're thinking about the year. My question is, that I forgot to ask when we're on that topic, is there anything that you can say, anything in the public domain about how things are progressing in China in terms of the tender process, the environment. Any new information out there we should be aware of?
No real new information. I think it's kind of progressing as we expect as we -- in line with what we said. But you can't overread in 2 weeks because the last time we talked about this was a few weeks ago, you can't overread progress during those kind of time frames. But yes, I would say things are generally okay in China, and we're just watching very -- we're watching very cautiously. And as we think about when we give guidance and things of that nature, always take a conservative view on China given some of the volatility there. So like I said, so happy that we were able to achieve a higher level of sales growth for this year. And let's see what happens if China starts to recover above our expectations, that becomes an incremental tailwind.
Right. But obviously, the guidance this year is 3%, and so people listening to your response on the LRP, I think, would be at least many would be wondering, can you still hit the mid-single-digit CAGR if China doesn't recover, do you have kind of other tailwinds like the Sutter deal that could help you overcome that if China doesn't recover?
So from my view, there is so much good momentum that we're comfortable with mid-single-digit sales growth over the midterm despite a volatile -- under a range of China scenarios. Let's put it that way.
Okay.
Now the interesting thing is that all of that comes down to momentum that we're seeing in core markets, new product supplements and continued work in terms of service and commercial excellence.
So if I think about next year specifically, take the 3% from this year, you have Photon Counting coming, you have Flyrcado ramping. What are some of the tailwinds and headwinds that we should be considering next year without obviously giving specific guidance?
Yes, thank you. I always appreciate my post Labor Day 2026 question. I always appreciate that. So stopping short of giving guidance. I think for us, as we approach next year, you start to benefit from the new product cycles. That's really the biggest thing that will contribute to orders growth and then to some extent, sales growth, you'll have the Flyrcado ramp because remember, if we're going to get to $500 million plus by 2028, you have to start to have bigger numbers in 2026. Those numbers start to be significant in the context of even a $20 billion company. So that's another one. And then you have some of the big deals that start to play through next year and future years. So I think we've done a good job really insulating the midterm with the large deals that we're talking to today and that we've executed on, plus these new products.
Okay. And Jay, there's -- as you know, with the One Big Beautiful Bill, significant Medicaid cuts, investors are concerned about the impact on hospital capital equipment spending. What's your view?
We have -- so the hospital capital environment in the U.S. has been solid. We haven't seen an impact from hesitancy by our customers. We've talked to our customers about this, and we haven't seen major concerns yet. Now when we do our survey in the upcoming quarter, we're going to be sure to embed some questions around some of these aspects because I think they're really important to have a fine-tuned understanding of, but so far, we've seen no impact. And frankly, there are aspects of the bill that are supportive of a robust capital environment. And so we don't know like 1 way or the other what the impact will ultimately be. We'll survey our customers. We'll look at this very carefully. But as of now, we've seen no change to what has been robust buying behavior.
That's helpful. Jay, before capital allocation, I wanted to ask a tax question. We've seen it come down from 24% only like 2 years ago. This year, I think you guided to 20% to 21%. I think the first half was even lower. Is there more room for improvement?
We want to continue to improve the tax rate. You asked -- you told me last year that I had the highest tax rate in all of medtech or companies that...
That seems to have really motivated you.
And we already -- we had already circled that on the P&L as an opportunity for us. We were 24%. 24% was really high, then we were 22%. Now we're 20% to 21%. What I have to say is we have an incredibly talented tax organization and a tremendous tax leader. And so -- and that team -- so much of that team has been in place for a long time. And so -- but the interesting thing is when you spin off from another company, the objectives of the company may change as it relates to certain aspects of the P&L.
In the case of tax, we weren't previously optimizing the tax rate of GE HealthCare. We were optimizing the tax rate of GE with the support of GE HealthCare. So now we move to an independent company. And make no mistake, it was a lot of work that was undertaken by the team to do a strategic assessment and understand what the attributes and opportunities are. But we've been hard at work at that. And we've been able to drive a very meaningful impact because at the end of the day, this is a real impact to the P&L and cash. And I expect us to drive more of that in the future.
That's helpful. So capital allocation, just remind us of your M&A criteria, including size, accretion, dilution and return on invested capital, please?
Sure. For us, M&A is an important growth driver. But what I would say is we really like targets where there is an incredible strategic logic because when we find that, we find that there's a limited buyer universe and you can tend to get attractive or reasonable deals done. And so the best example that I can think of, of this, and we have actually several of them. But we purchased MIM a couple of years ago. And MIM software is for theranostics, it's basically radiation oncology workflow. And the interesting thing about MIM is when we were selling our product offering against competitors, they were sometimes selecting the competitor product because they like their radiation oncology workflow better, or if they were buying our product, they were essentially buying MIM as well.
So it's no wonder when you did this MIM deal, which was a few hundred million dollars, the synergies were fabulous. And so we were able to drive a very robust return. That deal is tracking ahead of its deal model on, I think, every P&L dimension, including orders, very robust orders growth. And it just made so much strategic sense for us. We did a deal called Intelligent Ultrasound, smaller deal, same concept, automation of the maternal fetal exam. Well, guess what, there's only a couple of buyers of that. Caption Health, another example of a deal really where we were the logical if not only potential buyer. And so great transactions for us. Strategic, we need to have a really tight fit. Now once we have that, we like revenue growth. We want to see accelerating revenue growth. We want to see accretion in the very near term, not necessarily year 1. There may be deals that you do in year 1 that are year 1 dilutive. And then we want to see a high-single-plus ROI by year 5.
Those are the financial criteria that we have. By the way, we're also focused on tilting our business more to recurring revenue. So that's another aspect that we consider. We have a rich pipeline of deals in place. And what I would say is we don't have a size governor, but there's much more smaller deals in the pipeline. There are far more deals less than 10% of market cap because there are just more available targets. They're less risky. They represent great opportunities for us. And in many instances, it's a product, technology or capability that we can plug directly into a gap that exists. So as I think about M&A, you can expect us to see those kinds of things thematically, the NMP acquisition, which is something our Japanese distributor for our PDx business. Well, it's a tremendous deal. And now it gives us a platform to expand in Japan that we didn't really have before. Direct control over critical attributes.
So very excited about the pipeline. We brought in a new leader in this area from Edwards Lifesciences, Finn Haley. We spent a lot of time on this. And I think will we transact? You never know because at the end of the day, we really have very rigorous criteria. We've passed on dozens, if not more than 100 deals since I've been there, because the economics aren't right. So I think we'll get to the right spot with this, but definitely excited about the pipeline.
That's helpful. Before we end, we got a couple of minutes left, I actually wanted to ask about 1 business. It doesn't get a lot of attention, PCS. That was 1 of your softer businesses in the first half of the year. You have a new leader there. Someone investors know from her prior company. What is the strategy there? Is that an area where we could see some tuck-in M&A?
No, it's interesting because at the start of this session, I said -- I said, we're proud of a few things. One is culture and team. And then during the presentation today, I referenced, we have a new tax leader. We have a new business development leader. We hired Jeannette Bankes, who's a star business leader. And so, so thrilled that we have somebody with her capability and competency at our company. And listen, PCS has underperformed. There have been some supply chain issues, a couple of comp issues. At the end of the day, we want that business to do a lot better and it can. That business will benefit from a whole host of launches that will take place next year, and Jeannette is focused incredibly on those successful launches, accelerating revenue growth, but also accelerating margin improvement. So you'll see both of those.
Now to your point, there are a whole host of tuck-in acquisitions in this area because the reality is it's a $3 billion business, which is not huge for us, but it sits in a critical spot in hospitals. So the real estate that we occupy lends itself to some nice tuck-ins around it, and we're evaluating lots of different opportunities in this space. But I think the thing that you can count on is a real focus of that team on accelerating sales growth as a result of innovation and supply chain and also accelerating margin improvement back to that whole business system, this team has embraced it completely.
And importantly, in that product portfolio, you will see us moving from more stand-alone hardware type focus of R&D efforts to more connected platforms, more smart AI, which is something that will, we believe, make it more palatable to the customer to want to embed those devices and refresh the portfolio.
That's helpful. Thank you. Jay, we're almost out of time. Thank you very much for being here, both you and Carolynne and the rest of the team in the audience. I wanted to give you the opportunity to make some closing remarks here.
Well, listen, thank you again for your support over the years. We really appreciate it and you picked up coverage early and really brought some insights to the entire investor community. So thanks for that. From our standpoint, really pleased with the execution, 2026 has a whole host of exciting product launches that benefit that year, but even more '27, '28, '29 and beyond. So, so excited about what we've been able to deliver on thus far and really set ourselves up for this successful midterm.
Thank you.
Thank you.
Transkripte auf Deutsch freischalten
- Alle Event Transkripte auf Deutsch
- Sofortige Übersetzung
- KI-Zusammenfassungen für die wichtigsten Insights
GE HealthCare Technologies — Wells Fargo 20th Annual Healthcare Conference 2025
GE HealthCare Technologies — Wells Fargo 20th Annual Healthcare Conference 2025
📊 Kernbotschaft
- Fokus: GE HealthCare setzt auf produktgetriebene Wachstumsphasen: mehrere wichtige Launches 2026 (Photon‑Counting CT, Whole‑Body PET, Flyrcado) sollen Umsatz und Marktanteile treiben.
- Operative Stärke: Strikte Lean‑Business‑Systeme treiben Margenverbesserung trotz Belastungen durch Zölle (Tarife) und China‑Volatilität.
- Risikofaktoren: Zölle (~$265M Impact), längere Tenderzyklen in China und die Komplexität beim Markthochlauf neuer bildgebender Verfahren.
🎯 Strategische Highlights
- F&E‑Schub: Erhöhte R&D‑Investitionen (Forschung & Entwicklung) halten Zeitpläne für mehrere Produktstarts intakt und sollen Refresh‑Zyklen auslösen.
- Kommerz & Backlog: Rekord‑Backlog $21.3Mrd und Book‑to‑Bill 1.07x bieten kurzfristige Umsatzsichtbarkeit; US‑Krankenhauskapitalmarkt bleibt robust.
- M&A‑Fokus: Tuck‑ins mit klarer strategischer Logik (z.B. MIM) bevorzugt; Ziel: schnell wirkende, margensteigernde Ergänzungen und mehr wiederkehrende Umsätze.
🔭 Neue Informationen
- Guidance‑Bewegung: Management hob Midpoint der Jahresguidance um ~50 Basispunkte (~$100M) an, trotz vorsichtiger China‑Prognose.
- Tarife: Diesjähriger Zoll‑Effekt bei rund $265M; Ziel, diesen Wert für 2026 auf gleichem Niveau zu halten, um Tarife neutral/positiv zu machen.
- Produkt‑Timing: Flyrcado: Ziel 25% Radio‑Pharmacy‑Abdeckung bis Jahresende (derzeit ~18); Photon‑Counting CT: Zulassungseinreichung H2, Launch 2026 geplant.
❓ Fragen der Analysten
- China‑Risiko: Tender‑Zyklen dauern länger; Management bleibt konservativ in China‑Prognosen und beobachtet Conversion‑Raten.
- Orders vs. Backlog: Quartalsweise Orders schwanken (Q1 10%→Q2 3%); Management verweist auf trailing‑Mehrquartals‑Trend und Rekord‑Backlog als relevanteren Indikator.
- Margen‑Dynamik: Q2‑Bruttomarge belastet durch Tarife und Verschiebung von R&D‑Kosten in COGS; mittelfristig weitere EBIT‑Verbesserung erwartet.
⚡ Bottom Line
- Fazit: Solide operative Ausführung und ein starker Produkt‑Fahrplan machen die mittelfristigen Ziele (mid‑single‑digit CAGR, Margenverbesserung) erreichbar, doch China‑Tender und Zollkosten bleiben die größten Unwägbarkeiten; erfolgreiche Markteinführungen 2026 sind der Katalysator für Wachstum.
GE HealthCare Technologies — Q2 2025 Earnings Call
1. Management Discussion
Good day, and thank you for standing by. Welcome to the GE HealthCare Second Quarter 2025 Earnings Conference Call. [Operator Instructions] Please be advised today's conference is being recorded.
I would now like to turn the conference over to your speaker today, Carolynne Borders. Please go ahead.
Thanks, operator. Good morning, and welcome to GE HealthCare's Second Quarter 2025 Earnings Call. I'm joined by our President and CEO, Peter Arduini; and Vice President and CFO, Jay Saccaro.
Our conference call remarks will include both GAAP and non-GAAP financial results. Reconciliations between GAAP and non-GAAP measures can be found in today's press release and in the presentation slides available on our website.
During this call, we'll make forward-looking statements about our performance. These statements are based on how we see things today. As described in our SEC filings, actual results may differ materially due to risks and uncertainties.
With that, I'll hand the call over to Peter.
Thanks, Carolynne. Good morning, and thank you all for joining today. I'm pleased to report that we delivered another solid quarter marked by continued business execution, healthy customer demand and ongoing progress with our precision care strategy.
In the second quarter, we saw orders growth across all segments. Backlog remains at record levels, and strong book-to-bill reflects continued customer investment in capital equipment. For example, we're seeing this in Imaging and Advanced Visualization Solutions for outpatient cardiac and orthopedic settings.
We're also observing healthy procedure volumes globally.
Revenue growth in the period was driven by strength in the U.S. and EMEA regions.
Looking at commercial execution, I'd like to highlight significant wins and long-term enterprise deals that demonstrate our continued momentum. During the second quarter, in the U.S., we secured our largest order ever of Omni Legend PET/CT systems.
We also entered a strategic collaboration with Ascension, valued up to $90 million in the first year.
We broadened our long-term relationship with one of the largest providers in Mexico, and secured a $250 million 5-year collaboration in Europe.
These strategic collaborations leverage our D3 strategy, which is about bringing to market world-class solutions with smart devices and drugs, enabling disease state solutions with digital and AI.
Success in our global strategy is evidenced by the adoption of new product introductions, which generated over 50% of our sales. This demonstrates the success of our R&D investments.
Our commercial teams go to market with a solutions mindset, clinical expertise and deep product domain. All of this enables us to better serve patient needs and help our customers create sustainable long-term growth.
In the quarter, we delivered strong EPS despite a mixed macroeconomic landscape. Overall, we're optimistic given customer investment, our operational execution and increasing clarity in the global trade landscape.
Now I'll turn the call over to Jay to provide more details on the quarter. Jay?
Thanks, Pete. Let's start with our financial performance on Slide 4. We reported revenues of $5 billion in the quarter with organic growth of 2% at the high end of our expected range.
On a reported basis, service revenue grew 7%, driven by global growth in new and existing customer agreements, including enterprise deals. Product revenue was up 2%.
We delivered healthy organic orders growth up 3% year-over-year with first half order growth of 7%.
Book-to-bill for the quarter was strong at 1.07x, and we exited the quarter with a record backlog of $21.3 billion. Backlog was up $2.2 billion year-over-year and was up $700 million sequentially.
Adjusted EBIT margin in the quarter was 14.6%, down 80 basis points year-over-year due to tariff impacts. This was partially offset by lean actions and volume.
We continued to execute on our optimization initiatives in line with our medium-term profitability goals.
We delivered strong adjusted EPS in the quarter of $1.06 per share, up 6% year-over-year. This included approximately $0.08 of impact from tariffs. And improved tax rate contributed $0.07 of benefit year-over-year. And we also saw lower interest expense.
Lastly, free cash flow of $7 million in the quarter was up $189 million versus the prior year.
Taking a closer look at margin performance in the second quarter on Slide 5. Adjusted gross margin declined 180 basis points year-over-year. This was primarily due to tariff expenses and new product investments.
Given the tariff dynamics, we thought it would be helpful to also look at performance in the first half of 2025. Adjusted gross margin for the first half of the year decreased 50 basis points, and adjusted EBIT margin decreased 20 basis points, including the impact of tariffs. This was partially offset by productivity and increased volume.
We remain focused on what's in our control, including driving productivity initiatives and implementing tariff mitigation actions.
Let's move on to segment performance, starting with Imaging on Slide 6. Organic revenue in the quarter was up 1% versus the prior year. This was driven by strong execution in EMEA and the U.S., largely offset by China headwinds.
Segment EBIT margin declined 110 basis points year-over-year, driven by tariff pressure. This was partially offset by productivity improvements. Excluding tariffs, imaging margin would have increased year-over-year and sequentially.
Overall capital equipment demand and procedure growth remained healthy as customers invest in imaging innovation.
Turning to Advanced Visualization Solutions on Slide 7. Organic revenue was up 2% year-over-year with continued strong performance in the U.S. as customers invest in AI-enhanced ultrasound solutions across multiple care settings.
Segment EBIT margin increased 20 basis points year-over-year, driven by productivity and volume.
As we look ahead, we expect continued strength in growth markets driven by product launches across the portfolio to accelerate growth and recurring revenue.
Turning to Patient Care Solutions on Slide 8. Organic revenue was flat year-over-year. Growth in monitoring solutions was offset by life support solutions, which faced a difficult year-over-year comparison. This was largely due to the strong backlog conversion in the second quarter of last year.
Segment EBIT margin declined 240 basis points, primarily driven by inflation and unfavorable portfolio mix. This was partially offset by productivity actions.
We remain focused on new product introductions including monitoring, anesthesia and labor delivery solutions, which we expect to drive growth and improve margin over time.
Moving to Pharmaceutical Diagnostics on Slide 9. We delivered another quarter of solid growth at 5% organically. This was versus a difficult comparison in the second quarter of 2024 when organic sales grew 14%.
EBIT margin declined 200 basis points year-over-year due to planned U.S. radiopharmaceutical investments, Nihon Medi-Physics and FX headwinds, which were partially offset by price.
We remain confident in our growth outlook for PDx, given continued strength in global imaging procedures that drive the need for imaging agents and the consistent growth of radiopharmaceuticals.
Let's look at cash performance on Slide 10. We delivered free cash flow of $7 million, up $189 million year-over-year primarily due to timing. The prior year period reflects our annual employee compensation payments that were paid in the second quarter, but now they are paid in the first quarter.
We continue to strategically manage our working capital and monitor inventory cycle times.
Turning to capital allocation. Our priorities remain intact. In April, we announced a board-authorized share repurchase program of $1 billion. In the second quarter, we repurchased approximately $100 million of our shares, reflecting our view of strong long-term growth opportunities. We also issued $1.5 billion in bonds to refinance our November 2025 debt maturity.
Additionally, we're focused on investing in organic growth, maintaining our dividend and pursuing strategic M&A that aligns with our portfolio strategy.
Turning to Slide 11 on tariffs. As Pete mentioned, we're pleased that the global tariff environment has become clearer since the time of our last earnings call. Today, we're providing an updated adjusted EPS walk that reflects our best view of the gross and net tariff impact versus our prior guidance. We've made significant progress with mitigating actions and continue to implement these initiatives across the globe.
As outlined on the slide, we've continued to make prudent assumptions regarding the bilateral U.S. and China tariffs, as well as announced tariffs for the EU, Mexico, Canada and Japan. In essence, as we did last quarter, we're only assuming the current agreed upon tariffs.
In April, we guided to an adjusted EPS range of $3.90 to $4.10, which reflected $0.85 of total net tariff impact post the significant remediation work performed by our teams. With the easing of tariffs, we expect to realize an improvement of approximately $0.40 from the prior full year adjusted EPS guidance. We also expect a $0.13 improvement due to commercial execution, tax and interest.
The total net tariff impact in our adjusted EPS guidance for 2025 is now $0.45.
In the second quarter, the impact from tariffs was less than $50 million. We will continue to drive mitigation actions into 2026 and beyond. As a result, in 2026, we expect less than $0.45 of adjusted EPS impacts from tariffs.
Now let's turn to our full outlook on Slide 12. For the full year 2025 reflective of continued positive customer sentiment in many of the global markets we serve and continued business momentum, we're raising our organic revenue growth guidance to approximately 3%. Based on where rates are today, we expect FX to be a 50 basis point tailwind to revenue.
For adjusted EBIT margin, we are now forecasting a range of 15.2% to 15.4% for the full year, compared to our previous guidance of 14.2% to 14.4%.
Our adjusted effective tax rate is expected to be in the range of 20% to 21% for the full year compared to a range of 21% to 22% in our prior guidance. This compares favorably to 2024 by 80 to 180 basis points, primarily due to the utilization of tax attributes post spin.
For adjusted EPS, we now expect between $4.43 and $4.63 for the full year. This is up versus our prior estimate of $3.90 to $4.10 per share.
We now expect to deliver free cash flow of at least $1.4 billion for the full year versus our prior expectation of at least $1.2 billion. 2025 will be impacted by tariff payments as previously discussed.
To provide additional insight. For the third quarter of 2025, we currently anticipate year-over-year organic revenue growth for the quarter to be in the range of 2% to 3%. And we expect adjusted EBITDA to decline high single digits year-over-year due to tariff impacts.
With that, I'll turn the call back over to Pete. Pete?
Thanks, Jay. As you know, our innovation pipeline is focused on delivering solutions that provide productivity, efficiency and improved outcomes along the patient journey and across the enterprise. A great example of this is the fast-growing sector of nuclear medicine where we play a significant role enabling better care for multiple diseases.
In the first half of the year, orders grew strong double digits across our proprietary diagnostic imaging agents and leading molecular imaging solutions made up of AI-enabled equipment and digital tools.
PET imaging is a core component of nuclear medicine and a cornerstone to precision care. Recently, one of the largest GPOs reported that PET is expected to outpace other modalities in the coming years in part due to an aging population and the rise of novel therapeutics. As a result, our customers are looking to GE HealthCare as the partner to help them increase capacity and build infrastructure to better manage their patient flow.
We believe our comprehensive offering of nuclear medicine solutions across multiple care areas puts us at an advantage. So let me explain why. In Alzheimer's, momentum began 2 years ago with the FDA approval of the first amyloid-targeting therapies. Since then, we acquired MIM Software and have integrated differentiating amyloid assessment and therapy monitoring tools into our devices.
We continue to see demand for Vizamyl, our diagnostic PET amyloid agent. And just last month, the FDA updated Vizamyl's label to allow for quantification of amyloid and patient selection for treatment. It also removes limitations for use for monitoring therapy response and predicting development of dementia.
In oncology, updated guidelines are driving increased use of Cerianna scans for certain patients with metastatic breast cancer. Cerianna revenues have increased significantly year-over-year. And meanwhile, MIM continues to be a differentiator for us to drive efficiencies and complex workflows like theranostics, one of the fastest-growing areas of nuclear medicine.
We're continuing to advance the commercial ramp-up for Flyrcado. It's now covered by all 7 Medicare administrative contractors and included on cardiac PET policies and more than half of the nation's commercially insured population.
At the 2025 Society of Nuclear Medicine and Molecular Imaging Annual Meeting, a clinical abstract featuring data from flurpiridaz, the active agent in Flyrcado, received the Cardiology Abstract of the Year award.
As the world looks to address these devastating diseases, we're confident that our investments thus far and in the future will pay off in the form of real patient impact and customer interest to grow their service lines.
Our nuclear medicine approach with smart devices and a portfolio of drugs enabled by digital and AI is a great example of D3 in action. As a partner, we're not only helping customers define the future, but delivering solutions at a time when they're ready to embrace it.
As we conclude the call, we're pleased with the orders and revenue performance in the second quarter and in the first half of the year, which has been supported by strong customer demand. We continue leading in AI in health care, topping the FDA's AI-enabled medical device list for the fourth year running with 100 authorizations.
We help drive clinical confidence, improve productivity for customers and fuel our growth.
We're also on track to deliver progress on our innovation pipeline with many of our higher-margin product launches planned in the second half of this year and into 2026.
Our capital allocation strategy primarily focused on organic and inorganic investment while also returning cash to shareholders through dividend and share repurchases demonstrates our financial flexibility.
We continue to drive long-term value through our strategic priorities. With healthy end markets, solid operating execution and a global trade environment that's becoming more clear, we're pleased to be in a position to raise our 2025 guidance today.
I want to thank our teams for another strong quarter of execution and for their relentless focus to deliver for patients and customers globally. Now let's open up the call for questions.
Thank you, Peter. [Operator Instructions] Operator, can you please open the line?
[Operator Instructions] Our first question comes from Vijay Kumar with Evercore ISI.
2. Question Answer
Congrats on a nice execution here. Maybe my first question here on the capital environment. Our math suggests capital book-to-bill was 1.13, another double-digit print here, really strong trends in that first half.
Maybe can you talk about capital environment across different regions, U.S., Europe and whether China has bottomed?
Vijay, thanks for the question. Yes, I mean, our orders, obviously, in the first half were about 7% when you take a look across the two.
And when we take a look at the different markets around the world, I'll kind of go around the horn. And I'd say U.S., one of the things we've talked about has an aging installed base, particularly in imaging, probably older than many around the world, some of that with the pauses that took place during COVID. So there is a robust replacement cycle that's going on. I think that's one aspect of the U.S.
The other aspect is many of the new clinical products that are coming out, either on the drug or the device side, I mean, if you think of electrophysiology and what's happening in that boom driving the need for advanced cath labs as an example. Or what's happening relative to certain pharmaceuticals and the need for more MR follow-up imaging. I mean, those are just examples that are driving, and we see those trends to be robust.
The other, which is a big obvious one, is the need for productivity. It's difficult for U.S. hospitals to get staffed. And so equipment that moves the patient swiftly through the institution with a high-quality diagnosis is a very important asset.
And hence, when we look at some of the surveys that come out, our most recent capital survey still has a rather a bullish view on spending and committing money towards our equipment.
We haven't seen any significant pullbacks, I'd say, in any of the data at this point in time, even from some of the most recent bills that were passed in Washington. So stay tuned on that. Obviously, some of those won't come into effect until maybe '26, but we aren't seeing anything at this point in time.
Europe, we're actually seeing some good growth. I would say last year, I had mentioned that with some government changes, there were positives, most notably like in the U.K. and France. We're actually seeing recovery in geographies there from a capital decision standpoint, U.K., Germany. So I think that plays out. Obviously, we'll have to see how the final negotiations take place with some of the tariff bills, does that affect things. But at this point, we're not seeing a lot.
I think emerging markets, countries like Indonesia, there's a lot of activity going on in a positive way for us. I know as well as other players. In Latin America, we're seeing strong.
I'd say China, we're seeing activity pick up, but the market recovery is taking a little bit longer. And so our focus there is, is that it's probably still going to take a little bit more time to evolve. We think the longer-term outlook will be positive just based on the size of the country. But we have, I'd still say, a paced view of how that market will recover.
I don't know, Jay, anything you'd add to that?
Yes, sure. Vijay, just as it relates to your specific comment on equipment book-to-bill, we reported 1.07x. By the way, this was after 1.09x in the first quarter and the same number in the fourth quarter. So we're really pleased with this book-to-bill performance, the strength of the markets that we're experiencing right now.
As we look at the -- as you know, with that calculation, we incorporate PDx and service revenue at 1:1. So to your point, equipment book-to-bill in all three of those quarters was well above 1.1. So I think it's really a good backdrop as we look to accelerate the business over the midterm.
That's helpful comments here. And maybe one follow-up, if I may. Your tariff assumptions, you're mitigating half the impact here in fiscal '25. Noted that fiscal '26 impact to be lesser than '25.
Maybe elaborate on the actions the company is taking or any of these actions or things that you would call as causing regret if rates were to change, come down. And based on all that you know right now, do we have visibility into high singles EPS for fiscal '26?
Great. Thanks, Vijay. Overall, we're very pleased with the work that the organization is undertaking on tariffs. It's been daily work across the board and a lot of progress over the last several months.
As we think about the actions, I would bucket them in two pieces. The first set are no-regrets moves that we immediately implemented. And then the second are longer lead time items where we waited a bit. So let's talk about each piece.
In the first bucket, there's things like USMCA exemptions, bonded logistics, simple supplier changes where we have dual sourcing in place. And so all of those activities are things that we benefited from immediately and we will likely leave in place for the foreseeable future.
The second piece, though, relates to the broader restructuring of the supply chain. And so as we gain clarity on how the final tariff deals look, we're starting to invest in some more substantive changes. For example, shifting manufacturing to more local for local or working with our supply base to move capacity within their network to more tariff-friendly geographies.
Those items are longer lead time items. They do require some investment. But from our standpoint, you don't want to do those kinds of moves until you have clarity on final trade deals. And so as we've seen these trade deals shape up, we're now in a position to begin to execute on some of these, which we'll do in the second half of the year and then those will benefit 2026.
To your point, it's really important that we have 2026 below 2025 impact. That's a clear area of focus for us as we look to mitigate these things.
As far as EPS growth for next year, no comment at this stage. We'll work through that in the coming months as we put together our plans for 2026.
Pete, anything to add?
Yes. I would just say, Vijay, I mean, we've been really all over this one. I think it's going to set us up well going into '26, but also into '27. Sometimes these events also cause you to really take a deep look at your businesses. And so we're doing a lot of housecleaning as well, configurations, things of that nature.
I'll give you an example, our [ vascular ] business. We had a product that's used in orthopedics that was only made in China. We have the capability to make it in Utah. We'll make them in both locations. And so we can better serve the customers and probably the turnaround time when a customer wants one, we've cut the lead time probably in half with that change.
Ultrasound probes, we make them in 4 different places around the world. Sometimes that was led by one sole decision, maybe cost or something. As we see where these rates are, we can actually titrate where we want to make specific ones.
So I would say our customer service out of this as well as resolving this, both of those are going to improve as we just get smarter, as we think about the geo landscape of where we want to make and how we provide customer service and support, but also what the costs are associated with them.
Our next question comes from Joanne Wuensch with Citi.
I wanted to spend a minute or two talking about the order book. It looks like the order growth decelerated versus the first quarter. Can you help us understand the drivers? Were there any pull forwards in the first quarter? Or is this a better way to look at this more on a year-over-year book-to-bill type of order book?
Sure. As Pete mentioned earlier, Joanne, we're really pleased with the health of the customer capital environment. We think it's a robust backdrop. Surveys confirm that, and our performance confirms it as well. Second quarter order growth of 3% was certainly below Q1, but we knew that was going to happen.
Book-to-bill was healthy, as I mentioned moments ago, and we had a record backlog over $21 billion, which really sets us up well heading into next year.
We did expect some moderation, as I said. And it's important to look at this not on a quarter basis, but on a period a little bit more extended than that. If you look at the first half orders growth, we're at 7%. I think if you look at the last 9 months of orders, we're at 7% or 6%. If you look at the last year, we're at mid-single-digit growth.
So when we talk about this midterm aspiration of driving mid-single-digit growth, certainly, the performance that we've seen on a 3, 6, 9, 12 basis all supports that. We're seeing strength in U.S., EMEA emerging markets. Customers are committed to CapEx.
So I wouldn't overanalyze the deceleration from Q1 to Q2. We did have a large customer order in the first quarter that did help the order growth a little bit. But overall, we're encouraged by the environment.
Yes. And just the only thing I would add, Joanne, is that with capital equipment, it's always going to be a little bit lumpy by quarter. And the more that we are successful with enterprise deals where you get a large commitment, we have POs cut in a given quarter for the next 18, 24 months of deliveries, we're going to put those in right then. We're obviously not going to spread them out or such and so that's going to create lumpiness.
And so as Jay said, the retrospective look is super important there. But we feel very good about the position where we're in, and obviously, with new products coming after 2, 3 years of investment that we would expect that to accelerate here in future quarters.
Our next question comes from Larry Biegelsen with Wells Fargo.
Pete, I wanted to ask about the progress with Flyrcado. What feedback are you hearing from customers? What are some of the barriers to adoption that you're addressing? And how are you feeling about the $30 million in guidance for 2025?
And I did have one follow-up.
Okay. Larry, thanks for the question. Look, I'll start with the $30 million. I mean, we feel good about it. Let me tell you a little bit. It's probably less about the $30 million and more of the composition of it that positions us for the next 2, 3, 4 years in the ramp.
But look, we're pleased with the progress. And some of the first things are is expanding the manufacturing footprint. Keep in mind, this is a product that we make the API, we make the chemistry labs. But the real actual manufacturing happens at CMOs, contract manufacturing organizations, close to the site of delivery. We set a goal that we need to have about 25 this year to meet those numbers. We're roughly at about 18. So we're actually on track or slightly ahead of where we need to be. I think that will help us reach over 90% of the PET imaging sites that we've targeted here by the end of the year. So that's an important characteristic.
The other one is can you pay for it? I'd mentioned earlier, the MACs, all 7 in the U.S. the Medicare administrators are covering, and now we have over 65% of the commercially insured beneficiaries covering it. I think we'll pick up the other substantial covered lives here in the not-too-distant future. So from a reimbursement standpoint, feel good that we're on track to that.
Building the partnerships and the structures we've always talked about is probably one of the most critical things. It's this training program with the physicians, the techs, clinical applications. Even the feedback on reimbursement and billing as this ramps up, that cycle time, honestly, is one of the most critical things. And today, kind of from when we engage a customer until they get reimbursement and they get the cycle working to pay, takes about 90 days. The reality of it is we need to work on it, and we have our lean processes we're looking through with customers how we get that down to 40 or 30 days?
When you get to that level of you engage a customer and 30 days later they can be up and running and billing, that's when the real velocity takes us. We don't need to reach that velocity to get to the targets we have for this year, but we need that velocity to grow these things into 100-plus millions of dollars of growth down the road. So that's the work.
The feedback has been fantastic. Hands down when someone sees the image quality on a product like this versus any of the predicate products out there, particularly on obese patients or older patients, it's really second to none. So that's been great feedback that we've been receiving on it overall.
Super helpful. Jay, the gross margin came in, in line with our expectations, but it was still down about 180 basis points year-over-year. It looks like tariffs were about an 80 to 90 basis point headwind in the quarter.
What are the other factors that impacted the gross margin in the quarter? And how should we think about the gross margin for the rest of the year?
Sure. In the second quarter, our gross margin did decline 180 basis points year-over-year, as you say. And I'd point to a few drivers on that.
The tariffs are about half of the impact. Tariffs came in a little less than $50 million in the quarter, and that was clearly an impact to gross margin.
And then there's a couple of other elements in play. And one of them is a bit of reclassification -- I shouldn't say reclassification, but good news. We had $25 million shift from R&D to cost of goods sold. If we look at our total engineering and product spending at the company, about 70% of it sits within R&D and about 30% sits within cost of goods sold.
Of the 30%, it's made up of sustaining engineering, but also programs that pass technical feasibility and are close to launch. And what happened in the second quarter is we had about 50 basis points of impact from programs that shifted from pre-technical feasibility to technical feasibility as they approach the launch date. It's a really nice dynamic.
Now overall, total program and product spending was basically flat in the quarter. So R&D was down 8%, but this dynamic really explains that reduction.
We kind of look at this as a very good piece of news from our standpoint. As we think about the continued performance on the pipeline and driving that forward, it was just -- it was a great performance in the quarter. And so that did, in fact, negatively impact gross margin by about 50 basis points.
The other thing I would say is we had about 50 basis points of impact from -- in our service business. What happened here is we had some negative mix, given the start-up costs for new multi-vendor service contracts as part of large enterprise wins that we have in place.
When you take on the service on day 1, the margin is a little bit lower. And as you convert some of those accounts to more GE HealthCare products, which is really the design, the service margin improves.
So in the second quarter, that was a bit of a headwind. But again, as I look at the long-term contours of the business, I think it is really good news.
Pete, I don't know if you'd add anything to this?
No, I think you covered it, Jay. I think the main thing is when you look at engineering-based type programs in R&D, we're spending a significant amount of funds. We're making good progress with them. The advancements of some of the key programs we spoke about in MR and CT and MI are the reasons that this conversion moving forward. We'll be talking about some of these and launches in future months and quarters. So that's all great, great, exciting news.
And I think to Jay's point on the service side, the two sides of this. As these enterprise deals evolve, the actual margins increase with them over time because of this phenomena. And also as we add some of these new products into the contracts that have more AI, have more digital capabilities to capture rate on service, the price to serve actually goes up. And so from a standpoint of total margin dollars contributing, that also has a pretty significant effect. The vitality of the products we're selling with the service contracts.
So feel good about gross margin. As you guys know, it's a huge focus for us and something we're going to continue to drive.
Our next question comes from Robbie Marcus with JPMorgan.
Two for me. Wanted to start off with China, what you saw in the quarter, what the environment is like, how you're thinking about it for the rest of the year? And if there's an ex-China growth rate you're willing to give on the rest of the business?
Robbie, let me start and then maybe I'll turn it over to Jay to give a little bit more details as well.
Look, in China, I'd say we're seeing activity pick up. That being said, the velocity, obviously, the activity is picking up. But the pace of the recovery itself, meaning actual POs and people buying is taking a little bit longer. So seeing some uptick in activity, but things are taking a little longer.
Tender cycles, in particular, at the provincial level have kind of extended and just taking a little bit longer to get done. And so I think as we look at the back half of the year, our expectations is that's going to continue. That idea of bid to award is still going to be a little bit longer.
So we've reflected a slightly more conservative back half for China to our total company guidance. Obviously, if that does better, we'll do better, but that's kind of how we've taken it.
I'd also say, we're really excited about we brought in a new leader into our China team, Will Song, who has significant multinational experience, local experience, a lot of deep clinical channel work and is bringing some really interesting ideas for us that I think are going to obviously pay off for the future.
And so we've got a lot of new launches that are going to be coming around the world, but they're really going to be consequential as well in China in the next 18, 24 months as well. Some of these higher-end products that won't be part of different tenders, they'll stand alone. So we're excited about those as well.
Jay, what would you add here?
Well, the first half in China did come in better than our expectations, and I think really what it came down to in the second quarter, we had better-than-expected backlog conversion. We are expecting and modeling some softness in the second half versus the first half. Really, this is an unpredictable market as we've seen and we're sort of reflecting a cautious view as we watch continued progress in tenders and awards.
Our 3% outlook for the total company has a range of outcomes for China. So we're not counting on any meaningful step-up at this point, and we're kind of having that muted outlook for China as we consider the second half of the year.
But as we look at this overall, the market is still large and we still believe it will be an important growth driver going forward.
Great. Jay, that's a perfect segue into my follow-up question. You had a fairly in-line second quarter versus the Street on organic sales growth. You raised the 2025 forecast a bit. How should we think about the cadence for the rest of the year? China is going down a little bit in that guide? What gives you the confidence in moving it higher and what's driving it?
Yes. I think, Robbie, we feel very good about the second half and full year guidance for a couple of reasons. And a lot of this relates to the strong performance that we've seen in the last several quarters on order growth, on book-to-bill and on backlog. All of these things are at, in some cases, record levels but we've seen really robust performance overall.
And so as we think about the cadence, first half organic revenue about 3%. The third quarter guidance, we've guided to 2% to 3%. The fourth quarter is typically our seasonally strongest quarter. We're expecting a little bit faster than the 2% to 3% in the 3% to 4% range as we look at it.
And so overall, I think it's a really nice story. And it sets up well as we look for really building on that acceleration into next year.
The one thing I will say is we do a lot of work in terms of looking at when deals are going to be delivered. And so a lot of our work in terms of secured rate revenue analysis, allows us to forecast reasonably well the future quarters.
And so I would say that we're increasingly confident and it sits on the back of this robust capital environment that we've seen, and that we've been able to capitalize on over the last several months.
I'll remind you, some of those deals from the first quarter, some of the orders related to imaging and other equipment, they take 6, 9, 12 or even longer in terms of delivery dates. So that supports this acceleration that we're seeing in the second half.
Our next question comes from David Roman with Goldman Sachs.
Maybe we could start with the PDx business. And Pete, I think in your prepared remarks within Imaging, you talked about increased orders for Omni Legend.
Can you maybe help us understand how the expectations around Flyrcado may be impacting your ability to see benefits across the entirety of the PET/CT and nuclear imaging continuum? And to what extent that's kind of factored into your thinking, both for the balance of this year as well as the targets you set out last fall?
Yes, Dave, thanks for the question. Yes, in the prepared remarks, I talked about this double-digit growth we're seeing in all the products that are associated with nuclear medicine, which are radiopharmaceuticals, the digital tools and the equipment themselves, both SPECT and PET systems. So we're seeing a good amount of pull.
How much we delineate it? Is it tied to a new tracer or such is not that easy to delineate. But in general, the energy that I'd say our customers are demonstrating as they look at this is pretty strong. I think it starts with -- if you look at the therapeutic pipeline beyond PSMA into other types of tumors, into cardiology capabilities like we're going to address with Flyrcado what's happening in neuro, it's hard to not take a look at and say nuclear medicine, particularly PET. The right types of systems are going to continue to grow significantly.
I mean, we had some bigger orders within the quarter. For the most part, we'll probably play a significant role in cardiac PET imaging in the future. But I think all of these platforms that customers are looking at, because of this widespread approach, is there.
Relative to the guidance we gave last year, I don't think we've really contemplated a lot of that in there what the uptake could be. But obviously, as we get into later in the year and we start taking a look at -- as we get closer to giving our '26 guidance in the beginning of next year, that's going to be a critical part for us. But I'm quite bullish about not just what the tracers can do, but the need for added equipment.
In today's world, there's enough PET systems to do the imaging that's out there. In tomorrow's world with the growth trajectories of some of the therapeutics and the diagnostics needed, obviously there will be needed more equipment in the marketplace. And so our timing of a new full-body PET, a next-generation, multi-head camera for SPECT, which we really are the only one in the industry that has all of those capabilities, we're super excited about what that can mean.
And then, Jay, I appreciate your comments in response to Robbie's question on the 6 to 9 months to see revenue impact. But if you look at the totality of leading indicators here, book-to-bill, I think your remaining performance obligations grew for the first time in several quarters. You're talking about record backlog. Obviously, that's a good underlying barometer for the business.
But help us think about an algorithm when the book-to-bill turns into bill and how we should think -- how we should contextualize the back half revenue guidance against that algorithm?
Sure. I think our business has both flow- and project-based sales, okay? The purest of flow is PDx or our service business, that's sort of straight flow-through.
But then we have other flow products like ultrasound. And so for orders related to ultrasound, they typically convert 1 to 2 quarters after the order is booked, turns into sales.
But the biggest part of the equipment portfolio really is more project-based and that's our Imaging business. And think about this like, for example, if you have an imaging project in California, there are all sorts of regulations and licenses required to get that approved, earthquake code and so on. And so our Imaging business has typically a 9- to 12-month lead time from order to sale.
And so for project-based, it's probably better to use 12-month trailing as you look at orders to get a sense of future sales growth. And so what I would say is orders can be lumpy, but I think over time the sales can be smooth as those things emerge into the backlog and then come out of the backlog.
And so what's happening in our second half is you see that 2% to 3% in the third quarter with a little bit of an uptick in the fourth quarter. That uptick is generated by some of the orders that we saw in Q4 '24 and Q1 '25 as they start to convert into sales from the backlog.
So again, to your point, very robust backdrop. Record backlog, tremendous performance on a 3-quarter basis as we look at both book-to-bill and order growth. So we feel like we're well positioned, and that's why we were able to raise guidance for the full year.
And very high-quality backlog as well as we've really taken a hard look at this. I mean, I think that's the other aspect of it is real high-quality backlog.
Our next question comes from Matt Taylor with Jefferies.
Jay, you teased a couple of times on the call with some elevation to the innovation pipeline and higher-value, higher-margin products that are coming end of this year and in next year.
I was wondering if you could kind of double-click on that and highlight some of the key products that you're expecting to launch and the kind of impact that we could expect from them in '26?
Yes, Matt, thanks. I mean, I'll give an overview. I mean, look, this has been a key feature of what we've talked about of our strategy for how do we evolve the company to be a consistent mid-single-digit grower and even playing to the higher end of that range at certain windows of time -- mid-single-digit grower and how we can move to the higher end of that range.
A big part of this is obviously making sure that we cover any product gaps, but also be able to deliver on differentiated products. And we've been forthright to say we've had gaps within our portfolio versus certain competitors in the marketplace. And what I'm super excited about is that in the next 18 months we really fill all of those holes, and in some cases, I think we outperform what's in the marketplace. That would be a first for us really in the last decade. And that's really a catalyst moment for this company in many cases.
Jay talked about the transition that's going on in the innovation work, meaning milestones are being hit. I think the teams are doing a very good job and have been doing a good job, both regulatory, R&D, manufacturing to move things along.
But if you think about AVS, we have a full refresh in our ultrasound platform that's coming out, work that's going on in cardiovascular and women's health care. And with artificial intelligence, the integration on one of these devices now that allows a lower capable user to do things they couldn't do in the past or automate so many steps in the use of the system and puts out image quality on ultrasound that rivals in some cases modalities like CT in the past, things like that are going to be significant breakthroughs across the board, in handheld as well.
Vascular, look, we've been somewhat of a laggard in this space. I think we have a really competent cath lab that's out there now. We're winning share soon to be a vascular room, soon to actually have neurovascular, all of that is business that we don't really even play in today. And so more to come on that.
In our Imaging business, next-generation MR, the sealed products that we're working on, significant work on the UI and productivity for customers.
And also, those changes also changed the profitability of many of those modalities. And again, that's been an important message that we've delivered.
CT, obviously, Photon Counting. We're super excited about our advancements, team has done a tremendous job there. And I would say, look, in all due respect to the Photon Counting systems that are out there, they have advanced science and capability but they haven't transformed it. We think we have a platform that brings things to clinical outcomes that the current products don't have. We'll see how that ultimately plays out, but that's the reason that we're focused on our silicon-based system.
Full body PET. We haven't had a system. We're going to be talking more about that in the near future. That's going to be critical on the oncology care. And having a system that can change the amount of dose a patient receives, that can ultimately play into maybe different approaches to screening and evaluation. We're going to be a company that can play into that. PCS and monitoring.
And then a ton of AI. I mean, I mentioned relative to what we're communicating in the marketplace the most FDA-approved products. We have this product base called CareIntellect. You're going to hear us bring it out in different care areas, oncology, different areas around what we've traditionally called Command Center. So a lot of good progress there.
And then obviously, PDx, we talk about Flyrcado a lot. All of those molecules as well, remind you, now have reimbursement in the United States where they fundamentally didn't before.
So I went on a little long, but I wanted to state this, I'm super excited about this portfolio. I didn't even mention mammography, which we have not invested heavily in the past. We are now, and I think we're going to have some differentiated products.
So you take that and then you say, you gain share, hold share, expand your market growth of those, they all need service contracts as well. Most of those service contracts will be at higher value, higher margin than older products. So that mix of things are what we're super excited about. As we launch those, then our opportunity to how to bring those together and bring this D3 strategy together really come alive.
So more to come. I think it's going to be an exciting RSNA for us this year and some of the other clinical shows that we have in the fall and into the beginning of '26.
Great. Maybe I could sneak in just a follow-up on capital allocation. And just wanted any updated views on organic and especially inorganic investments.
Jay, do you want to take that?
Yes, sure. So our capital allocation approach is really designed to accelerate profitable growth. And it starts with the internal investments and the organic investments that we're making. Pete talked extensively about the pipeline, which we're so excited about. But that's been unlocked by 17% R&D growth in '23, 9% in 2024. So really robust investment internally.
And then the next area is M&A. We're really excited about the M&A pipeline. There's a lot of interesting opportunities for us. And what I would say is there are a lot of acquisitions that make a ton of sense for us. The MIM acquisition is going extremely well, and it's a really nice add-on to the portfolio that we have in place.
Now as far as other items related to capital allocation, we have paid down $1 billion -- $1.5 billion in debt since the spin-off. So we've done a lot of work there. We have a small dividend, which has been growing.
And then in the quarter, we did opportunistically repurchase $100 million in shares. We saw a really big dislocation in the share price relative to our intrinsic value calculations, and we took the opportunity to opportunistically repurchase shares in the quarter.
But our priorities remain investment in the business and also this M&A pipeline.
Pete, anything to add on M&A?
Just the fact that I think everyone knows we've been pretty forward leaning to say in our capital allocation approach, as you mentioned, organic and inorganic are top of the list.
Look, we're seeing probably one of the most robust pipelines of opportunities since I joined the company and ones that would be very strong strategic fits. And accretive top line, accretive bottom line, obviously those are the sweet spot focus areas.
In the current environment, we're seeing dislocations. I mean we're seeing some values that probably are too high, but we're also seeing some that are highly attractive and have the capabilities that would fit into it.
So this opens up some interesting opportunities for us, and we're building a really strong M&A team and integration capabilities and looking forward to obviously leveraging that if the right deals here come along for us.
Our next question comes from Rick Wise with Stifel.
Let me just quickly follow up on some of your comments earlier, Pete, about Photon Counting CT. We've, for a variety of reasons, talked to a bunch of docs just in the last week or so who saw your system at RSNA. They're excited about it. They're excited about the potential for improved resolution.
Can you just update us, at the Investor Day you said that you expected, if I recall correctly, second half '25 filing. Is that on track? Just give us a sense of potential possible approval time lines? And just touch on how quickly this could turn into a big deal for you? Just the reaction from the doctors it feels like it's going to be a big deal.
Rick, thanks for the question. So look, it's obviously a gap right now. There's a competitor in the marketplace that's done a good job getting a product out, getting customers to understand what the broader technology actually is.
And I think there's three things about this technology we're excited about. Increased spatial resolution, seeing greater detail. I think you're seeing that from the products that are out in the marketplace.
Opportunity for lower radiation dose, which is always good. I think you're seeing that out there.
And the third in the marketplace that you're not seeing is this whole broader spectral resolution capability. Being able to see at a tissue level what's actually happening.
And we think that third attribute, which our system will bring at greater capabilities than the current technologies that are in the marketplace is why people are excited.
And that means that you get into a scenario and a certain type of procedure you can actually alter the case of the therapy. You're not just getting a better picture or maybe a little lower dose or you're doing something, you're actually having more data to make a decision that could change the outcome for a patient, that could save their life. It also could be an economic outcome for the user about do you use this drug or you use that versus something else. That's the difference here that we're super excited about.
To your point, regulatory approval, we're on track here for the second half. Stand by. When those things happen, we'll communicate. Our launch intentions are still on track. And fundamentally, all of the communicated that we had laid out back at Investor Day, nothing has changed at this point in time. We do think this is going to be a really important launch for us, obviously.
CT tends to be the workforce in so many institutions around the world. And the more this can become even more of a Swiss Army knife meaning it can actually help make broader patient decisions, we think that's going to be super exciting. So anyhow, that's our current update on Photon Counting. Things are coming along well. And I think, again, second half more news to come to the Street.
Got you. And just a quick last one. You announced a new leader for Patient Care Solutions in April. I think they started in May. I mean, clearly, work needs to be done.
What gets the revenues growing again? What gets the margin story stabilized? You said improved growth in margins over time in your commentary, help us just better understand what's next?
Rick, thanks for the questions. And maybe I'll start and then Jay can comment.
Yes, we're really excited about how Jeannette Bankes has joined us who's an industry veteran, who's had experience in many different industries, long, great career at Boston Scientific. Already having a significant impact in a very short period of time. And I just think her eye looking at the business, the team, building the capabilities to be successful, she's already all over it.
I look at this business area and say of any area that can be positively disrupted by artificial intelligence and capabilities that will transform the growth of it, this is the place.
So if you look at our anesthesia business, we've just launched a new platform there that will start driving more growth and margin accretion. It's a more profitable platform. We just literally launched it and are in the midst of that.
But our monitoring systems capability, updating all of that, that will be really completed here within the next 18 to 24 months. There is a significant amount of AI enhancements to change how those systems actually work.
Our diagnostic cardiology business and our MIC business, which is our prenatal and baby business, also heavily influenced and potentially positively disrupted with AI. It's also where we bring to market some of these CareIntellect products.
So when you step back from it, it is about a refresh of products in critical care that actually bring higher margins based on a new design and approach. New feature sets brought because of digital. And then I would say this is a really interesting area, too, that we can bring tuck-in products that we string together to bring departmental solutions.
And so we'll talk more about that, I'd say, as we get into the fall, but we have some really interesting things there to go. So thanks again for your question.
That concludes the question-and-answer session. Please proceed with any closing remarks.
Yes. I'd just like to say, again, thanks, everyone, for your interest in joining us today. We look forward to connecting with many of you on calls or at upcoming conferences in the future. That concludes our call. Thank you.
Thank you, ladies and gentlemen. This does conclude today's presentation. You may now disconnect, and have a wonderful day.
Transkripte auf Deutsch freischalten
- Alle Event Transkripte auf Deutsch
- Sofortige Übersetzung
- KI-Zusammenfassungen für die wichtigsten Insights
GE HealthCare Technologies — Q2 2025 Earnings Call
GE HealthCare Technologies — Q2 2025 Earnings Call
📊 Quartal auf einen Blick
- Umsatz: $5,0 Mrd. (organisch +2% YoY)
- Adj. EPS: $1,06 (+6% YoY; bereinigtes Ergebnis je Aktie, non‑GAAP)
- Adj. EBIT‑Marge: 14,6% (−80 Basispunkte YoY; Tariffolgen als Haupttreiber)
- Backlog: $21,3 Mrd. (Rekord; +$2,2 Mrd. YoY, +$0,7 Mrd. sequenziell)
- Book‑to‑bill: 1,07x (starke Auftragseingänge)
🎯 Was das Management sagt
- D3‑Strategie: Fokus auf Devices, Drugs und Digital/AI (D3) zur Bereitstellung integrierter Krankheitslösungen; neue Produkte generierten >50% des Umsatzes.
- Nuklearmedizin: Priorität für Radiopharmazeutika und PET/CT‑Kapazitätsausbau (Flyrcado, Vizamyl, Cerianna, Integration MIM Software).
- Trade & Supply‑Chain: Maßnahmen gegen Zölle: kurzfristige "no‑regret" Schritte und langfristige Verlagerung/Local‑for‑local‑Fertigung zur Tarifminderung.
🔭 Ausblick & Guidance
- Umsatz‑Ziel: Organisches Wachstum ~3% für 2025; Q3: 2–3% organisch.
- Profitabilität: Adj. EBIT‑Marge 15,2–15,4% (vorher 14,2–14,4%); Adj. EPS $4,43–4,63 (vorher $3,90–4,10).
- Cash & Tarife: Free Cash Flow ≥ $1,4 Mrd. (vorher ≥ $1,2 Mrd.); erwarteter Netto‑Tarif‑Impact 2025: $0,45 EPS; 2026 soll er < $0,45 sein.
❓ Fragen der Analysten
- Kapitalumfeld: Starkes US‑Ersatzgeschäft und Recovery in EMEA; China‑Erholung langsamer, Tenderzyklen verlängert — Unternehmen modelliert konservative China‑Performance.
- Zoll‑Risiken: Management erläuterte kurzfristige (USMCA, Logistik, Dual‑Sourcing) versus längerfristige Produktionsverlagerungen; EPS‑Ausblick für 2026 bleibt noch offen.
- Produkt‑Rampen & PDx: Diskussion über Flyrcado‑Ramp (Herstellernetzwerk, Erstattung, $30 Mio. Ziel 2025) sowie Timing und klinischen Nutzen von Photon‑Counting CT und Full‑Body PET als Mittel zur Umsatzbeschleunigung.
⚡ Bottom Line
- Fazit: GE HealthCare hebt 2025‑Guidance an und zeigt resilienten Auftragseingang plus Rekord‑Backlog. Tarife drücken Margen kurzfristig, aber gezielte Mitigationsmaßnahmen und starke Produktpipeline (D3, PDx, Photon‑Counting CT, Full‑Body PET) begründen mittelfristiges Wachstumspotenzial; China‑ und Tarif‑Entwicklung sowie Produkt‑Rollouts bleiben die wichtigsten Risiken und Katalysatoren für Aktionäre.
GE HealthCare Technologies — Goldman Sachs 46th Annual Global Healthcare Conference 2025
1. Question Answer
Good morning, everybody. Just to make a quick reminder that presentations are not open to members of the press. I would like to welcome GE HealthCare here; Jay Saccaro, Chief Financial Officer; and Carolynne Borders, Head of Investor Relations. As I've mentioned, in all of these, happy to keep this interactive and if you do want to ask a question, we'll just get a mic over to you so those participating via webcast can hear the interaction as well.
So maybe we could just kind of start with kind of reflections here on Q1, a good start to the year, 4%. You've guided 2% to 3% for the balance of the year. So maybe help us think through some of the factors that played into the better-than-expected Q1 and then how that toggled over to the guidance that you provided for the rest of the year?
Sure. David, thank you. Thanks for the invitation to your conference. We really appreciate it. To those that have joined us here in person today, thanks for your interest in our company. And I know we have a few shareholders in the room. So we appreciate your support. We were pleased with the first quarter. Certainly, we had very robust order growth at 10%. That supported sales growth of 4%, which was a great start to the year. Book-to-bill, 1.09x, very solid. And we also had a record backlog. And so for us, as we look at the first quarter of the year, it really did set us up nicely for achieving our guidance for the rest of the year. And it was also supportive of our aspiration as we think about the midterm long-range plan that we've shared with investors. So really nice start.
And by the way, the strength was broad-based. We saw strength in the U.S. certainly, but we also saw our Europe, Middle East and Africa business, it was flat on a reported growth basis. But overall, we had some orders as well growth in that arena. So a really nice start to the year. And China kind of proceeded in line with our expectations for the most part with a 1% decline. So broad-based strength across the portfolio and a really nice start to the year.
Now of course, there are a lot of different elements coming into play when we gave guidance in April. And some of that included the tariffs, some of the potential changes to the U.S. health care system on the back of budget bills and so on. And so like what I would say is we wanted to reflect the strength of our internal business and the things that we're doing, but also reflect some of the macroeconomic uncertainties. That's why we did -- left guidance unchanged. And we'll continue to watch this and hope for the best as we move through the rest of the year.
And maybe just to clarify on the macroeconomic uncertainties, are these factors that you're seeing influence the business at the time you issued guidance or today? Or are these factors that have the potential to play out?
Yes. What I would say is, the environment has been very buoyant, okay? When you talk about 10% order growth and order growth in excess of that in the U.S., it's a really strong environment. And there's a lot of reasons that are contributing to that, but things are good. And so we're very optimistic about how things can work out. We'll have to see as we move through the year.
And it's hard not to touch on China. I think that was one of the biggest variables in the guidance update that you sort of went through last year. How are you thinking about China this year in terms of both the underlying dynamics and also how you're framing it in the guidance?
Yes. I hope -- so first of all, last year, we had to make a significant adjustment to China and to our total company guidance as a result of China. We had to lower China expectations by $500 million or $600 million. So that was really dramatic. But I think most participants in the market had a similar quantum of impact from the market change. As we approach this year, we really studied the multiphase tendering process and how that translated to sales. And I think, by and large, we've got it right. we're expecting a low single-digit decline for China for this year.
And so far, that's -- we're seeing things that support that expectation. To your point, it is a big variable for us. With China declining, it took something which would be closer to 4% company-wide growth, and it lowered it to 2% to 3% because of that decline in China this year. So it is an important variable for us. But as we sit here, we expected -- we had a low single -- 1% decline in the first quarter, a little bit worse than that in the second quarter. And then in the third and fourth quarter, it will be closer to what we saw in the first quarter. And so I think -- and the reason I can say this is because we have a backlog that supports sales. A lot of the sales for 2025 in China will come from the backlog.
And what we do is we schedule the backlog to specific dates. We have a pathway, and that's how we develop our expectations in addition to some orders. So that's how we have line of sight to what I'm talking about. Of course, things could change, but I think it's trending in line with our expectations.
And I think if you look at that from a year-over-year growth perspective, that would imply very little sequential growth in dollars because the comparisons get much easier in China as you pace through the year?
They do get easier in China. And the interesting thing is with all of the volatility in the market over the last couple of years, the market is down quite a bit. And so it's interesting because we had anticorruption in '23, and then that rolled into stimulus, but actually stimulus because of some uncertainty around how it would precisely work ended up being a depressant to sales last year and even into this year. The interesting thing though is the equipment base in China ages by the day. And so I do believe there will be opportunity.
We're cautious in terms of the long-term growth aspiration. We've taken it down from -- it was high single digits. We think the long-term expectation is closer to mid-single at this point. But at some point, there could be a catch-up that we've not modeled in our numbers just because of the aging state of the installed bases in China for all competitors.
Maybe just to add a point on that. We're seeing this stimulus behave a little bit differently than the one we saw in 2022, which was driven more so by the central government. And so this time, we are seeing the stimulus rollout across 31 provinces, which is part of the reason that it's taking a little bit longer.
Okay. I think some of the macro dynamics have overshadowed the business-by-business sort of product drivers. So maybe we could spend a little bit of time going into the individual businesses and walking through kind of performance and some recent updates. And I think it's -- we can start with PDx just given all the focus on Flyrcado and maybe just sort of talk us through kind of some of the dynamics in that franchise and how we should think about how the Flyrcado ramp planning and early kind of uptake is going?
Yes, this has been a real bright spot for us. PDx has been a business that's performed extremely well. And it's got really nice attributes in terms of recurring revenue and procedure-driven revenue, which is just great. So over the last several years, we've seen a nice mix of both volume growth and pricing with a bit of new product. And to a large extent, that's what we're going to see this year as well. It will be a mix of volumes driven by critical procedures on some pricing and then also the benefit of new products.
The new product area starts to get really exciting for us as it relates, in particular, to Flyrcado. So far, we're in the launch phase of this new product. We got approval. We announced the first dose, and it's been very well received. We're working very hard to set this up so that we hopefully beat the $30 million target that we've shared with investors. And we're working very hard to line up success against that. And what that involves is really a number of different facets. It starts with, do you have capacity? And so in this case, you need to have "local manufacturing facilities." I put that in quotes to support rollout.
And so for us, by year-end, we expect to have 30 radio pharmacies around the United States in support of basically 90% of the potential patient population. Right now, we're at 13%, that's progressing really well. The second piece is, we have reimbursement from a CMS standpoint, but you also have to have commercial carrier reimbursement set up, really good progress in those areas. And then the third is you have to support -- of course, you have to convince physicians that this is the right diagnostic tool, but you also have to ensure that you have centers operationalizing this in the right way.
And so it's not enough to sign up a center because when you sign up a center, they're going to start with 1 or 2 doses on the way to converting a larger portion of their patient population. But when they start with 1 or 2 doses, you have to ensure that they have a good experience with those patients, and then they'll move from 2 patients to 4 patients, it's something much larger than that. And so for us, we're having success signing up centers, and then we're also really working hard to make sure those centers have a good experience with the product and GE Healthcare. And so far, that's going well.
As I say, our hope is $30 million this year. That's our expectation. We hope to do better on a way to a number that would be meaningfully larger than that next year. And we're very optimistic about this particular product. But it fits into this whole area of pharmaceutical diagnostics where these are great products that we sell. We think we're a world-class manufacturer here, and there will be continued opportunity.
And obviously, Flyrcado has got a ton of attention just given its opportunity set. What other products would you point people to? Or are there other products in the pipeline that will come to surface over the course of this year? And how should we think about additional launches?
Yes. So obviously, we have Vizamyl on the market today, and that's been a source of great growth, and it's becoming a very meaningful number for us. And to a large extent, that's dependent on the success of the Alzheimer's therapies that are out there. So we continue to watch that, continue to support growth in Vizamyl. So that's one other. The core business is a huge growth driver, right? If you have a CT scan, you're going to have iodine or something like that. If you are having an MRI more often than not or very often, I should say, it's with a contrast agent that's gadolinium-based in many instances, we sell those products.
So those core products are going to continue to grow. What gets interesting for me is there are things like we in-license a product called FAPI, which is for specific types of cancers that are heavy glucose consumers, this does a great job highlighting the cancer in unique ways. That's something that's in the future, will be a product that we launch. But in addition to that, gadolinium is one particular MRI agent. What we're developing is a manganese-based agents, which had certain attributes, which we believe may be very favorable and interesting to radiologists. And so that's another one that's going to be coming.
None of these are near term. I think we've got enough near-term stuff to support robust growth in this, but those represent longer-term opportunities and our commitment to continue to evolve and advance this portfolio.
So if we think about PDx in the context of DLRP or -- I think you've talked about this as a 5% to 6% growth category. Is that a good way to think about it then Flyrcado layered on top of that?
Well, in our PDx, which our expectation is PDx grows faster than the equipment. And so we've said our company should grow mid-single digits over the next several years with PDx growing faster than that. So you could say a little bit above the 5% to 6%. Included in that is this $500 million-plus number for Flyrcado. Listen, my hope is the plus is large and that's what we're working towards. It's too early to say what the right number for Flyrcado is long term, but it is a real source of excitement for our teamwork. So -- and by the way, we want to create a world where health care has no limits. That's like the mission of the company. And Flyrcado helps that in a very meaningful way. And so we're getting after it. So -- but that's the assumption in the plan.
Maybe we could go over to imaging, which -- I think the imaging numbers get heavily impacted by the exposure to China and probably do mask some of the performance in other geographies. But one of the questions I frequently do get on imaging is what's happening competitively, especially versus Siemens? What's your kind of take on the competitive landscape and how you're doing in imaging?
If we look at share over the last several years in imaging, we've gained. We feel very good about the performance in imaging. And by the way, look at the order growth in the third -- in the fourth quarter of this year, the first quarter -- fourth quarter of last year, first quarter of this year, we had an incredibly robust order growth, in large part driven by imaging. Inclusive of CT, inclusive of MR. So we've had tremendous performance and good momentum in that critically important business.
And by the way, even if you look at it over a 4-quarter period, you're still talking about 4%, 5% order growth, incredibly robust performance, a lot of that driven by imaging despite, to your point, the impacts from China. So we feel quite good about where imaging is heading. Why is that? We've made some significant investments in MR in the form of AI. And so specifically, AIR Recon DL is a product that we've been selling for years. And in our view, it really differentiates our MR platform. What it allows for is a faster higher-quality image with the use of AI. And basically, AI is used to improve the signal-to-noise ratio.
And so incredibly exciting work that we've done with respect to that has led to robust MR growth. In the case of CT, we have also invested heavily in AI in support of that work. We believe we have a wonderful platform or high-end apex platform. We had tremendous CT growth in the third and fourth quarter from an order standpoint. A lot of that driven by investments that we've made. Remember, taking a step back, our R&D as a percent of sales just a few years ago, was 4.5% of sales. We bolstered that to 7% as a company. And a lot of that is geared towards imaging. A lot of it is geared towards other areas. Some of it has impacted our numbers already. Some will continue to impact into the future. But that's really what's supporting it.
So some of these AI investments like Sonic DL, which cuts cardiac MR time substantially north of 50% in some instances, and why is this -- I talk about reduction in image times. And the reason I talk about that is because if you think about hospitals today, the MR suite is perhaps one of the most constrained areas. And so if there are opportunities to reduce time under image, to reduce the spin time, it's a big deal because it allows for more patient throughput. So it's those kinds of things that have, I believe, differentiated us and allowed us to improve our share position over the last several years.
Could I just add 2 other key products that we will be bringing to market next year in '26, it will be photon counting and full-body PET that will help our imaging. And we do have a very large global installed base. And so that's a natural target for us to sell into with those new products.
And on the imaging side, I know it's sort of a nuance, but any issues with rare earth materials as it relates to magnets or anything else that could impact or disrupt sales?
The one I'd point to more specifically would be gadolinium, which we are applying for the special licenses to be able to continue that supply. But we do have more than a year's worth of supply in gadolinium, so we feel comfortable with that. There are certain rare earth elements that are used for imaging equipment that we're obviously going to pursue a similar path on licenses.
Then you have sufficient inventory of that as well?
We have not have any issues with production stop on that.
Okay. And then, on some of these AI features, like how do you make money? Have you figured out the business model?
So the answer is like we've been selling -- we've been generating revenue from AI for years, and it's not insignificant amount of money. For a company that does a lot of different things, we have a decent amount of AI revenue. Why? AIR Recon DL is the prime example of this. If you can help solve the problem for hospitals to make older magnets a little more efficient, a little more diagnostically capable, they'll pay for that. And so what we've been -- and by the way, with new magnets, with new MR machines, to the extent that you can attach a piece of software that makes it more efficient and more diagnostically capable, people pay for that. And so we've chosen to model that through a purchase price distinct for AIR Recon DL.
And it's been a real -- it's a nice driver for us. And by the way, part of the reason it's a nice driver is because not only is it incremental revenue attached and the attachment rate is nontrivial, but at an incredibly high margin sales. So we've been very pleased with that. Now listen, there are other areas that are more complex to monetize. And I get that as you look at certain futuristic uses of AI. But when you talk about the basics of, hey, help me make my image faster and more readable, people will pay for that. And in the case of AIR Recon DL, Sonic DL, direct product areas, we've seen the real benefit from AI in terms of sales.
We expect to have $1.2 billion in digital sales in the current format, and we believe that, that's going to migrate to $1.8 billion in the next few years. And a lot of that is on the back of some of these products. Now it does get a little more esoteric as we talk about things like Command Center. Command Center is a great product, which is helping hospitals organize their workflow more efficiently with the use of AI. And so we're talking about a Command Center in the cloud version that we're developing. We're really excited about that. But that has -- those -- we have not impacted sales that much to date through that. That's more in the coming years. But direct product has played a big role in terms of sales impact in the short term.
That's very helpful. And that's a good segue. I want to see if we can get through PCS and AVS and then I want to cover margins in everyone's favorite tariff topic. But it's a good segue to PCS, like better, like better, what's the deal on that business? How are you going to get that business to grow?
So well, look, PCS is a business which did benefit from some very intense dynamics coming out of COVID. And to a large extent, that kind of shape the curve for '24 and some of this performance that we've seen to date. But here's the interesting thing about PCS. We help hospitals solve very important problems that -- in terms of patient monitoring and patient care that is -- can save significant money, that can -- and drive outcomes in positive ways. So we're really optimistic about this area over the midterm. We have a number of new products in development that will support this in both the U.S. and outside.
And importantly, we hired a new leader, Jeannette Bankes, who's a longtime med tech executive, highly skilled, and she's kind of shepherding this area for us. There's a lot of great opportunity in terms of our own internal development, but also in terms of business development and other areas. I would say though that from my standpoint, this is one that, again, has this a bit of a COVID overhang. And that should sort out over time because the core products are necessary capable, and we have a lot of really neat internal innovations coming soon.
So that was a pull forward coming out of COVID, basically?
What happened coming out of COVID and even in COVID, there was robust order growth, like off-the-charts order growth for a period of a couple of years, and then we paid that off, '22, '23 into -- even into sales growth in [Technical Difficulty]. And so we've moderated our expectations for that business. But again, it's one where long term we're very excited about.
And then lastly, on AVS, like I'm kind of -- I'm waiting for like the breakout quarter here because you go into any hospital and EP volumes, structural heart volumes are all growing at very robust rates. They're also constructing labs, expanding capacity, not yet seeing that play through into your business as a derivative of that. Is that a fair assessment? Like how should we think about that business?
So I'm going to pace this piece of the transcript and share with the business leader, Philip Rackliffe.
Yes, please do.
We are very excited about this business. And part of the putting of the two together was for some of the reasons that you specifically mentioned in your question here. And what I would say is this business has been negatively impacted by China. So that's definitely a factor. But there is a real opportunity for growth. There's constrained procedure volumes. EP labs are completely constrained today. So there's opportunity for builds and growth. And so as we think about the long term, this is an incredibly exciting business for us.
And by the way, you look at the growth and the order growth that we're seeing in this area, we had a series of launches a little over a year ago, where we're starting to see that momentum play out, in particular, in the U.S. market where some of those new innovations were geared. We're seeing really good momentum. And some of the workflow improvements that we've made, the incorporation of Caption Health to simplify, incredibly optimistic about the core ultrasound business. And then to your point, the surgery business that we have, there's a lot of opportunity there. So this one is a nice long-term growth driver for us.
And before we go to the P&L, maybe it's helpful just kind of to frame out for folks, just the cadence of product launch to revenue because I think it's a little bit different with capital equipment than some of the other markets that we cover. So you get a product approved, you got to do some marketing, physician education, hospital CFO, blah, blah, blah. And then you get the order and then there's revenue. Like is there a good like bogey you could give us to think about product approval to revenue contribution time lines?
The answer is it depends. But to your point, it's not an immediate -- it takes time. And so for example, in Flyrcado, we're talking about changing workflow in centers. It just takes time to build that up. So we had the approval, we had the first patient, but we're only talking about $30 million in kind of calendar year revenue. And a lot of that is based upon this idea of taking conversion, education. And so what I would say is the more innovative the product is, the more time it takes to explain the benefits, sell the benefits and then bring to revenue into impact.
And Flyrcado is a unique example. The time frame is a little bit longer. But as we bring new MR devices with new AI capabilities [Technical Difficulty] radiologists or technicians to change perhaps how they think about the workflow of their procedure at least to some extent. And so when you do that, it's -- that's incremental sales. So could it be 6 months? It could be 6 months from approval to meaningful orders or sales. It could take some time to do that. But at the same time, stay patient, stay investing in R&D and set yourself up for this bolus of new launches.
Like in 2026, we laid this out at our Investor Day. We have an incredibly robust set of products launching in 2026. There will be some revenue impact in '26 and then '27 and '28, it should be very robust. Things like whole-body PET. Whole-body PET is not a market we play in today. We don't sell whole-body PET. This represents a great untapped opportunity for us but it's about getting it out, explaining our benefits to our product, we should get that, and that should have an impact in '26.
Excellent. Let's touch on tariffs. I think, obviously, the impact that you had communicated on our earnings call was, I think, as expected, but toward the large -- the higher side of what we saw across med tech. We -- I don't know, we have tariffs, we don't have tariffs. Right now, we're on a variety of pauses. How should we think about de-tariffing for you guys? And maybe remind people of the framework that you laid out on the earnings call?
Sure. So on the earnings call, we basically said we have roughly a $500 million net impact from tariffs. Over $1 billion gross with [indiscernible] MCA qualifications offsets that we had, we got $1 billion down to $500 million for 2025, which is $0.85. Our expectation is that next year is below $0.85. Why? Because we have incremental mitigation activity that we're working on that will have more of an impact next year. Some of it is dependent on the final contours of trade deals that are put in place. So we have to wait and see before we pursue all of the mitigation that we'd like to pursue on final trade deals. But that's why next year is less than this year. This year is $0.85.
We also said for investors that the vast majority of our impact is between the U.S. and China corridor back and forth. $0.65 of the $0.85 is in that U.S.-China corridor at the very elevated rates that were present at the time we gave guidance. The rates were like over $1.25, really robust rates. And so what we said then was because that was such a big thing, we wanted to size that for investors. So we said, listen, if on May 1, there's a deal and the rates between U.S. and China come down bilaterally by 100 basis points, we would eliminate $0.40 of that $0.85 impact. That's what we were able to say at the time.
Now fortunately, rates came down. It was May 12, and they came down 115%. So we were in the right range as we thought about that. And of course, we assume that, that would be sustained for the full remainder of the year. So we're still sort of contingent on that. How do we think about this going forward? Look, it's hard to say. We're going to watch very carefully what happened. Our assumption is on July 7, rates go back to the Liberation Day rates. And so we're going to watch that very carefully what deals get done, what happens with the U.S.-China trade dynamic. And all of those things will inform what we give -- when we give guidance.
But I think from our standpoint, intensely focused on mitigation. Meaning, looking at dual source, looking at making local for local, looking at working with our suppliers to get supplies from the right countries. All of those things, we're going to continue regardless and then evaluate the cost. If it's prohibitive to do it, we, of course, wouldn't do it. But I think there are a whole set of no regrets moves that we'll continue to work on that should benefit us and then we'll be ready for whatever happens in the July time frame and share guidance. I think our guidance philosophy will be the same as we've given so far which is whatever the rates are -- have been announced, reflect them in your guidance. I mean, if there's a pause, assume the pause is going to end, reflect that in your guidance. I think we'll put all of those principles in place.
Okay. And are there any actions you're taking now in the midst of China pause, for example, that would impact second quarter results, whether that's running plants at high levels of capacity utilization, building inventory et cetera?
Not materially. When we gave guidance, we had some set of assumptions around the mitigation activities that we outlined and what the impact would be on inventory, what the impacts would be on costs and so on. Remember, on the earnings call, one of the things that we said is we are focused on managing costs in a very disciplined manner. But we are earmarking some of those savings for -- if there are costs related to tariff mitigation, we wanted to have dollars available for that. And so that's why we didn't have a -- there was not a big reduction or anything like that because, listen, there may be some onetime costs or specific costs related to tariffs that we have to address, and we wanted to be mindful to protect that.
Okay. Maybe we'll close on capital allocation. I mean, you announced the buyback authorization, the first one since the spin, I think at the time of the earnings call. I think your LRP had assumed really just cash piling up and no real deployment of the balance sheet. Maybe just give us an update how you're thinking about use of cash now?
Sure. So to your point, the long-range plan, the LTS that we shared had no real deployment of capital in the form of business development or in the form of share buyback or anything like that. We just had it accumulate. We did announce a buyback. And really, this is a tool that we want to have at our disposal for opportunistic deployment. When the shares are displaced, we want to be able to take advantage of that in a robust manner. And so we weren't -- without -- absent of buyback, we didn't have that vehicle available to us, which is why we put the buyback in place.
But to be clear, we're really interested in business development as a vehicle for us. And we're excited about the portfolio that we have. We're really excited about the innovation that we have in place and how that's going to bear fruit in '26, '27, '28 and beyond. But there are unique opportunities for us to supplement with smart M&A. And what I found very compelling about our portfolio is there are so many areas in the portfolio where we have a unique and distinct strategic advantage that lends itself to acquisitions that would give us proprietary returns.
And so we did a deal with a company called MIMS. And MIMS is radiation oncology workflow software. The interesting thing about MIMS is we would lose to a competitor that had better workflow than we had because we didn't have MIMS or if we won a deal, oftentimes, a customer would buy MIMS to put on top. So it was a great deal where it's a very unique transaction to us. It had very good financial profile as a result of that. That's the kind of deal that we want to do. But by the way, there are a lot of deals like that in the market today, which get us very excited about the opportunity for M&A.
So -- and then we, of course, on the third, we pay a dividend. So from a hierarchy standpoint, reinvest in the business to drive returns, primarily in the form of R&D. Sometimes that requires some sales and marketing support, but primarily in the form of R&D. Evidence of this, 4.5% goes to 7% of sales from an R&D standpoint. Second is you focus on M&A as an opportunity to deploy. Third, we have share buyback and then, of course, we pay a small dividend. So we think it's a balanced capital allocation approach, but really excited about the opportunities that have been presented to us.
Excellent. Well, I think with that, we're at time. And Jay and Carolynne, thank you. Thank you for your support, and thank you for your participation.
Great to see you again, David.
Thank you.
Thanks, Jay.
Transkripte auf Deutsch freischalten
- Alle Event Transkripte auf Deutsch
- Sofortige Übersetzung
- KI-Zusammenfassungen für die wichtigsten Insights
GE HealthCare Technologies — Goldman Sachs 46th Annual Global Healthcare Conference 2025
GE HealthCare Technologies — Goldman Sachs 46th Annual Global Healthcare Conference 2025
📣 Kernbotschaft
- Q1-Performance: Starkes erstes Quartal mit 10% Auftragwachstum, 4% Umsatzwachstum, Book-to-Bill 1,09x und Rekord-Backlog — schafft Spielraum für Jahresziele.
- Leitvariable: Management bestätigt Jahreswachstum 2–3% (Restjahr) und betont China‑Rückgang als primären Unsicherheitsfaktor.
🎯 Strategische Highlights
- PDx/Flyrcado: Launch läuft; Ziel ~$30 Mio. 2025. Bis Jahresende geplant: 30 Radio‑Pharmacies in den USA (abdeckend ~90% Patienten), aktuell ~13% umgesetzt.
- Imaging & AI: Starke Marktanteilsgewinne, Investitionen in KI‑Software (AIR Recon DL, Sonic DL) treiben Attach‑Umsatz; R&D‑Quote von ~4,5% auf ~7% erhöht.
- Kapitalallokation: Opportunistischer Aktienrückkauf autorisiert; Fokus primär auf R&D und gezielte M&A (Beispiel: MIMS‑Zukauf).
🔭 Neue Informationen
- China‑Ausblick: Management rechnet 2025 mit einem low‑single‑digit Rückgang in China; Backlog soll Sales dort stützen.
- Zölle/Tarife: Steuerung: Nettoauswirkung ~$0,85 (2025); ~$0,65 davon im US‑China‑Korridor; Sinkende Zollsätze im Mai reduzierten erwarteten Effekt deutlich.
❓ Fragen der Analysten
- China‑Timing: Wie sichergestellt wird, dass Backlog tatsächlich als Umsatz in H2 realisiert wird — Management verweist auf gezielte Scheduling‑Logik, bleibt aber vorsichtig.
- Monetarisierung AI: Klare Strategie: direkte Lizenz‑/Kaufpreise für KI‑Features (hohe Margen); umfassendere Cloud‑/Workflow‑Produkte sollen mittelfristig wachsen.
- Tarif‑Mitigation: Maßnahmen: Dual‑Sourcing, lokale Fertigung, Lieferanten‑Switch; kurzfristig begrenzte Effekte auf Q2, größere Wirkung erwartet 2026.
⚡ Bottom Line
- Bewertung: Solider operativer Start, klarer Produkt‑ und KI‑Momentum (insbesondere PDx/Imaging). Hauptrisiken bleiben China‑Volatilität und Tarifentwicklung; Management hat Handlungspläne für Mitigation und behält Kapital für opportunistische Zukäufe sowie Rückkäufe.
Finanzdaten von GE HealthCare Technologies
Umsatz
Der Umsatz stellt die Summe aller Einnahmen eines Unternehmens z. B. für dessen Produkte oder Dienstleistungen dar.
Umsatz (TTM) einfach erklärtDirekte Kosten
Direkte Kosten sind die Kosten, die direkt im Zusammenhang mit der Herstellung des Produkts oder der Dienstleistung entstehen.
Bruttoertrag
Der Bruttoertrag gibt an, wie viel vom Umsatz nach Abzug der direkten Herstellkosten im Unternehmen verbleibt. Berechnet man den prozentualen Anteil vom Umsatz, spricht man von der Bruttomarge (engl. Gross Margin).
Brutto Marge einfach erklärtVertriebs- und Verwaltungskosten
Die Vertriebs- & Verwaltungskosten (engl. Selling, General & Administrative expenses, kurz SG&A) beinhalten alle Aufwände für Marketing und den Verkauf sowie die allgemeine Verwaltung des Unternehmens.
Forschungs- und Entwicklungskosten
Die Forschungs- und Entwicklungskosten (engl. research & development costs, kurz R&D) geben Auskunft darüber, wie viel das Unternehmen in die Forschung und die Entwicklung seiner Produkte investiert. Vor allem prozentual vom Umsatz und im Vergleich zu direkten Wettbewerbern sind die Kosten interessant.
EBITDA
Das EBITDA (Earnings Before Interest, Taxes, Depreciation and Amortization) ist der Gewinn des Unternehmens vor Zinsen, Steuern und Abschreibungen. Berechnet man den prozentualen Anteil vom Umsatz, spricht man von der EBITDA-Marge.
Abschreibungen
Abschreibungen stellen Wertminderungen von Vermögensgegenständen des Unternehmens dar (z.B. durch Abnutzung von Maschinen).
EBIT (Operatives Ergebnis)
Das EBIT (engl. Earnings Before Interest and Taxes) ist der Gewinn des Unternehmens vor Zinsen und Steuern, das auch als operatives Ergebnis bezeichnet wird. Berechnet man den prozentualen Anteil vom Umsatz, spricht man von
der EBIT-Marge.
Nettogewinn
Der Nettogewinn stellt den Gewinn oder Verlust nach Abzug aller Kosten dar.
Nettogewinn einfach erklärtaktien.guide Basis
| Mär '26 |
+/-
%
|
||
| Umsatz | 20.979 20.979 |
6 %
6 %
100 %
|
|
| - Direkte Kosten | 12.768 12.768 |
11 %
11 %
61 %
|
|
| Bruttoertrag | 8.211 8.211 |
1 %
1 %
39 %
|
|
| - Vertriebs- und Verwaltungskosten | 4.302 4.302 |
1 %
1 %
21 %
|
|
| - Forschungs- und Entwicklungskosten | 1.262 1.262 |
5 %
5 %
6 %
|
|
| EBITDA | 3.244 3.244 |
1 %
1 %
15 %
|
|
| - Abschreibungen | 595 595 |
5 %
5 %
3 %
|
|
| EBIT (Operatives Ergebnis) EBIT | 2.649 2.649 |
2 %
2 %
13 %
|
|
| Nettogewinn | 1.910 1.910 |
13 %
13 %
9 %
|
|
Angaben in Millionen USD.
Nichts mehr verpassen! Wir senden Dir alle News zur GE HealthCare Technologies-Aktie direkt und kostenlos in Deine Mailbox.
Auf Wunsch erhältst Du jeden Morgen pünktlich zum Frühstück eine E-Mail, die alle für Dich relevanten Aktien-News enthält.
GE HealthCare Technologies Aktie News
Firmenprofil
GE Healthcare Technologies, Inc. ist eine Holdinggesellschaft, die sich auf die Bereiche Medizintechnik, pharmazeutische Diagnostik und digitale Lösungen konzentriert. Zu den operativen Segmenten gehören Imaging, Ultraschall, Patient Care Solutions und pharmazeutische Diagnostik. Das Segment Imaging bietet Scangeräte, klinische Anwendungen, Serviceleistungen und digitale Lösungen an. Das Segment Ultraschall bietet Screening, Diagnose, Behandlung und Überwachung von bestimmten Krankheiten. Das Segment Patient Care Solutions ist auf die Bereitstellung medizinischer Geräte, Verbrauchsmaterialien, Dienstleistungen und digitaler Lösungen spezialisiert. Das Segment Pharmazeutische Diagnostik liefert Diagnostika an die weltweite Radiologie und Nuklearmedizin. Das Unternehmen wurde am 16. Mai 2022 gegründet und hat seinen Hauptsitz in Chicago, IL.
aktien.guide Basis
| Hauptsitz | USA |
| CEO | Mr. Arduini |
| Mitarbeiter | 54.000 |
| Gegründet | 2022 |
| Webseite | www.gehealthcare.com |


